L adie nd HM Rng tne With hh me Gshaboeeinn we’ a ee? Of “wy . . AMM e ch a ee el ee eo a te et . . 4 * ns ’ d WO ty *. ‘ me > we * 7 . . pe he eet ae rb ae ele 4% 10 A: Hee the mm te Gn HNO ede tde Wego Wn thendomewnw Lat har Ce OU Oo _ tn Sate * orn PEO AW ew ee ’ t ‘ ‘ : > » hhintindh of Soin top Abell neti wae rte Bene= ol ah to ‘ . : . ; ine aceon ron pl “ne rae Pd enw ety ere OO Aiglhthn > Mn theme cdi nbe en ee ot eee ge Oh Warde’ tee bee dee botee © ae +8 Ae - “ . P whee “ wor etre- ae alow A A Podor ee oe. teese it } E oGbndin oie’ Hh Arte BF i - reheaind: Ode ee ee omar Fah 4 \ ‘ ‘ > : tens » Dao th “ \ be ei “ . ‘ Bart a os 7 ae HaO- tort ew 4 simul Waites ae Wee ay oa . ; - ‘i - eure d isvsasicaied denen Stee veer tn oe hv alge wre he “ . een soi Rnsin ete ~ wat Z ‘ I~, ‘ ; . P “ we ee ee * a pars 1 Ais een A bogie hell Pe Netep we ne Pade tek : . ' : ;- oa050 + ede 4-2 ae ee J . : . . re - > re i - 2 de ee Pan « the Hate -ab> 8 ow i ‘ . 2 y w tint N= i fine Dab 2h ~ i — 1m toe ares = He Be Be id Goth “nthe en 2 ee oe Pes kerio’ a wwe oO t-hntin adam mien Or Rndedehnan a Nb Oe lr P0¥ lt bib Ai A le The nee > He eos Be a We A aM eth lind WA a= Fe 4 Wm Neat a Be le Bo WI HTD Pam deg fk HN Hed 5 Shite Dall es ot ee oe 27 ee abpdhathctaa abies mete te WO Gear a RGAE Wve . ; S ~ ~hi 2 Yall ice “a t iaeih Sethe, Mla thie (dee ei ay duit Qe PF Br eldebee- « : 0 Be 7 ' : r a : fi ed ee eal = ven Bai tint Weds a= Gee ae nwa ae ate int oncaene Aoi Gen nmarah— omit ye Wad Gat bom Nt net Hn patirgn tbe We i Seo ee ve a treP fade WP Boe Faget bo Gx Galle Omtnt ee ee eee A Hee fp ay i ee mw | aha taiiethedlid ~enthe ~ris eee Me Ge wae 2 He HOH aan pnt Hd ON bemagree: eae ates Hem > COE He i> ey eee ee ge icge Bohne brn ech ae) x ei Howe i poo CHA i WHA ON. THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. EDITED BY THE ASSISTANT-SECRETARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Quod si cui mortalium cordi et cure sit non tantum inventis heerere, atque iis uti, sed ad ulteriora - penetrare; atque non disputando adversarium, sed opere naturam vincere ; denique non belle et probabiliter opinari, sed certo et ostensive scire; tales, tanquam veri scientiarum filii, nobis (si videbitur) se adjungant. —Novum Organum, Prefatio. VOLUME THE FIFTY-NINTH. 1903. LONDON: LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO. PARIS: CHARLES KLINCKSIECK, 11 RUE DE LiLLE. Wist OFFICERS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Elected Heise 20h, 1903. PLDI EY YS DrestVent. Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S. WiceePrestvents, Sir Arebibald Geikie, D.Sc., D.C.L., LL.D., | Edwin Tulley Newton, Hsq., F.R.S. E.R.S. L. & E. J.J. Harris Teall, Hsq., M.A., F.R.S. Prof. Henry Alexander Miers, M.A., F.R.S. ; Pecretartes. Robert Stansfield Herries, Hsq., M.A. | Prof. W. W. Watts, M.A. Foreign Hecretarp. Sir John Evans, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.L.S. Creasurer. Wilham Thomas Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S. COUNCIL. The Rt. Hon. the Lord Avebury, P.C., | Perey Fry Kendall, Esq. D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.8., F.S.A., F.L.S. | Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S. Francis Arthur Bather, M. AR. D. Se. | Lieut.-General Charles Alexander Me- William Thomas Blanford, Tbiby D., F.R.S. Mahon, F.R.S. Sir John Evans, K.C.B., D.C.L., qa De | | John Edward Marr, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. E.R.S., S.A, ELS. | Prof. Henry Alexander Miers,M.A., F.R.S. Prof. Edmund Johnstone Garwood, M.A. | Horace Woollaston Monckton, Esq., F.L.S. Sir Archibald Geikie, D.Sc., D.C.L., LL.D., | Edward Tulley Newton, Esq., F. R. Ss. E.R.S. L. & E. | George Thurland Prior, Esq., M.A. Prof. Theodore Groom, M.A., D.Se. | Prof. “Har ry Govier Seeley, F.R.S., F.L.S. Alfred Harker, Hsg., M.A., F.R.S. | Prof. William Johnson Sollas, M. A. ,D.Sc., Robert Stansfield Herries, Esq., M.A. LL.D., F.R.S. L. & E. Robert Logan Jack, LL.D. J.J. Harris Teall, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. Prof. John W. Judd, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S. | Prof. W. W. Watts, M.A. Assistant-Secretary, Clerk, Librarian, anv Curator. L. L Belinfante, M.Sc. Assistants in Office, Library, and fHuseum. W. Rupert Jones. | Clyde H. Black. Alec Field. LE OF CONT TABLE OF CONTENTS. Assott, GrorGe, Esq. The Cellular Magnesian Limestone of MEELIS (AOSENEACE)) 0k ofeatees ht ae Sc ree a a me: Mien Arper, KE. A. NEwELL, Esq. The Fossil Flora of the Cumberland Coalfield, and the Paleobotanical Evidence with regard to the masejot the Beds (PlatesT & II) ..............-...1..----- Notes on some Fossil Plants collected by Mr. Molyneux PROCESS Pte coc hs Sie shee apace eiste.e o alQiekene a aaa oy obare ARNOLD-BeMRosE, Henry Howse, Esq. Geology of the Ashbourne & Buxton Branch of the London & North-Western Railway : Crake Low to Parsley Hay (Plates XXIT & XXITI).......... AvesBury, the Lord. An Experiment in Mountain-Building Batt, Dr. Joun. The Semna Cataract or Rapid of the Nile: a Study in River-Hrosion (Plates ITI & IV) .................. Bonney, Prof. Tuomas Gzrorcre. The Magnetite-Mines near meant Cer Tete NALS I Sali ote Pci oases «id lores ed olefe'n. Maik snl alas & Joun Parkinson, Esq. On Primary and Secondary Devitrification in Glassy Igneous Rocks (Plate XX VI) ...... Buckman, 8. S8., Esq. The Toarcian of Bredon Hill, and a Com- paren wien Deposits elséwhere. os co a Two Toarcian Ammonites (Plates XX VII & XXVIII)... CooMARASWAMY, ANANDA K., Esq. Observations on the Tiree Marble, with Notes on others from Iona (Plates VI & VII).... Dawkins, Prof. Witit1am Boyp. On the Discovery of an Osssi- ferous Cavern of Pliocene Age at Dove Holes, Buxton, Derby- pebpere: (Etec VE I: oe sna) weet My Seema oh dots eam ete Gitt, E. Leonarp, Esq. Note on the Occurrence of Keisley Limestone-Pebbles in the Red Sandstone-Rocks of Peel (Isle GREIVEAATY \i 0), AB Jotee ts Sine OIE NRRL DUA SOA RE! sl Ms eda ede alot Harker, ALFRED, Hsq. The Overthrust Torridonian Rocks of the Isle of Rum, and the Associated Gneisses (Plate XIV) ...... a2 Page 51 5d 429 445 459 91 105 307 Fert ef Oe : Iv sami LUBE aNTS. Page Hinp, Dr. WHEELTON. On a New Species of Solenopsis | Soleno- morpha| from the Pendleside Series of Hodder Place, Stony- hurst (lancashire) ......... Magee sl... + ny 834 Notes on some Lamellibranchiate Mollusca obtained by Mr. Molyneux from the Sengwe Coalfield ...............-.. 287 Home, Henry, Esq. Ona Transported Mass of Ampthill Clay in the Boulder-Clay at Biggleswade (Bedfordshire) ............ 375 Kurtz, Prof. F. Remarks upon Mr. EH. A. Newell Arber’s Com- munication: On the Clarke Collection of Fossil Plants from New South Wales. .....50. 065.0... ee 25 LAMPLUGH, GEORGE WILLIAM, Esq.,& JoHn Francis WALKER, | Esq. On a Fossiliferous Band at the Top of the Lower Green- sand near Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire aoe XVI- XVID) po i ohne elke eo on rr 234 MacAuistER, DonaLp A., Ksq. ‘Tin and Tourmaline (Adstract).. 58 Minter, Dr. N. H. J. The Amounts of Nitrogen and Organic Carbon in some Clays and Maris .........../..).. 23 138 Motynevux, ArrHuUR JoHN CHARLES, Esq. The Sedimentary Deposits of Southern Rhodesia (Plates XIX & XX) ........ 266 Newton, Epwin Tutuey, Esq. The Elk (Alces machlis, Ogilby) inthe Thames Valley (Plate V).... .../. «.. 0 sce eee 80 Parkinson, JoHn, Esq. The Geology of the Tintagel and Davidstow District, Northern Cornwall (Plate XXV)........ 408 & Prof. THomas GrorGe Bonney. On Primary and Secondary Devitrification in Glassy Igneous Rocks (Plate XX VI) 429 Psrrursson, Heuer, Esq. On a Shelly Boulder-Clay in the so-called ‘ Palagonite-Formation’ of Iceland ................ 306 SHITE) ee rth, Mee eine rcca bao ene pe encte fied yi oi 29 Raisin, Miss CarHERINE A. Petrological Notes on Rocks from Southern Abyssinia, collected by Dr. Reginald Keettlitz (Plate MAD Samet As MO alos at OS lee Sale Ge Ver 292 RicHarpson, Linspaun, Esq. On a Section at Cowley, near Cheltenham, and its Bearing upon the Interpretation of the Bajocian Denudation +. .:..s:.sc++. s+ 13d 382 . The Rhetic and Lower Lias of Sedbury Cliff, near Chepstow, Monmouthshire (Plate XXIV) ................ 390 Scrivenor, JoHN BBooxs, Esq. The Granite and Greisen of Cligga Head (Western Cornwall)... 000.02... 2.2.5... 142 Notes on the Geology of Patagonia (Plate XIIL)........ 160 SewarpD, ALBERT Cuar.us, Esq. On the Occurrence of Dictyo- zamites in England, with Remarks on European and Eastern Mesozoic Floras (Plate XV) .......020+5 022552200 ee 217 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Vv Page SHRUBSOLE, OcTAvius ALBERT, Esq. On the Probable Source of some of the Pebbles of the Triassic Pebble-Beds of South Mevenvand of the Midland Coumtiesy i) sos ce es. dcsae beac s so oy 311 Sorttas, Prof. Wiit1am Jounson. The Figure of the Harth.... 180 STEPHENS, Francis J., Esq. Geological Notes on the North-West Ereyinces (Himalayan) of India. CAGstracé).. inc oe 2 ayes 64 Tomes, Ropert F., Esq. Description of a Species of Heterastrea from the Lower Rheetic of Gloucestershire.................. 403 VAUGHAN, Artuur, Esq. The Lowest Beds of the Lower Lias eemecH nen yy CEE) oi.) id's 2) ahd, o)ash aie Eee eee Oe ie ee Seen 396 Waker, JouN Francis, Esq., & Grorce WILLIAM LAMPLUGH, Esq. Ona Fossiliferous Band at the Top of the Lower Green- sand near Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire (Plates XVI-X VIII) 234 6 Wairaker, WILLIAM, Esq. On some Well-Sections in Suffolk .. 33 Woopwarp, Dr. ARTHUR SMITH. On a New Species of Acrolepis obtained by Mr. Molyneux from the Sengwe Coalfield (Plate nae Hy Eee atte LOIS 2 HE gO ge SD OMAP Su Ure 285 Woopwarp, Horacr BoLtinGBRoKE, Hsq. On some Disturbances in the Chalk near Royston (Hertfordshire).................. 362 PROCEEDINGS. Peeeecese OL the Mesbnes fi. th seas hw oo eg i, XCvill PUMMEETMPECOPONG. | hoe bet ar ae), ecey ah seine aie Ss ae Md es aA ene 1x Messer Honors to the Library... snes oan ine Bak ee xii Daarow Moreion Members. x i. 05 cies ntentyas atin ti soa atnralene 9 Xxili List of Foreign Correspondents buiPs itty wesc mR eae Ne cd es XX1V Baseot Wollaston: Medallists «2... ...0i ais aahis Sateas an alee seed XXV List of Murchison Medallists 0.0.0... .0.0.0c0ccceesceues xxvii Pincachs Mayle Med ANTS is. acc ls ao ow +08 )n ec, Sagesegboke mosis Uehe XX1X Passe pcpy Medallistsys..(. 6 56)s.6 ee dessin es see hee ovo} XXxi Applications of the Barlow-Jameson Fund.................. XXXxi Rbertatietl EVO Or bpm ake ioe ches chintm: « sa je aicte ayaa tuaPebus oi/osl'oi odie, 2 00 OKIE Award of the Medals and Proceeds of Funds Mate, nut etatar seer acatsee 6 XXX1x Anniversary Address of the President ................ aio rate lii al TABLE OF CONTENTS. Page Bonney, Prof. THomAas GEORGE. On Specimens from Desola- tion-Valley Glacier (Canada) .-70.).:..) ene c Evans, Dr. Jonn Writit1am. On Rocks and Fossils from Caupolican (Northern Bolivia) “32 -2->......-- eee v1 PowEtt, H., Esq. Onan Eruption of the St. Vincent Soufriére. 1 SMEDLEY, Harry Epwarp Heatu, Esq. On Wax Models of Fossil Seeds... ccc Oeics os SO ee oa in ee Vii Watts, Prof. W. W. On British Association Geological Photographs)... rtoeie cles a 64 ai big ences Bonne eae c W oopwarp, Horacr BoLInGBRoKE, Esq. On Lantern- Slides of the Disturbed Chalk near Royston ER YES lccd g CV ERRATA. Vor. LVIIL (1902). P. 83. Line 19 from bottom, for ‘ Sars’ read ‘ Linnarsson.’ P. 109. Col. 3 of Table, line 6 from bottom, for the asterisk (opposite Obollella (2) Sultert) substitute an interrogation-sign (?). LIST OF THE FOSSILS DESCRIBED AND FIGURED IN THIS VOLUME. Name of Species. Formation. Locality. Page PLANTS. Alethopteris decurrens ......... \ ( Flimby & 1 Moresby ...... BNGED MS eek cic d | : Annularia sphenophylloides .. Ul na aoe: Bothrodendron minuti- (OE (2 a rrrreee | [fee U lian yas eee econ Calamites (Calamitina) ap-| }Coal-Measures. .| 4 proximatus, pl. i, fig. 8 | Whitehaven (——) Varians ........6... Whitehaven & | Miimibya) — (Stylocalamites) Cisti ... Whitehaven, Flimby, & -—— (——) Suckowi? ......... J {| Moresby ...... CQAMILES SP. a odics eee ensues: Carboniferous(?) oe ee Calamocladus equisetiformis...| \ { Whitehaven & P | | Moresby ...... ordaites principalis ......... : | Whitehaven, ¢ Coal-Measures. 5 { Flimby, & | | Moresby ...... 2] Lge: AA ee a ) \ Whitehaven ... Meeen ae Pe I RajmahalGroup| Puchwara Pass . 2 | | etorion Ootite. | | Mabe by es Glossopteris Browniana ...... { Euan UESN: Southern Rho- ferous (?). lei Meats ( Lepidodendron aculeatum, |) pl. i, » Bg. Dee ee ede asics a | Whitehaven Worthen. a li, ie an | Flimby Peery te Lepidophl: Hal rat eee onia) 8p r Coal-Measures. d 4 Whitehaven Martopteris latifolia ............ | Moresby .275.:24. PUM ONG se erecirisevaias | Flimby & Moresby ...... Spy pl. W, fig. 4657 5.0.6: ) ( ellimalby cesses vill FOSSILS DESCRIBED AND FIGURED. Name of Species. Formation. Locality. Page PLanT® (continued). Neuropteris giganted............ } { Moresby ......... 15 NeLerOPHYGs 222.20 .c eee Whitehaven & | Elimiby eee 14 —— Scheuchzeri, pl. i, HIG, Meee eco taintce sage etcee: | Whitehaven 9 ——— Lenwifolia oo... .ececseecees | | Whitehaven & y ¢ Coal- Measures, 5 4 Moresby ...... 9, 15 LIL ULOTTG) Se ene poet oe eee ela Elimiby: ae eeeecce 12 Sigillaria levigata ............ Ellenborough & limibyg yee 8,13 GUGM etewaimosccarenademe sees Ellenborough ...| 8 scutellata, pl. i, fig. 5 ...| ) \ Whitehaven 8 8 Matobola Beds { Sonn SIC: p- Corse ce eeeeseest ess esese € * . desia hace ae 99() Sphenophyllum cuneifolium ...| \ (Whitehaven & Flimbyae..- 7, 12 Sphenopteris furcata, pl. ii, | ODI Neos osistscentumonte rere | FBlimby 4... sas 13 obtusiloba, pl. ii, fig. 3.6.) | ! Whitehaven & } 5 fact SLE 14 Fi aly en 9,18 Stigmaria ficotdes .........0.+... || HHenborough & | | Moresby ...... 9, 13 Zeilleria delicatula, pl. ii, | | t HOSEL Os Biwi ash a5). ) | '\ Klimby \ eee. 13 MApDRrEPORARTA APOROSA. Heterastrea raetica, sp. nov., . | f Deerhurst, Glou- fies. 1&2. .....c. igen | } Tower Baste. { ceatershire ...| 403-405 BRACHIOPODA. Kingena arenosd ....0ecceveeee { 258 Sr iid Bre ine ( 257 Newtonti, sp. novy.,pl.xviii, | AES OC IH ere shone ows 258-59 Magas (?) latestriata, sp. nov., | pl. xvii, figs. 9a-9d......... | 254 orthiformis, pl. xvii, figs. | | eer Oa NOG kc Me eo esc ek | Lower Creta- : 204-00 Ethynchonella Grasiana ...... r CeOUs eee r 5 Shea ee : 259-60 var. shenleyensis | | noy., pl. xviii, figs. 9a-9c...| ; 260 leightonensis, sp. nov.,| | | pl. xvii, fies. 8¢-8d ...... | 261 —— lineolata ....seeeeeeee eee. | | | 260 —— (?) var. mirabilis) | | nov., pl. xviii, figs. 7 a-7c.. \ | 260-61 FOSSILS DESCRIBED AND FIGURED. Name of Species. Formation. | Locality. — | Bracuropopa (continued). Terebratella hercynica, p|.xviii,| \ HEE Oo een ence ener wee Menardi, var. pterygotos nov., pl. xviii, figs. 3a-—de. . Terebratula biplicata, vay. Dutempleana, pl. xvii, figs. la&I1b @eeessseseossesseesesees var. gigantea nov., pl. xvi, figs. 7 a-7 ¢ —— Boubet, pl. xvii, fig. 5... capillata, pl.xvi, figs. la-6 depressa, var. shenleg yensis ee SHER Shenley Hill ... nov., pl. xvii, figs. 2a-3 0. . ae GS | Moutoniana, var., pl. xvii, | ERA OG AL Die oo... « arciciameic cine —— ovata, pl. xvii, figs. 6a & 6b | Terebratulina triangularis, ple eye WHS. 7 each senses Mees | Terebrirositra lyra, var. in- _curvirostrum nov., pl. xvii, | ET 4 roe Zeilleria convexiformis, sp. nov., pl. xvii, figs. 8 a-8¢...| J N LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Ostred discotdedc....osoesesecees Ampthill Clay .| Biggleswade ... Paleomutela Keyserlingi ...... ) Upper Matobola| { Southern Rho- it, een fo Bedse ce ccascs | dent Solenomorpha major, gen. et Hodder Place, sp. nov., fig. 1 un @ wos detas | Pendleside Series { Stonyhurst .. Carboniferous eae Toney —— minor, fig. 2 ............08. } aes Quarry, Fri- va zington ...... AMMONOIDEA. Chartronia costigera, sp. nov., pl. xxviii, figs. 1-4 Denckmannia bredonensis, sp. nov., pl. xxvii, figs. 1-4 0... Deroceras sp., pl. xxvii, figs. 5&6 ee er ee ee PALZONISCIDA. Acrolepis Molyneuxi, sp. nov., pl. xx, figs. 1-6 ee oD a Bussé Series: | { Stroud, Glouces- tershire ...... Overbury, Wor- cestershire .. Lyme Regis...... Nkoka’s Kraal, S. Rhodesia. 255 -56 | 258-54 378-79 287 287 334-85 335-36 285-86 x FOSSILS DESCRIBED AND FIGURED. Name of Species. Alces machlis, pl. v, figs. 1-4 . Cervus etueriarum (2) ....0.0.4: Elephas meridionalis, pl. x, fit AQea ec score ceseuscoeccaraey Equus Stenonis,pl. xii, figs. 1-3.| | Mastodon arvernensis, pl. vii, fig. 6, pl. ix, figs. 2-5, pl. x, figs. 1-3, & pl. xi, figs. 2-3. Rhinoceros etruscus .........++. ) Hyena arvernensis (2) ......... Machairodus crenatidens, pl. viii, figs. 1-4, pl. ix, fig. 1, 5 (Dy TENTS S Gnoeecnce | | Formation. | UNGULATA, \ Thames allu- Vill eee \ y Upper Pliocene. CARNIVORA. Upper Pliocene. Locality. Youveney, near Staines......... aan { Dove Holes, \ Buxton! j 5a K Dove Holes, Buxton ...72 Page | 119 | 120 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE PAGE Fosstu Puants FROM THE CUMBERLAND OOALFIELD, to Te illustrate Mr. E. A. Newell Arber’s paper on the 1 (Mossi) shloravOt .that areas sci escc- jaancelh as dates (Mar anv Section or tHe NeranBpournoop or SEMNA; | | and Mrcroscopr-sEcTions oF AUGITITE AND Synnire- | Ill &1V{ Porruyry from the same locality, to illustrate +} 65 Dr. J. Ball’s paper on the Semna Cataract of the | 1 T'ang ee a ASEM ENISER. A SAA eg Ace ) | \ Remains oF E1K (Azces wAcHLIS, OGILBY) FROM | V AuLLUviuM NEAR Staines, to illustrate Mr. 80 | Newton’s paper on that Rosell Aa eee VI& VII MicroscorPe-Sections oF ‘Trrem Marstz,’ to illustrate 91 Mr. A. K. Coomaraswamy’s paper on that rock ...... ( MAcHAIRODUS CRENATIDENS AND MASTODON ARVERNENSIS ; ) MASTODON ARVERNENSIS AND HLEPHAS MERIDIONALIS ; | VITI-XIIT{ and Havus Srenonis anv Kavus capaxivs, to illus- $ 105 | trate Prof. W. Boyd Dawkins’s paper on a Pliocene | \ ossiferous cavern at Dove Holes, Buxton ............... Sxetcu-Mare or Souturern Partaconia, to petal xu} Mr. J. B. Serivenor’s paper on the geology of that} 160 COMNERY, ei ecclesia RC RRR alee hae illustrate Mr. A. Harker’s paper on the overthrust Torridonian rocks and the associated gneisses of that ee TERT Foyer era giles ct sje ne de cwrccbmee alae te siete Nate asa mae Dreryvozamires, to illustrate Mr. A. C. Seward’s paper a on the occurrence of that fossil in England, ete. ...... } ad TEREBRATULA CAPILLATA AND T’. BIPLICATA, Var. GIGANTEA, \ nov.; YTseREBRATULA, Magas, etce.; and T#REeBRI- ROSTRA, TEREBRATELLA, KINGENA, AND RHYNCHONELLA, to illustrate Mr. J. F. Walker’s description of the } 249 brachiopoda from the fossiliferous band at the top of the Lower Greensand at Shenley Hill, Leighton ie 315222) 4) Ue Cas Ree ree PMCs lbs eeen dae oy saat ) x GroLogicaL Skercu-Map or tHE Isutanp or Rwvm, to XVI-XVIII Xil EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE PAGE (Secrions rrom Bunawayo AND FROM THE Lusu Ooa-- ) FIELD TO THE ZAMBESI RivER; SECTION FROM THE | XIX { SINANOMBI GOLD-BELT TO THE SESAMI COALFIELD ; and \ 266 SEcTION FROM NEAR Mac outstz to Moxoro, to illus- | trate Mr. A. J. C. Molyneux’s paper on the sedi- | | {| mentary deposits of Southern Rhodesia ............... SS Acroteris Morynevxt, sp. noy., to illustrate Dr. A. Smith-Woodward’s description of that fossil ......... 20 XX Sketcu-Map oF a Portion or Sourumrn Apyssrnta, to x1 illustrate Miss C. A. Raisin’s paper on the rst | | collected in that country by Dr. R. Keettlitz ............ ( ANTICLINE AND SyncuInE IN Movuntain-Limustone ; and | Microscopg-SECTIONS OF OOLITIC AND PEBBLY ‘Car: | XXII & | BONIFEROUS LimEstTonE, to illustrate Mr. H. H. ! 397 4 Arnold-Bemrose’s paper on the geology of the Ash- Oe | bourne & Buxton Railway between Crake Low and | \) Parsley Hay ..:..205secscscesene secede ler ete ett eee ) 390 XXIV VERTICAL SecTION oF SEDBURY CLIFF, NEAR CHEPSTOW, to illustrate Mr. L. Richardson’s paper on the Rhietic and Lower Lias of that locality .................ccscesenee GroLtocicAL Map or THE TInraGEL AND Dal XXV Districr, to illustrate Mr. John Parkinson’s paper $ 408 on the geology of that. area ........... 00s. sees eee eee J Rocks, to illustrate Prof. T. G. Bonney’s & Mr. J. arkinson’s paper on primary and secondary devi- trification in those rocks \.0.7.3...:<.+ PROCESS-BLOCKS AND OTHER ILLUSTRATIVE FIGURES. PAGE Prism of tourmaline included in quartz .........-.....2-eceeneees 149 Vertical sections near Entrance Point, Rio Santa Cruz, and at Monte Leon | ........:0+0ecee teesedneis tease couse see ee ee arr 162 Sketch-map of Lago Buenos Aires and district .................. 172 Stereographic projection of the Harth, Eastern and Western Hemispheres . ......%...0c..vssaeeesmuece nee lesae rca: Cee 182, 183 Torridonian sandstones on the shore at Camas Pliasgaig, FRU oe ese von svinntinnles vat see ena REE Se eee ee ee 191 Section through Monadh Dubh, Isle of Rum ..................... 194 Section from Barkeval Pass to Kinloch Castle, Isle of Rum ... 198 Section through Beinn nan Stace to the coast of Stace nam Faoileann, Isle of Rum ...2......0c.00.000nscneuene eee 202 ah & FT.) | oe ondeccceesneseerecectenscteee setae oe 228 Sketch-map of the Lower-Greensand outcrop near Leighton BuZzandle onstonscscsrertoccausemesncee ie a as oe oie «0.0 Se 235 Ground-plan of sand-pits at Shenley Hill .:..2 2. 236 Section at the northern end of Rigby Harris’s sand-pit, Shenley FU Faisi.ws co csaietoob eee ses deine tap sensu tes desea deeds eRe ee ar 238 Geological sketch-map of part of Southern Rhodesia ............ 276 View of West Cliff, Budleigh Salterton ...................cesecceseee 316 Diagram of British and French areas [distribution of Bunter pebblesil) access sien. c so. Natplasigaes soa dedeve ees? nha 330 Left valve of Solenomorpha major, sp. NOV. ....0...c0ccceceaeeeeees 335 Cast of Solenomor pha ‘MtH0r......0c.ccie de vereoners«t.cesssc eee 3936 [Casts illustrating experiments in mountain-building] ...... 300-53 Section of the plateau of Mévahlid (Iceland) ..................... 307 Section near Bulandshofdi (Iceland) ........-..:. <:1.4.55.:eeeeee 3599 Geological map of the neighbourhood of Royston ............... 363 Sections in chalk-pit at Pinner’s Cross, Smith’s End, Barley ... 364 Chalk-pit south-west of Newsell’s Park and north of Barkway. 366 Boulder-Clay beneath Chalk at the same locality.................. 366 Section at the lime-kiln, south-west of Newsell’s Park and north of Barkway ....0....is:02s0c.+2+e#scseonpnos sense 367 Section north of Reed: oo....0sss0 0 Hleetrie TICWtIN® .....2..coceecsarssdescieoeenie wet ase 40 0 O Gea rascen cocci nieis en's PM cervsisigs Howe note naie Some eet f2e Oa 0 EB e585 oats ssto ss sia's w coasts shania Seep 45 0 O Rurnituce and Repairs. ...5.....s0s.ceosenncqessbacet 30 0 0 House-Repairs and Maintenance ............... 30 0 O Mnviual Cleaning. GA hh ceases on oie wnelsoeeeuieoan se 15 0 O Washing and Sundry Expenses .................. 35 0 O Mewrate WieetiMes, % 55... sepa ns Senctoen: eceeeee 2050) 50 242 15 0 Salaries and Wages, etc.: ASHIStAIG ECEOLALY 5 cece ts nnciscer seme voice. dna 300 O 0 fs half Premium Life Assurance... 10 15 0 Assistant Librarian ..............s.0.0+. Pe ante 150550030 JAN ETSTISUEN oi OST] 8 San Aa ODEO Lan aa 140 0 O PUUBENO Ne ASSIGDA INE ye cwstine. died djsinv ae'sslv sce scleinw eu se 5250070 House Porter and Housemaid .................. 94 10 O WhteboreTAOMSCTAAIC is ci. .ide Sain seit ot Sects co met 48 18 O Charwoman and Occasional Assistance......... 10 0 0 PRE COMUPAN IS HEC so. est ste ancene sedan oes sie setts singin 10 10 O 866 13 0 Office Expenditure : SERIE SIT OTA DR Un dedi oes aS ne Pe rea I 35 0 0 Miscellaneous Printing ..... sh se atten seers 50 0 O Postages and Sundry Expenses .................. 85 0 0 —— 170 0 0 Mapetty( books-and Bmdine)s. og os. oe ee ce te tees we 200 0 O MAME PEA GEALOOUO. 5.10 Fo oes so che ek a dad welbinle Tie ont 90 0 0 International Catalogue of Scientific Literature .......... COi 00 os ERLE 3 Jk gh gh aR TRS ape atic ee eae EAL ta Pea 5,10) 0 PSEC ALAC ae ana a2. sade ae Sisko whe egg Aim ape ee 100 0 0 Publications: Quarterly Journal, including Commission on Uh Pee aS site conte ticlatediee Dorinswcle tocol okie oti te 900 0 O Record of Geological Literature ............... 148 0 O HEE Oba CUO MIS ces. ts id. clases rvnie~ seeds taba awe OOns Ors O. Postage on Journal, Addressing, ete. ......... I07 070 Abstracts, including Postage .............2..+.+. 110 0 O 1283 0 0 —_ £3017 8 0 W. T, BLANFORD, Treasurer. January 28th, 1903. XXXIV PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociery. [May 1903, Income and Expenditure during the RECEIPTS. £ .s. d. =e To Balance in the hands of the Bankers at January lst, 1902: On Current Account ............ 132) 4 2 On Deposit Account ............ 250 0 O » Balance in the hands of the Clerk at January, list, 1902) 2 ee 2 Se es 403 12.03 », Compositions |... 2)... 6 jon sates eee ee 309 10 0 ,», Admission Fees: ABTCANS cred duteees Caves See 1138 8 O Ourrent <1... ogden eee 189 O O = 02 aoe ,, Arrears of Annual Contributions .... 96 12 0 » Annual Contributions of 1902: Resident Fellows ................4. 1726 14 6 Non-Resident Fellows............ 7 Lee ,, Annual Contributions in advance .... 48 6 O eer Publications : Sale of Quarterly Journal: - Wioleateto ula 7 ih ceca ee i, tea veered rete) Sd IK) BV OU ATT hee et Re ret eee, 68 211 Se LD aoe PDPANAA GIONS Es cea. oncsseoatereacacaceeees 3. 10 O », Record of Geological Literature ...... Ll 98 ,, Hutton’s ‘Theory of the Earth’ vol. iii 14 0O » Museum Catalooue (20:0). .0-.00-00.crns 8 4 0 See OM GMO mak oc teasecsceSescceeact 8 O ee » ~xepayment of-Income Vax:..2. . 2.0. c0. 2. woe Loy lane ., Dividends (less Income Tax) :— £2500 India 3 per cent. Stock.... 70 9 3 £300 London, Brighton, & South Coast Railway 5 per cent. Consolidated Preference LOG rteronie eee 1452, 2 £2250 London & North-Western Railway 4 per cent. Pre- ference Stock i: ois. 2%. erally £2800 London & South-Western Railway 4 per cent. Pre- ference Stock, =. esc aoe. 1057 - £2072 Midland Railway 24 per cent. Perpetual Preference Stock © cic.) Seae ee. cote 48 14 5 £267 6s. 7d. Natal 3 percent.Stock 3 15 2 a — Deke eae », Anterest-on Deposit ...:2224..425. /o eee Bt * Due from Messrs. Longmans, in addition to £3439 16 3 the above, on Journal, Vol. lviii, etc. ...... £65 “OT ee = Vol. 59. | FINANCIAL REPORT, Year ended December 31st, 1902. PAYMENTS. By House Expenditure: ES Soe ae PROX EGE Act me ber caatpyewe aes in ts cena seneeememeeatie sede 15570 PRPS ENSUE AIMCO! 7.555.115 fis «25 sn0.scenenennne tone 15 0 O TDI GY, Gets) WTC 0 00) A RMP oc oon 33.15 2 EAS etnias Sated pt ai senid’e 2's. 5 vee eae 11 15 10 Be Sess con Mete nace aiz star « oieice)- tis Sea eee L2O® 2 Munnitune and Je pairs:....s0.-...0..cceeeceere ae See | % House-Repairs and Maintenance............... 36 6 6 Ammantia le CLAM Ge) oye io satis once sate dale eoeeeeeee 138 6 6 Washing and Sundry Expenses ............... SU LON Meanat Meetings: 25. c0o. geass sseeeretees sacs 18 18 6 Coronation Decorations <....c2-.ssc0c- seen 15 0 0 5, Salaries and Wages : ASGistant SCCLELALTY ..2..n2aeeedsceer wewegateerar 350 O 0 ie ,, half Premium Life Assurance 10 15 O Assistant ibrarian © 25.30.88 cocen sen oo es 50 0 O Wicsistant; Cleuke 1c. .2cc.haeeecctetonsconemtosceer es 120 0 O umion Agsistaitis 25 matt dasiecigs hh onddoeemesat oe 38 12 0 House Porter and Upper Housemaid ...... 93 0 3 Wndersrousemaid 2ccc.c. 755 secketndeee sana 48 5 6 Charwoman and Occasional Assistance ...... 817 0 ECOUMbAMbS FeCS)c5.teuceaiatonedescas sede secce 11 15 O RS OMCIHONG ERECT aoate cwahrs taseiacesocietetelwmsaree ee ll 6 O , Office Expenditure: Gere SHEUIOIDCIRT wa a ttea te 6 GOB aon: Ar en enn 31 18 8 Miscellaneous Printing ........ Meijeuie ag ssrcalstelec 3) ea) Postages and Sundry Expenses ............... 85 18 0 Zetnrary (Books and Binding) .....24..05..... oo, aul Dee LCE IC) me ee ,, International Catalogue of Scientific Literature . ,, Publications: Quarterly Journal, Vols. i to lvii, Commis- Siom om, Sale thereof ox... Jee. cenedde. seein 714 4 Quarterly Journal, Vol. lviii, Commission Gre Sa leHEMOLeOL eect enon depots c soe ercin tines lah OD Paper, Printing, and Illustrations ......... 963 13 1 Record of Geological Literature ............ 152 10 3 Wisin Ot CMOS, (28 cance cist hos hs cate osc 06 0 0 Postage on Journal, Addressing, ete. ...... 92 14 3 Abstracts, including Postage ............... 112 16 8 . Hlectric-Light Installation and Repairs ........ 3» Purchase of £267 6s. 7d. 3 per cent. Natal Stocks (@pIOa. bite sa ies bs ao ae ,, Balance in the hands of the Bankers at December 31st, 1902: On Currenh Account, 224.2: 4...4/5- 56 15 11 ;, Balance in the hands of the Clerk.... 411 9 We have compared this Statement with the Books and Accounts presented to us, and find them to agree. F. W. RUDLER, EDMUND J. GARWOOD, W. T. BLANFORD, Treasurer. January 28th, 1908. Auditors. XXXV oiplat ye Ms 306 1 10 842 10 9 ilar G 6 266. Ves 89 11 8 60 6 4 1370 19 7 soe Oia 7 250 0 0 Cle P28 £3439 16 3 ee COEL 4sT@ lequeseg ‘s1eyuRg ot} 42 sonuytel PULP] WozPOoT AA “IC L Sl Ges OL ZI ee Frteesneneseessees nergsovar XB, OWOOUT a a ccna fyi T< a ainjueqey ‘jue eat e yore ULOY}ION JBOD) SOFF Ul poyseaul puny oy} 70 (xvj, ewoouy ssoq) spueprarq “ “+ g8urqoinyy “TW MA “AN 0} pavay Ag | 2 c Be. 7h" C06E ‘qsy Avenue Iv SIoyUVG oy} 4B couelpeg Og, ‘p F ‘SLAUIGOaY ‘SINGWAV “LNONOOOY LSaAy GGL SIE URE a ‘ soyuVg ayy ye souryeq “* | sretsces* srepeyy Jo ys0Q | F "* pUIpy woyoeT AA “IC G "ss Gosway “VW “Ad royopAT “yp TTY 07 preay Ag | 8 ‘SINUNAV "p NOW “LNNOOOY Lsnuy, 6061 ‘ISTE Loequieve(] ‘stoxueg ay} ye courreg “ | OT Ea) see ‘H OL AN (GNA NOSANVP-MOTUVG , \G 6 6LIF Oi 7 ct Cee a ae iia ee ok tisost dane posteAodel XBT, VUMOOUT 6 99 “°'' yoorg ‘que zed Fg ueqodoneyy “YO ‘ST OLOGF UL poJSOAU pen 4 ey} wo (xv, ewodUyT ssey) spueptarq ‘ ‘Ss ‘SLdIHO ay . TVOIDOTONL) TIGA , 66 ¢ | | 0 8 8oF Pease cca vee oh eur ee ote Forres HoreAooer xB, OULODUT aT ye ott" See a reget 3 Fes yo0;g emnqueqact [Vpeyw Jo 3800 eee ‘qu90 ee seed tetgy UL9}SO AA “YAO NY ZY UOPuO'T FEGLF ot tat Beieoau pun ay} WO (xB J, PULODUT SSeT) SpUOPTAY(] ae LOULIVAT “AA ‘AJA, OF PBA iO" shiek." " ZOBTL “IST Acvnurve ye sxcoyuvg oy} 4v vouved OT, | ee ae Oe ‘SLdIMOaY ‘SINTWAV ‘LNQNODOY isa, “(NOY TVOINOTOUL) NOSIHOUDYN , Tl 9 39g ZOBL ‘ISLE Loquteoe(] IL¢ Gor @ att oc SPAS Oe) es och sree -+++ paxaaooar XBT, eLLOOUT OLF Of ‘'''7' Yooig “queo sed g Azun0g emtysdurey SLOLF ‘sloyueg oy} yw souvpeg “* Ul peyeAUL PUNT oy} UO (xey, ouLo0dUy sseT) spuoprargy ‘ [Vpeyy pur craouiadg * eT a oy pramy AG |OL 8 OG °° ''''' GOST 4ST Arenuey ye sioyuBg ot} 4B eouLlLY OF, |p ‘8 -F ‘SLAM AY OL 8 O& : "SINUWAY ‘LNQOOOY LSAyy, “Is[TG 4aquiasad CANO NOILVNO(T NOUSVTIO AA , : spuny Isnay, JO juawmanyy -suonpny ) COOMAVD “fC CNAWCA wae “AH TCOY “AM 'S06T “YISE hannune “dadnsve4T, “TYOANV TE “LM ‘9aI9¥ 0} Toy} pug pur ‘sn 0} pazueserd syunvoay pue syoog e173 YiTAA JUOUIE}vIG SIT} poredutod savy oA, 29 FLOle 4 9 VIOLF bo) aT oie Sot ee serie rene ey Vitesse ss yo0,c -qu90 Deon GP ii ZOBL ‘S18 TET GL ‘sioyueg oy} 4B sourtegq =“ red ¢ woryw10di0g | JOM “YZ ‘ST 6LOLF uo pusprarg ‘ 0 0 OOOL OO 5.0 a p.ONd 0 dno 300 eipemieeu cence re 96 ® yo019 mks cys) 0 0 O00Ea = oO 0 a0 OD OOOO GoOtoObODO A OBL "91g Arenuer tod @ uorqe10d109 [SLI “PZ “ST BLOTF Jo oseyomg Ag | UO SIOPOI[OG s,Uo0sspig ‘SIT WOIZ PoAtooel YsSBy OF, ye aaa 3 ‘SINUWAV ee 2 at eae 2 ‘SLdIGONYY | “LNNODDY LSOe 7, - ONO NOWOCI TAINVG 5 6 0 LIF ~ 6 0 LVF Oonhile. ete to rece * cortaar sega "rests * padedoded xUy, eutvouy + Wacol Ollie Se ea eee Y90}G :3ua0 wad GE vIpUyT ‘pF ‘ST L6GF Gene oe GO6L ISS Magna: ‘sdoyUuVg ayy 78 sourleg, “« ul peqseAur, pun A ou Uo (X¥y, eulodUT sso7) spueprayy im (OE NOR SSS SS Se are a ee "*"""* sa1q [Vpey Jo ysog Aq | 6 636R "0 “ZOG6L ‘IST Arenuer 7B SloyuVg oq} 3e soured oy De Ss ‘SINANWAV Nes aoe ‘SLAIMOMY ‘LNNOODDY Lay, (ONOY Lsouy, HOIMLSaYg , Ot Oils QO L OLF oUF Pe i EE aL Vac Gu ss peleaooed xBy, autoouT “ f G 8L§& os | SOOle re ortodener uy PL SS 6SLF 0 SL6 Rae ZOBL ‘STS Tequresacy ‘ SIOUCE 94} 18 souvyeq UL poysoaut patty oy} UO (xVy, oULOOTTT SS9T) Spueprlalg Oo 9 Sense OCS CECT Sat BONS ane. Oi Oe ee Suerte) AGT nG 8. IL: °°''''*’ GO6L 48, Arenuer 48 SLOYUVY OY} 7V oourpeg oy, | fe: ee ‘SLNAWAVG Nees Maar ‘SLAUIMOMY “EINNODOY LSAT, """" BOGL “STE equisce(y ‘sxoxuBg on} ye oounpeg Ag “‘SINGWAV CANNY LAVIaY IVOI90TOTYy , Vi 6F ae ha a dh eam UME CEL Maran i cponrc lap BSL Oe i ete Ss 909C “\ueo aedue anipaemegnmes UI peqseAut puny oy} uo (x¥J, oULODUT ssep) spueplarq “ V6OLG ‘''"""** ZO6L 4ST Atunuve ye seyxuBg oy} 4% dead Ls? a 9 ‘CS ae ‘sold 4800 10] 4V peNnTVa ov SYOO}G UI SJUecU}SOAUT OY, — '9Z0Ar ‘S06T “YISe hamnuny daunspalT, “TYIOANWTE VL AA OF Gr LO Zi [‘sworgnongng pjosun fo “= Se yoogy pun ‘aunqruing ‘hanigvy ‘s002999}09 2Y? {0 an]DA ay7 apnjaur 2oU saop an0gv a4 L—I'N | 0 61 L91‘2IF 0 OL BBL ST stmorynqgiyaoyH [enuwy JO sTveITy 0 6 LOT “rrr ttt eee" seeny TOSS TER Dy aia 0 0 09% “TTT Tt YooIg “quoo rod g [BIBN “PL ‘SO LOGE 9 6L OSST "TC ee ee mare Teal jenjediog ‘yuoo red $¢ Avaprey purlpryy GL0GF & CT ZOE “''* YOoG ouotojor poyeprposuoy “Fue rod G Kvapleyy Svog yNog w ‘uopysug ‘uopuoTyT COEF 9 2 NOE tt yooyg eotteteyzorg *7uUeo rod p AVATIEY UIOYSOA\-INOG W Uopuo'T OYORZF 9 OL S686 CC ttt y90gg souerteyetg “7090 god pF ABATIVYT ULoJSeA\-YMON 2 Wopuo'yT YCZZF Gio! TG6NG: ee eS IMO ee aod § VIPUT COSEF —: Aqrodorg popuny Gar nay “8 ZOBL GSTS equadeqy ‘SpuBly SALTO 94} UL 9OUBlBE, IT GL 9G rtttttesetessess qumosoy quaang uO ; -ZOBL ‘ISTE toquiasacy ‘Spurl SioyuVg oy} UL eoURTeg Ye ! 0 19 ese eee eee wets agen estes (QaQlor PART WO) MernniGnLols (mGioter * AqQoto0g 044 Jo anodes uy eouulea Ayxoyaen’ Jo yunosov uo “og zw suvursuory] wmoryz onc] es F . Sep kge =e ‘ALUAAIOU "SO6L ‘ISTE Laquasag * hjiadoag sfiqava0g ay) fo quawajnig Vol. 59.] ANNIVERSARY MEETING——WOLLASTON MEDAL. XXX1X AWARD OF THE Woxxuaston MEDAL. In handing the Wollaston Medal, awarded to Geheimrath Prof. Dr. Hernricn Rosrensuscu, For.Memb.G.8., of Heidelberg, to Prof. W. J. Sotnas, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., for transmission to the recipient, the PresipEent addressed him as follows :— Prof. Sortas,— No man has exercised a greater influence on the progress of petrological science than Prof. Rosenbusch. Though a master of detail, he has always insisted on the important bearing of micro- scopical studies on many of the great theoretical problems of modern geology. y In his celebrated researches on the Steigen Schiefer he combined stratigraphical, mineralogical, and chemical data in such a manner that his memoir must for all time remain a classic in geological literature. His subsequent work is all of the same philosophical character, and every question that he has handled has been fundamentally modified and notably advanced as the result of his investigations. ‘The fertility which he has shown, in the production of new and often profound theories, has only been equalled by the courage with which he has discarded the old, so soon as they have proved unsatisfactory or incomplete. ; The successive editions of his great work on the microscopic characters of minerals and rocks have been landmarks in the progress of the science. The range of knowledge therein revealed is enormous, yet we never feel that his writings are overburdened with detail, because of the power of philosophical generalization with which he marshals his facts, and reduces the whole to a consistent and well co-ordinated unity. As a teacher Prof. Rosenbusch has especially excelled, and the devotion and enthusiasm both of himself and his pupils have greatly helped to awaken the interest of geologists in petrological in- vestigations, and to give to these investigations the prominent position that they now occupy. The Council of the Geological Society award their Wollaston Medal to Prof. Rosenbusch, in grateful appreciation of these pre- eminent services to geological science. VOL. LIX. , d xl PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sooreTY. [May 1903, | Prof. Sortas, in reply, read the following letter which had been forwarded by the recipient :— ‘Mr. PRESIDENT,— ‘ Although the Geological Society, for many years past, has accustomed me to a most benevolent judgment of my scientific work, I feel greatly surprised by the award of the Wollaston Medal, the highest honour which the Council of this illus- trious Society can bestow. I beg to offer my cordial thanks for this distinction, which I thought far beyond the limits of my aspirations. “I may proudly confess to have passed a life of earnest and unceasing endeavour m the attempt to understand and to decipher those grand and mysterious docu- ments, wherein the geological history of our mother Earth has been written down by Nature itself; but I am fully aware of the insignificance of the results obtained. Every word, which it is our good fortune to decipher, involves a new riddle, and so I daily repeat the first scientific experience of my infancy—that the art of spelling is a most difficult one. ‘There are many members in this illustrious corporation to whom I owe a vast debt of scientific information and of personal encouragement. The high honour received at their hands on this day will bea stimulus to me for ever-renewed attempts to proceed on my onward way, ynpaokw O'aiei oda Cidackdpevos. It will be, indeed, a great satisfaction to me, if the rest of my life’s work prove not unworthy of the approbation of this ancient and renowned Society.’ AWARD OF THE Murcuison MeEpAt. The Presipent then presented the Murchison Medal to Dr. CuarxEs Catiaway, M.A., addressing him in the following words :— Dr. Cattaway,— Your work among the ancient rocks of Shropshire—Murchison’s classical county—commenced as early as 1874, when you brought betore this Society evidences of the occurrence of Tremadoc fossils in the so-called ‘ Bala’ rocks of that area ; but your conclusions were then in advance of the times. In your second paper, published in 1878, on a ‘ New Area of Cambrian Rocks in Shropshire,’ however, you not only demonstrated by means of the abundance of fossils the accuracy of those conclusions, but you made that paper the starting- point of those researches which, as afterwards carried out by yourself and others, have effected almost a revolution in our previous know- ledge of the older half of Shropshire geology. You first suggested in that paper the Archean age of the Wickes volcanic series, and in several subsequent papers you not only, showed the extension of these volcanic and Cambrian rocks into the Vol. 59. ] ANNIVERSARY MEETING—LYELL MEDAL, xli Caradoc area and elsewhere, but introduced into the geological literature of our older rock-groups the names Uriconian, Longmyndian, and Malvernian, Your researches also in the Malvern Hills, in Anglesey, and in the complicated Assynt and other regions of the North-Western Highlands were all of them most fruitful in discovery, and stimu- lated the work of others in no ordinary degree. And of your later researches into the obscure phenomena of the crystalline and metamorphic rocks, the same may be said. As one of those who have followed your track, to their pleasure and benefit; and as one who has for more than thirty years been honoured by your friendship, it is a great pleasure to me to be permitted to hand you this Medal on behalf of the Council of the Geological Society. Dr. Cattaway replied as follows :— Mr. PResIDENT,— I am deeply sensible of the honour conferred upon me by the award of this Medal. It is to me a special gratification that it bears the name of Murchison, for the greater part of my work has been on ground rendered classic by his genius. We honour him as one of the chief of those who laid the foundations of our knowledge of the oldest rocks, and I am proud tu have been able to add a few stones to the superstructure. That I receive this distinction at your hands is a peculiar pleasure. You also have laboured long in the field of Archean and Proterozoic geology, Your kind and generous appreciation has, therefore, a personal, as well as an official, value. AWARD OF THE LyetL MEDAL. In presenting the Lyell Medal to Mr. Frepertck Witt1am Rupee, late Curator of the Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn Street, the PrusipEnt addressed him as follows :— Mr. Rupter,— Our science demands for its progress not only men who discover new facts, but also men who will explain and illustrate its facts and theories to those who are anxious to understand and to make d 2 xii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socteTy. [May 1903, - use of them. There are few among those who have been both learners and workers in the science during the last thirty years, who do not retain grateful memories of the instruction and assistance which at one time or another you have personally afforded them. Further, our science needs for its appreciation by the economic world and the public those who, being familiar with the facts _ already gathered together, will present them in a clear and con- vincing form, and expound their practical applications. In this respect also you have done our science lasting service. Indeed, your long official career at the Museum of Practical Geology has been a record of unselfish devotion to the advancement of the practical and educational sides of geology. In countless ways—in reviews, in the later editions of Ure’s famous ‘ Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, & Mines’; in your masterly essays on ‘ Experimental Geology,’ and on ‘Fifty Years’ Progress in British Geology,’ delivered as Presidential Addresses before the Geologists’ Association—not to mention anthropological and other addresses—you have given evidence of your wide know- ledge of the literature and substance of geology and the allied sciences, of your sound judgment, and of your exceptional capacity for transmitting to others the accurate knowledge which you possess. It affords, therefore, to the Council of the Geological Society the greatest satisfaction to award to you the Lyell Medal which, according to the words of its founder, is to be given to one who ‘has deserved well of the science.’ | Mr. RupteEr replied in the following words :— Mr. PReEsIpent, To have the privilege of standing here as the recipient of a Medal is a far higher honour than I had ever dared to expect. While acknowledging most gratefully, though I feel most inadequately, the generous action of the Council in making this award, I am also anxious to express my deep sense of indebtedness to you, Sir, for the very indulgent words with which you have been so good as to enrich this presentation. If anything like personal detachment’ from such an award were permissible, I should like to be allowed to regard this as a token of sympathy between this Society and the institution with which I was so long connected, and where the ruling desire of every officer is—if I may use the words of the illustrious founder of this bequest, which you have just quoted—to' Vol. 59.] ANNIVERSARY MEETING—BIGSBY MEDAL. xlili deserve well of geological science. It is, Sir, a matter of extreme gratification to me that I should find myself unexpectedly honoured by the possession of a Medal founded by our great master, whom it was my privilege to know personally, and whose memory I so profoundly revere. AWARD OF THE Biesspy MEDAL. The PresrpEnt then presented the Bigsby Medal to Dr. Hunry M. Amr, M.A., of the Canadian Geological Survey, addressing him as follows :— Dr. Am1,— _ Those members of the Geological Society who interest themselves in the Paleozoic formations of Britain and America, are well aware of the extent and importance of your work among the Paleozoic rocks and fossils of Canada. As Assistant-Paleontologist to the Canadian Survey, you have not only been for many years responsible for much of the classification and tabulation of the Lower Paleozoic fossils in the Museum of that Survey, but you have visited the places where they were collected in the field, and identified on the spot their local horizons. This twofold knowledge has enabled you in several of your papers, such as those bearing on the ‘ Geology of Quebec & its Neighbourhood,’ the ‘ Utica Terrane,’ and the ‘ Organic Remains & Geologival Formations of the Eastern Townships,’ to throw much light on disputed questions of succession and stratigraphy. Nor has your work been restricted to the older Paleozoic rocks. Your papers on the ‘ Knoydart Formation of Nova Scotia,’ the ‘Carboniferous Formations of Canada,’ etc., have done much to clear up the difficulties of the correlation of these formations with those of other countries. Neither must we forget the many papers in which you, with fulness of knowledge and great depth of sympathy, have laid before geologists and the public the lives and labours of those great pioneers who have accumulated the vast store of knowledge which we now possess of the rocks and fossils of the Dominion. : As an old friend and correspondent of yours, I am very pleased that it has fallen to my lot to hand you this Medal; and I can assure you, on behalf of the Council of the Geological Society of xliv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrETY. [May 1903, © London, that it is a special gratification to them to award it to one whose work has been done in the country of the founder of the Medal himself, and among the rocks and fossils studied by him. Dr. Amz replied in the following words :— Mr. PRrestpEnt,— I am deeply sensible of the great honour which the Council of this Society have conferred upon me. Especially am I gratified in receiving this Award at the hands of one who has been so generous a counsellor and critic in matters geological for the past eighteen years. Words fail me to express in adequate terms the gratitude which fills me at present. Suffice it to say, that through the liberality of the Canadian Government and the courtesy of the Hon. the Minister of the Interior (Mr. Clifford Sifton), Head of the Geological Survey Department at Ottawa, I have acceded to his wishes, and come over in person to receive at your hands the award so generously made. It is always a source of inspiration to come to London, the centre of thought, the fountain-head of research and radiator of power ; and, believe me, that, combined with the pleasure and privilege of attending one of the Anniversary Meetings of this Society, of which I have been a humble Fellow for some eighteen years, there lurked in my mind the thought of gain in valuable information during my stay, which I know will enable me all the better and more intelligently to carry out the special work on the Silurian faunas and succession of Eastern Canada which has been entrusted to me. That my name should become associated with that of the late Dr. Bigsby, founder of the Medal, is a matter of which I have great reason to be proud. Bigsby was a pioneer in British North American geology. It has been my lot and good fortune recently to collect all the data relating to the geological history of the Grand Manitoulin and adjacent islands of Palwozoic age in the Lake- Huron district of Canada, and it may not be uninteresting to state here, that when the unexpected news of this Award reached me in Ottawa, I had then completed, and on my desk, a synopsis of Dr. Bigsby’s geological explorations in that region during the early years of the last century. Wels 59.] ANNIVERSARY MEETING— PRESTWICH MEDAL. xlv In conclusion, permit me to add, that I am deeply moved at this moment by the thought of what the acceptance of the Bigsby Medal on my part involves. There is undoubtedly associated with it a solemn pledge and obligation to prosecute geological research-work still further. If I am spared, Sir, it will be my highest endeavour as well as pleasure and privilege, to follow in the footsteps of those eminent geologists in the distinguished list of recipients of the Medal founded through the generosity of the late Dr. Bigsby, and prove not unworthy of the marked distinction that the Council have conferred upon me this day. AWARD OF THE FIRST Prestwich MeEpAL, The Prestpent, in handing the Prestwich Medal, awarded to the Rt. Hon. Joun, Baron Avesoury, P.C., F.R.S., to Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Se., F.R.S., for transmission to the recipient, addressed him in the following words :— 7 Prof. BonnEY,— Sir John Lubbock, now the Right Honourable Lord Avebury, P.C., became a Fellow of this Society in 1855. He was one of those who took a warm interest in the question of the antiquity of man, in those early days when it was so much in dispute. He did much to support the new views, not only by a paper in the Natural History Review, but also by his work on ‘ Prehistoric Times,’ in which that paper was subsequently incorporated. In those days he was closely associated with Sir Joseph Prestwich (who at that time had not yet been called to the professorial chair at Oxford), and, along with Sir John Evans, frequently accompanied him and other Fellows of the Society on geological excursions in France and elsewhere, investigating not only the evidences of the antiquity of man, but other problems of special interest in geology. Since then, notwithstanding his numerous public avocations, his important business occupations, and his researches in natural history, both entomological and botanical, he has always retained a lasting attachment to geology. He has evinced this, not only by keeping abreast with its progress, and accompanying its workers in the field, but also in the publication of works on geology, marked by his own literary charm. His recent works xlvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socieTy.. [May 1903, on the scenery of Switzerland and of England have done much to create a deep appreciation and sympathy for the science among the thinking and educated public. Whether, therefore, from old associations, or from the special nature of his geological researches, or from the fascination of his geological works, the Council of the Geological Society feel that he is a most fitting recipient of the first gold medal struck in accordance with the testamentary dispositions of our venerated Fellow, Sir Joseph Prestwich. Prof. Bonney, in reply, read the following letter which had been forwarded to him by the recipient :— ‘Mr. PRESIDENT,— ‘IT should have felt it a great compliment in any case that the Geological Society should have bestowed upon me one of their medals, but I am specially gratified to have received the first of the Medals instituted in honour of my old friend, Sir Joseph Prestwich. It is now more than forty years since I first visited the valley of the Somme under his guidance and that of M. Boucher de Perthes. Since then I have had the advantage of making many most instructive excursions with him. On those occasions we were out early and late. Meals constantly gave way to gravel-pits. On one occasion I spent a week with him in Paris,—at least if we can be said to have been in Paris, when I think that we were never there between 7 o clock in the morning and 8 in the evening, and I look back on those expeditions with the greatest interest. I shall value the Medal extremely, both as a mark of the approval of the Council, and also in memory of one whom I esteemed so highly, and to whom I owed so much. It is a matter of great regret to me that absence from England has precluded me from attending to receive it personally.’ « AWARD OF THE WoLLAsron DoNnATION FuND. The Presrpenr then presented the Balance of the Proceeds of the Wollaston Donation Fund to Mr. L. L. Brtinranre, M.Sc., Assistant Secretary of the Geological Society, addressing him as follows :— Mr. BrerinFantTE,— At a meeting of Fellows of the Geological Society it is quite unnecessary for me to say anything as to your merits. You stand here among friends and well-wishers, to all of whom you are well known as the capable Assistant Secretary of the Society. But perhaps it is to the Council alone, and more particularly to ee aes: —- Vol. 59. ] ANNIVERSARY MEETING—MURCHISON FUND. xlvii those who have served as Officers, that the full extent of the indebtedness of the Society to you is known. You combine the offices of Assistant Secretary, Clerk, Librarian, Editor of the Journal, ‘and Curator of the Museum, and each of these offices, whether the duties are performed by you personally or under your general supervision, is filled to the great advantage of the Society. Authors of papers owe you a deep debt of gratitude for the help that they have received from you in editing their papers; indeed, such trust have they in your judgment, that they are almost too liable to leave the whole of the burden of seeing their papers through the press in your hands, If it were necessary for me to allude to actual geological work done by you, I have only to mention the Index to the first Fifty Volumes of the Quarterly Journal, which was completed by you outside your official hours, and has proved of immense value to all writers in geology. But in handing you this award of the Wollaston Donation Fund, I trust rather that you will receive it as a mark of appreciation by the Council and Fellows of your able and conscientious services to the Society and to geology as Assistant Secretary and Editor of the Journal, and I can only conclude with the hope that we may have the advantage of your services for many years to come. AWARD OF THE Murcuison GroLogicaL Funp. The Presipent, in handing the Balance of the Proceeds of the Murchison Geological Fund, awarded to Mrs. Exizapetn Gray, of Edinburgh, to Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., for transmission to the recipient, addressed him in the following words :— Dr. Woopwarp,— Mrs. Gray has devoted the leisure-hours of nearly half a lifetime to collecting in the field and arranging in her cabinets the fossils of the Ordovician and Silurian rocks of the Girvan district of Ayrshire. The paleontology bears so closely on the structure of this complicated region, that a detailed knowledge of it is indispensable to any geologist who attempts to unravel that structure. xlvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrery. |May 1903, Her collections have been of more than ordinary value, because of the careful record that she has kept from the first of the exact locality and horizon at which each fossil was collected. She has generously placed her specimens at the disposal of all geologists and palzcnto- logists engaged in the study of the Paleozoic rocks and fossils, and a large number of them have been described in the monographs of Davidson, Nicholson, Etheridge, and others. When working in the Girvan district, the officers of the Geological Survey of Scotland checked their own collection by that of Mrs. Gray, and paid a well- earned tribute to its value by publishing in their Memoir on the Silurian Rocks of Southern Scotland a full list of all her fossils, sup- plementary to their own. My own personal indebtedness to the collections made by Mrs. Gray and her family, when I was working at the geology of that district, was especially great; and it affords me no ordinary gratification to be able to hand to you, for trans- mission to her, the Balance of the Proceeds of the Murchison Geological Fund, on behalf of the Council of this Society. Dr. Woopwarp, in reply, read the following letter which had been forwarded to him by the recipient :— | ‘Dear Dr. Woopwarp, ‘I am gratified to learn that you intend to be present at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological Society, and I thank you for your kindness in allowing me to nominate you to receive for me on that occasion the Murchison Fund, awarded by the Council of the Society in consideration of what you too generously characterize as “ great services to Geological Science.” ‘My work in the Girvan district, among the fossils of the Silurian rocks, has been to me a lifelong pleasure, augmented of late years by the knowledge that my collection has proved of service to the Geological Survey of Scotland, as well as to individual geologists—to name among these but the late Dr. Thomas Davidson. ‘It is incumbent on me, however, to record that my husband, the late Mr. Robert Gray, taking a keen interest in my pursuits, shared with me during many years the agreeable task, not only of searching for fossils, but of helping to work them out when found, so that it is difficult for me, in the present circumstances, to repress a pang of regret that he cannot likewise participate in my satisfaction at the Geological Society’s very gracious recognition of what, to some extent, was our joint work. ‘I value very highly the honour conferred upon me, and beg you to convey to the Council my grateful thanks and sincere acknowledgments.’ Vol. 59. ] ANNIVERSARY MEETING—LYELL FUND. xlix AWARDS FROM THE LYELL GrotocicaL Funp. The Presrpent then presented part of the Balance of the Proceeds of the Lyell Geological Fund to Mr. Grorer Epwarp Drstey, addressing him as follows :— Mr. Drstey,-— You have, for a number of years, devoted the leisure-hours of a busy life to the careful collecting of fossils from the Chalk, and have thereby added much to our knowledge of the distribution of species in the several life-zones. The results of these labours have been partly published in the Proceedings of the Geologists’ Asso- ciation, and they include the record of the discovery of a specimen of especial interest, as it is believed to be a representative of the lizgard-like Rhynchocephalia, no example of which has been pre- viously recorded from the Chalk. I have much pleasure in handing to you a moiety of the Balance of the Lyell Geological Fund, which has been awarded to you by the Council of this Society. Mr. Dretey replied in the following words :— Mr. PREsIDENT,— I beg to thank the Council of the Geological Society most heartily for their kind appreciation of my efforts to further the accurate knowledge of our Cretaceous geology by the systematic and patient collecting of fossils zone by zone, a method of research so clearly demonstrated by you, Sir, in the older Paleozoic rocks. I can assure you that it is a delight to me to be able to devote each week-end to this branch of natural science ; and I only trust that I may be spared to continue my labours on new ground as well as on the old, so that I may be of further use in promoting the advance of geological science. I may perhaps be allowed to add that, in thanking you for this honour conferred upon me, it gives me especial pleasure to receive it at your hands. ; Tae PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 1903, The Presipent in handing the remainder of the Balance of the Proceeds of the Lyell Geological Fund, awarded to Mr. Sypnry S. Buckman, to Dr. F. A. Barner, M.A., for transmission to the recipient, addressed him in the following words :— Dr. BatHer,— fo In the year 1897 the Council of the Geological Society awarded to Mr. Buckman the proceeds of one of their Funds, in acknow- ledgment of the important work which he had already accomplished among the Jurassic Invertebrata, and of his investigations into the stratigraphical details of the Jurassic formations, expressing their confidence that he would be certain to continue and extend that work. Their confidence has been more than justified ; for, since that time, not only has he issued important supplements to his Monograph on the Inferior Oolite Ammonites, published by the Paleontographical Society, and continued his stratigraphical studies on Dundry Hill, and on the Bajocian and Contiguous Deposits in the Northern Cotteswolds, but he has broken new ground in his memoir on ‘ Homcomorphy among Jurassic Brachiopoda,’ that will doubtless have far-reaching results. He has also published interesting and suggestive papers upon river-development, especially with regard to the genesis of the Severn and the Wye. For a quarter of a century he has devoted his energies and genius to the advance of geology and paleontology, and each year he has presented to science something valuable and original. The Council of the Geological Society, while sensible of the inadequacy of this recognition of his labours, hope that he will -accept it as an earnest of their appreciation of his scientific work. Dr. Barner, in reply, said :— Mr. PREsIDENT,— In receiving this Award on behalf of my friend, Mr. Buckman, it had not been my intention to depart from the precedent that commends silence to the recipients of funds as the most suitable expression of their gratitude; in fact, I took care to leave at home the speech that he wrote out for me. But, since this somewhat recent precedent has twice been broken this afternoon, I might seem Vol. 59. | ANNIVERSARY MEETING —LYELL FUND. hi wanting, both in courtesy to yourself and in loyalty to Mr. Buckman, if I did not give the gist of his remarks. Mr. Buckman is aware that his paleontological work, especially that relating to Ammonites, has met with considerable criticism. He is therefore particularly grateful for this recognition on the part of the Council of the Geological Society. The principles that have animated his work on the Ammonites have been applied by him also to the Brachiopods. They are, in fact, principles that are working a vast revolution in the whole of paleontology. The interpretation of the phenomena of homceomorphy—that is to say, the appearance of species, at the same or different periods, perplexingly similar in outward form though descended from different stocks— will lead to much more exact identification of fossils. This preciser paleontology, in conjunction with field-work among the Secondary rocks on the lines indicated in Mr. Buckman’s last paper contributed to this Society, will, he is confident, have a distinct practical value, since it is bound to throw light on the position of concealed coal-basins. Unfortunately, such wealth as may be obtained in consequence of this purely scientific research will, under present laws, fall not to the nation but to landowners : least of all will the students, to whose researches it is due, receive any material benefit—except, perhaps, such an Award as this, for which I have to offer to you, Sir, Mr. Buckman’s sincere thanks, lh PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socteTy. [May 1903, THE ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, Prof. Cartes Lapworta, LL.D., F.R.S. Our ranks have been thinned during the past year by many widely-deplored losses. ‘To some of these I will now refer. Prof. AtpHevs Hyarr, Foreign Correspondent of the Geological Society, died at Cambridge (Mass.), on January 25th, 1902, in his 64th year. Outside of his many valuable publications in pure zoology, Prof. Hyatt’s chief reputation will largely rest on his researches in the field of organic evolution. Perhaps no other American contributed so much towards the discovery of the laws of development and growth, and to an exposition of the exact methods of research in evolutionary problems. The principles that he enun- ciated constitute the foundation of a young and vigorous school of evolution, which is already making itself felt in the scientific world. He was born in 1838, and he completed his freshman year at Yale with O. C. Marsh in 1856. He then travelled for a year in Europe, and afterwards entered the Lawrence Scientific School at Harvard, graduating in 1862. He served for nine months during the Civil War. Later he renewed his studies with Prof. Louis Agassiz, and subsequently became intimately identified with all the scientific interest centreing about Boston, He had official connection with the Essex Institute, the Peabody Academy of Science, the Laboratory of Natural History at Annisquam, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston University, the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the United States Geological Survey, and the Boston Society of Natural History, of which he had been Curator since 1881. In 1869 he was elected a Fellow of the American Academy of Arts & Sciences, and in 1875 a Member of the National Academy of Sciences. He was a member of many other societies at home and abroad, and was elected a Foreign Correspondent of our own Society in 1897. His various publications include :—Observations on the Polyzoa (1866), Fossil Cephalopoda of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (1872), Revision of the North American Porifere (1874-77), Genesis of the Tertiary Species of Planorbis at Steinheim (1880), Genera of Fossil Cephalopoda (1883), Larval Theory of the Origin of Cellular Tissue (188+), Genesis of the Arietide (1889), Phylogeny Wolk, so. | ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. hii of Acquired Characteristics (1895), and numerous essays on the stages of growth and decline in animals and on the various laws and problems of Evolution.’ Major Jounn Westey Powet1, who had been elected a Foreign Correspondent of the Geological Society in 1892, died on September 23rd, 1902, at the age of 68. He was one of the foremost workers in science in the United States during the last half-century. Though of English parentage, he was brought up entirely in America, While young, he acquired an interest in scientific pursuits, and paid much attention to natural history studies. He made various expeditions and voyages on the Mississippi, Ohio, and Illinois rivers for the purpose of collecting specimens. But his scientific studies were interrupted by the Civil War, in which he took an active part, losing his right arm in an engagement. At the close of the war he received the rank of Major. In 1865 he became Professor of Geology and Curator of the Museum at the Wesleyan University of Illinois, and later at the Illinois Normal University. In 1867 he organized a geological excur- sion to the mountain-region of Colorado. This was the beginning of his active work in the West, which led to such important dis- coveries in geology, geography, and ethnology. His second, and more important expedition wintered west of the Rocky Mountains, and Powell’s attention was turned to the scientific study of the Red Indians, with which his name became afterwards intimately connected. In the following spring he organized an expedition to the canons of the Green and Colorado Rivers. The entirely successful result of this expedition made Powell’s reputation, and led to the organization, under the U.S. Government, of a Geographical & Geological Survey which was also to collect ethnological data. For ten years, from 1869 to 1879, he was occupied with this survey, the work being in course of time extended to the investigation of irrigation and water- supply. Then, at his own suggestion, his Survey was amalgamated with that of Hayden, King, & Wheeler, the result being the creation of the present U.S. Geological Survey, with Clarence King as the first Director, Powell being Director of the Bureau of Ethnology, created at the same time. On King’s resignation in 1881, Powell succeeded him, and retained the Directorship for both Geology and Ethnology until 1894, when he gave up his geological work. During } For the above particulars the writer is indebted to Am, Journ. Sci. ser. 4, vol. xiii (1902) p. 164. liv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [| May 1903, his Directorship he thoroughly organized the U.S. Geological Survey, and placed it on that broad and satisfactory footing which it has since retained. Major Powell received the degree of Ph.D. from the University of Heidelberg in 1886, and in the same year that of LL.D. from Harvard College. He was a member of many learned and scientific societies, and he became a Member of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in 1875, its Vice-President in 1879. and President in 1887. His publications embrace many scientific papers and addresses, and numerous Government volumes, including Reports of various Surveys of the Bureau of Ethnology and the U.S. Geological Survey. The special volumes which bear his own name are ‘ Explorations of the Colorado River of the West & its Tributaries,’ 1875; ‘Report on the Geology of the Eastern Portion of the Uinta Moun- tains, 1876; ‘Report on the Lands of the Arid Region of the United States,’ 1879; and ‘ Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1880. [Geogr. Journ. vol. xx (1902) p. 663. | ArtrHur L. Coniins was born on July 8th, 1868, at Truro (Corn- wall), and received his training in mining and metallurgy under the supervision of his father, Mr. J. H. Collins, F.G.S. While young he went to Spain, and became assayer at one of the mines near the Rio Tinto; returning later on to Cornwall, where he became assistant superintendent of a tin-mine. From England he went to Norway to take charge of a zinc-mine, and in 1892 he was appointed chief geologist and mineralogist to the Amir of Afghanistan, a post which he held until 1894. In that year he went to America, to take charge of mines in Colorado. Between 1894 and 1902 he visited many other parts of the world on professional business, eventually returning to Colorado, where he was shot by an unknown assassin on November 19th last. He had been elected a Fellow of the Geological Society in 1892. Wititiam Gunn, who had been a Fellow of this Society since 1876, was born on September 27th, 1837, at Wheatley, Cuddesdon, near Oxford. Before joining the Geological Survey in 1867, he spent several years in teaching, and during his leisure-moments developed his knowledge of geology and botany. The first half of his official career was occupied in mapping large areas of the six northern counties of England, where he acquired an intimate Vol. 59.| ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lv knowledge of the Lower Carboniferous rocks, and of their gradual modification as they are followed northward into Scotland. For many years geologists experienced some difficulty in correlating the subdivisions of that system in the two countries. But the careful tracing of the respective zones from Yorkshire northward to Berwick, in which Mr. Gunn had a prominent share, threw important light on the subject. Indeed, his paper on ‘The Correlation of the Lower Carboniferous Rocks of England & Scotland,’ published in the Transactions of the Edinburgh Geological Society for 1898, is one of the leading contributions to the study of this question. In 1884, Mr. Gunn was transferred to Scotland, where he dis- played marked power in dealing with questions of complicated stratigraphy. He took part in the detailed mapping of the North- Western Highlands, and he surveyed Arran, Bute, the Cumbraes, and part of Cowall. Nowhere did he display his power as a field-geologist with greater success than in Arran, that paradise of Scottish geologists. His complete demonstration of the unconformity between the red sandstones, now known to be of Triassic age, and all older formations in the island, and his identification of volcanic rocks ranging from the schistose rocks of the Highland Border to those of Tertiary time, are sufficient testimony of his powers of accurate observation and sound reasoning. Mr. Gunn was author of memoirs published by the Geological Survey on Belford, Holy Island, and the Farne Islands, on the coast south of Berwick, on Norham and Tweedmouth; and he was joint author of memoirs on Wooler and Coldstream, on Ingleborough, and on Cowall in Argyllshire. Before his death he was engaged in finishing the proof-sheets of the memoir on ‘ The Geology of Central & Northern Arran,’ and the manuscript relating to the southern part of that island. In 1884 he was promoted to the rank of Geologist; in 1901 to that of District-Geologist. He retired on September 27th, 1902, and died a few weeks later, on October 22nd. [J. H.] ALFRED VAUGHAN JENNINGS was born in 1864, and was educated at St. Paul’s School, and at the Normal School of Science and Royal School of Mines, now the Royal College of Science, London. Here he soon distinguished himself by his work in natural history and geology, and was appointed Assistant in the Geological Labora- tory, under Prof. J.W. Judd. His health was, unfortunately, at no time good, and this led him to resign his appointment in 1889. VOL. LIX. € lvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETY. [May 1903, After a voyage to New Zealand, where he made some botanical observations, he returned to teaching-work in London, mainly in connection with the Birkbeck Institution. Several of the students who here came under his influence have since become known for their researches in zoology and paleontology. Mr. Jennings also played a conspicuous part in the organization of the Museums at Eton College and in Whitechapel. In 1895 he joined his former colleagues, Profs. Cole and Johnson, at the Royal College of Science, Dublin, and acted as Demonstrator in Botany & Geology until : 1898. He had meanwhile become a Fellow of this Society in 1891. Mr. Jennings’s first geological paper was on the ‘ Orbitoidal Lime- stone of Northern Borneo,’ published in the Geological Magazine for 1888. In the following year he worked with Prof. Cole on Cader Idris, and in 1890 with Mr. G. J. Williams in the Moelwyn area. The results of these observations appeared in our Quarterly Journal, where they were followed by two papers, in 1898 and 1899, on the Davos district of Switzerland. The latter of these dealt in some detail with the structural features of that region of the Alps. Mr. Jennings also contributed papers on river-courses near Davos, and on Bad Nauheim, to the Geological Magazine; and in 1900 the Council of this Society awarded to him the balance of the proceeds of the Murchison Geological Fund. He was also a Fellow of the Linnean Society, and author of papers on both botany and zoology. Mr. Jennings travelled frequently in various countries of Europe, and made scientific friends in every centre where he stayed. He died at Christiania (Norway) on January llth, 1903, and the Geological Club of Christiania, in laying a wreath upon his coffin, paid a graceful and kindly tribute to a deceased fellow-worker. The memory of his skill as a teacher, and of his absolute precision in all the details of his work, will long remain with his colleagues. (G. A. de Oa JosEPpH Lanpon was born at Draycote (Warwickshire). At the age of 10 he came with his parents to live at Birmingham, and eventually became a pupil-teacher. In 1865 he entered Saltley College as a first-class Queen’s Scholar. On the completion of his training he served as second master in the Central School of Stoke- upon-Trent, and was subsequently made Master of Method at Saltley Training College. In this capacity he was very successful, and was sent on a visit to the various Training Colleges of Great Britain, to report on the systems of teaching then in vogue. He Vol. 59.] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, lvii was, moreover, the author of two works upon the subject of school- management, which have run through several editions, In 1893 he was appointed Vice-Principal of the Saltley College, a post which he held until the time of his death. In scientific work, especially in geology, he took an active interest. He was prizeman in the geological classes at the Mason College two years in succession, and became a Fellow of the Geological Society of London in 1887. He entered into research- work in geology with great keenness, and proved himself a good stratigraphist. He mapped in person part of the Permian of South Staffordshire, and was the first to discover the existence of Lower Bunter Beds on the east side of the South Staffordshire Coalfield. He paid also especial attention to the distribution and contents of the river-gravels of the Rea, near Saltley, obtaining implements characteristic of early man, and his work in this direction has been referred to by Sir John Evans and others in complimentary terms. He died on November 7th, 1902. Don Jost Macpnerson, who died at Madrid on the 11th of October last, was born at Cadiz in the year 1839, He was the son of a wealthy Scotsman and a Spanish lady, and united in his life and character British patience and doggedness with Andalusian brilliance and geniality. His education was begun at Gibraltar, and even at an early age he showed himself superior to the attractions of such a life of ease and social enjoyment as his father’s means might have allowed him to lead. His first studies were directed to mathematics, physics, and chemistry, especially the last-named. These he studied in Paris, following the lectures of the most eminent professors in that metropolis, and working diligently in their laboratories. He next conceived a great enthusiasm for mineralogy, and studied for some time under the celebrated Pisani, becoming especially expert in the determination of mineral species. Returning to Cadiz and Seville, he published in 1870 his first work, ‘On a Method of Determining Minerals.’ He soon, however, went back to Paris, and, after making various excursions with Daubrée, Stanislas Meunier, and others, he con- centrated all his attention upon geology. He travelled through Switzerland, climbing its mountains and studying its glaciers, and thence returned to Spain,’where he at once commenced the examina- tion of its geology. The first fruits of this work were presented e2 lviii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrETy. [May 1903, to the public in his ‘ Geological Sketch of the Province of Cadiz,’ published in 1872, a memoir which at once attracted the attention of scientific men on account of its breadth of treatment. In 1874 Macpherson took up his residence at Madrid, where he ~ built later on his little mansion in the Calle de la Exposicion, which under his fostering care became a sort of geological institute, for the use of himself and his friends. Here he lived for many years, making, however, annually excursions into foreign lands. He became a member of nearly all the Geological Societies of Europe (being elected a Fellow of our own Society in 1890), and belonged to some of those of Geography and Natural History ; but he never occupied any official post, or accepted any titles or honours of any kind, except that of President of the Spanish Society of Natural History, and that of Corresponding Member to the Institute of France. Of stratigraphical papers of the ordinary type Macpherson wrote few. The most important was one ‘On the Geology & Petrography of the Province of Cadiz,’ published in 1878, and another on the ‘Stratigraphical Succession of the Archean Rocks of Spain,’ published in 1884. On the orogenic side of geology Macpherson was an enthusiast, following along the same general lines as Dana, Suess, and their colleagues and sympathizers. His first paper on the subject was published in 1878, ‘On the Dynamic Phenomena which deter- mine the Special Structure of the Serrania de Ronda’; and this was followed in 1879 by his brief note concerning ‘ The Special Struc- ture of the Iberian Peninsula.’ Not only was he a pioneer in orogenic work in Spain, but we owe to him a large part, if not almost the whole, of what is known and has been quoted up to the present time concerning the structure of the Peninsula. In 1880 he pub- lished his paper ‘On the Predominance of Uniclinal Structure in the Iberian Peninsula’; in 1886 his memoir on ‘The Relation between the Forms of the Coasts of the Iberian Peninsula, the Principal Lines of Fracture, and the Sea-Bottom’; and the conclusions embodied in these he extended in two succeeding papers published in 1888. In his very last memoir—an essay ‘ On the Evolution of the Iberian Peninsula,’ which appeared in 1891—he summarized the results of his own personal investigations, made in many a toilsome journey across his native land, and synthetized his broad and original views as to its geological structure and history. Macpherson was hardly less interested in dynamic geology, although he published very few papers dealing with that branch of the science ; Vol. 59. ] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lix but there are abundant references, showing his grasp of the subject, interspersed throughout his geological papers generally. He dis- covered evidences of glacial action in the district of the Sierra de Guadarrama, etc. He was much interested in the subject of earth- quakes, assigning them generally to orogenic causes. On the side of palseontology Macpherson did but little; yet one important paleontological discovery must be credited to him, namely, that of Archwocyathus in the rocks of the province of Seville, which established for the first time the Cambrian age of those beds. He was the first to introduce modern methods of petrography into Spain; he made his own slides, and was an adept in the use of the petrological microscope. His house was truly a combined petrological laboratory and geological lecture-room, open to the use of all who cared to learn. Among his petrological papers may be mentioned those on ‘ The Peridotitic Origin of the Serpentines of the Serrania de Ronda, 1875; ‘The Eruptive Rocks of the Province of Cadiz,’ 1876 ; ‘ Petrological Descriptions of the Archean Rocks of Galicia,’ 1886, and of Andalusia, 1887 ; ‘The Teschenites of Portugal & the Ophites of Andalusia,’ 1889. His last paper in this department, on the subject of ‘ Molecular Motion in Solid Rocks,’ was published in the year 1890. To all this he added a keen interest in the science of meteorology, in which he made many important observations. Macpherson was an enthusiast and an expert in the photographic art, not only in ordinary photography but also in telephotography. He took countless photographs of landscapes and structures eminent for their geological and archeological bearing, and presented them freely to those who were interested in these subjects. The scientific lifework and output of Macpherson were great, both in extent and in depth. Nearly all the various branches of geology received his attention. He took up in turn and published papers on mineralogy, petrography, orogenic geology, and dynamic geology. His life was devoted to the pursuit of science for the sake of science; but the absolute scrupulosity and veracity which forbade him to modify in the minutest particular the results of his work in order to bolster up his theories, and forbade him at the same time to conceal any fact which might affect those theories adversely, rendered his literary style somewhat obscure, so that his published writings do not give us a true idea of his real scientific personality. In speech, however, he was clear and concise, and so enthusiastic in expression that his influence among Spanish geologists was deep and well founded. His reputation also was very great Ix PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 1903, among geologists in France and on the Continent generally ; and British scientific men, who knew and valued his work, were wont to reproach him for not writing in English—a language with which he was so familiar—and publishing his results in London, In Macpherson the man equalled the scientific worker. Generous to a fault, all that he possessed was at his friends’ disposal. His conversation was always of an elevated tone, and never included personal blame of anyone. Modest, and a foe to all ostentation, he presented a remarkable union of gentleness with masculine vigour. It was impossible to approach him without feeling the magnetic attraction of an irresistible sympathy, and the ardent wish to enter into relations of cordial and affectionate friendship with him.! rL, 1a B.] JoHN Cravett Manset-PLeypEtL was born in 1817, and educated at St. John’s College, Cambridge. In 1863, on the death of his father, he succeeded to the family estate of Whatcombe near Blandford (Dorset), and to landed property in the Isle of Purbeck.- Being an enthusiastic naturalist, he devoted much of his time to the botany, zoology, and geology of Dorset, and was the chief founder. and supporter of the county Natural History & Antiquarian Field- Club. He became a Fellow of this Society in 1857. He contributed to the Geological Magazine in 1873 a ‘ brief Memoir on the Geology of Dorset,’ and to the Dorset Field-Club he communicated several papers on local geology, notably one on the occurrence of remains of Hlephas meridionalis at Dewlish. He was also instrumental in obtaining many fine saurian remains from the Kimmeridge Clay, some of which were described by Owen and Hulke. He published separate volumes on the plants, the birds, and the mollusca of Dorset, and maintained his interest and enthusiasm in science until the last. He died on May 3rd, 1902. [H. B. W.] Wittram Henry Pennine was born on March 9th, 1838, and was trained as a civil engineer under the late C.H. Gregory. He joined the staff of the Geological Survey in 1867, and was engaged in mapping the districts around Bishop’s Stortford, Cambridge, and Lincoln until 1882, when he retired from the service on account of ill-health. The results of his official work were published in con- junction with the work of his colleagues, in the Memoirs on ‘ The Geology of North-Western Essex’ (1878), ‘The Geology of the ' For these particulars the writer is indebted to the biographical memoir published by Sefior Calderén in ‘ Nuestro Tiempo’ for November 1902. Vol. 59.] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxi Neighbourhood of Cambridge’ (1881), and ‘The Geology of the Country around Lincoln’ (1888), Mr. Penning became a Fellow of this Society in 1868, and in 1875 he communicated to it ‘ Notes on the Physical Geology of Kast Anglia during the Glacial Period.’ He considered that the Glacial Drift was formed during a period of submergence, and that the Chalky Boulder-Clay was deposited in a more open sea than the earlier drifts. On the subsequent upheaval of the land certain ‘denudation-gravels’ were formed, and to these he drew special attention. He also wrote a small text-book upon ‘ Field-Geology.’ On leaving the Geological Survey, Mr. Penning spent some time in South Africa, where he regained his health, and was enabled to bring before this Society in 1884 a paper on the ‘ High-level Coal- fields ’ of the Transvaal and bordering what was then the ‘Orange Free State.’ In the following year he gave us ‘ A Sketch of the Goldfields of Lydenburg & De Kaap,’ and in 1891 ‘A Contri- bution to the Geology of the Southern Transvaal.’ He died on April 20th, 1902. [H. B. W.] Puitip Jamus Rurrorp, the only son of the Rev. Philip Rufford, was born at Great Alne (Warwickshire) in 1852. He was brought up as a civil engineer, but early in his career his health broke down, and he was compelled to abandon his profession. About the year 1888 he settled at Hastings. He had already acquired a very considerable knowledge of geology, and set to work to collect fossils from the Wealden strata of the neighbourhood. He obtained eventually a fine collection of Wealden plants, which are now in the Natural History Museum, South Kensington, and 147 specimens of these have been described by Mr. Seward. The Museum of the Brassey Institute, Hastings, of the Committee ot which Mr. Rufford was a member, purchased part of the Beckles collection of Wealden and other fossils. He selected, named, and arranged these for the Museum; and year after year added largely from his own private cabinet to the paleontological section of the Museum, in which until the day of his death, in 1902, he took the greatest interest. His loss will long be deeply felt by the Museum and by all his colleagues. He had been elected a Fellow of the Geological Society in 1899. ED WV | AtrreD CHartes Srtwrn, C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., who was elected a Fellow of this Society in 1871, died at Vancouver (British Columbia), on October 19th, 1902. xi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 1903, He was born at Kilmington (Somerset), on July 28th, 1824, and was educated in Switzerland, where he acquired a taste for geology. ~ At the age of 21, that is, in 1845, he received an appointment on the field-staff of the Geological Survey of Great Britain under Sir Henry de la Beche and Sir Andrew Ramsay; and with the latter, with Aveline, Jukes, Howell, Phillips, Smyth, and others, contributed much to our knowledge of the geological structure of North Wales and the adjacent portions of Western England. He is credited with no less than sixteen geological maps, prepared either entirely by himself or in conjunction with his colleagues. In 1852 he accepted the position of Government Geologist to the Colony of Victoria (Australia), and for 17 years he acted as Director of the Geological Survey of that colony. His training in the older Paleozoic rocks of Wales was of especial value to him in his new sphere of action; and accordingly he set himself the task of mapping out the gold-bearing rocks and gravels of different ages, and in tracing their relations to other rocks of the district. Here, how- ever, he hada field of work nearly twelve times greater than he had had in Wales. During his period of office Selwyn, besides issuing an extensive series of geological maps of Victoria, prepared numerous reports and papers bearing more especially upon the economic resources of Australasia. In 1869 Selwyn was called upon to succeed Sir William Logan as Director of the Geological Survey of Canada, a position which he held for twenty-five years. This period was one of great activity in the Canadian Survey, no less than twenty large volumes of Annual Reports, with accompanying maps and sections, being issued, in addition to other works, paleontological memoirs, etc. Notwith- standing the arduous administrative duties which Selwyn was called upon to fulfil in planning out the work to be carried on by his staff, and arranging all matters relating to the expenditure of the grant allowed by the Canadian Government, as well as in editing the reports of his assistants and writing his own, he yet found time to traverse and personally explore large extents of unmapped territory. In addition to these duties, the Dominion Government requested Dr. Selwyn to act as Assistant to the Canadian Commissioners at the Centennial Exhibition held in Philadelphia in 1876, at the Paris Universal Exhibition in 1878, and at the Colonial & Indian Exhibition in London in 1886; these appointments involved an enormous amount of labour, and included the preparation of Vol. 59. ] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. ]xiil descriptive catalogues of the economic minerals and notes on the rocks exhibited in the Canadian Court on each occasion. In 1871, Dr. Selwyn was elected a Fellow of the Geological Society of London, and in 1874 a Fellow of the Royal Society. In 1876 he was awarded the Murchison Medal by the Council of the Geological Society, ‘in recognition of his services to Silurian geology.’ First, and foremost, Selwyn was a stratigraphical geologist. His career was one full of usefulness to the Empire. He wrought successfully in the motherland, and also in two of her most pros- perous colonies. His chief work in the three continents lay among the older Paleozoic and Archean rocks. He paid special attention to the pre-Cambrian volcanic rocks in the Eastern Townships of Quebec, and was the first to decipher the geological structure of the eruptive axes in Eastern Canada. His classification of pre- Cambrian rocks made in 1877 is practically that adopted now by recent investigators. He always emphasized the economic side of the science of geology without, however, ignoring the claims of original research. He did much to encourage those under him to study and solve the problems of complex geological structure or of chronology which presented themselves to him in his official labours. In the office, Selwyn was a strict disciplinarian. A love of order and neatness seemed to be one of his leading characteristics, and in the reports and work that he received from the staff he demanded the same. But the more stern and severe official side of his nature was in marked contrast with the sociable, amiable, and chivalrous qualities which distinguished him in his own home. (PEE MAS & El W.| Francis Stevenson, who died at the advanced age of 74 in February 1902, had become a Fellow of the Geological Society in 1877. His career was a notable one. He was born of an old Scottish family in 1827, and after receiving his education at the Edinburgh Academy, was, at the early age of 18, articled as a pupil to the late Mr. R. B. Dockray (then one of the engineers of the London & Birmingham Railway Company), becoming in 1843 a member of the engineering staff. He was engaged on the construction of the Northampton & Peterborough line, which was opened in 1845, and was also resident engineer on the Coventry & Nuneaton Railway, completed in 1850. Subsequently he was transferred to Euston Terminus, and in 1855 became assistant to the Ixiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 1903, late Mr. Baker, whom he succeeded as chief engineer, in charge of all new works and Parliamentary business, in January 1879. He died literally in harness, after a devoted service of nearly 59 years. He always took a keen interest in geology, and his geological knowledge was of much service in dealing with the many important schemes entrusted to his judgment. He was an ardent lover of Nature, with a profound veneration for ancient and historical buildings, and when designing new work he was careful so to arrange his designs that they should leave, as far as practicable, undisturbed any prominent or pleasing feature in the vicinity. He was a Member of the Institution of Civil Engineers. The Rev. Tuomas WittsHire was born in the City of London on April 21st, 1826. He was educated at home by a private tutor, and afterwards commenced as a student at King’s College, London ; but at the age of 19 he entered Trinity College, Cambridge, where he did well in classics and mathematics. Here, attending Sedgwick’s lectures, he acquired a taste for geology, which continued to be the dominating pursuit of his leisure-hours in after-life. He took his B.A. degree with honours on January 26th, 1850, and in the following June was ordained a deacon and became Curate of Riddings (Derbyshire). He took his M.A. degree in July 1853, and on the 18th of December of that year was ordained a priest. For many years he spent his summer holidays at Folkestone, where he assiduously collected the fossils of the Gault and the Grey Chalk, assisted in his labours by Griffith, the well-known collector. In other years he stayed at Niton and Ventnor, in the Isle of Wight, collecting from the Hard Chalk, Chloritic Marl], and Upper Greensand with Mr. Mark Norman; or working at the Red Chalk of Hunstanton with Westmoreland, the old lighthouse-keeper, or at the Chalk of Filey, in Yorkshire. From these historical localities, either with his own hands or aided by the local collectors, and likewise from that well-known old explorer of the Upper Chalk of Bromley (Kent), Jeremiah Simmonds, Mr. Wiltshire gradually accumulated a very fine collection of Cretaceous fossils, which about five or six years ago he presented to the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge, where they are now preserved. In 1856 Mr. Wiltshire was elected a Fellow of the Geological Society of London, and in 1859 he was elected President of the newly-formed Geologists’ Association, in succession to Toulmin Smith, its first President. On April 4th, 1859, he read before it Vol. 59. ] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxv an excellent paper on the ‘ Red Chalk of England.’ Mr. Wiltshire remained President of the Association from 1859 to 1862, and was re-elected to the same office from 1871 to 1873. In January 1862 he read a second paper to the Association, ‘On the Ancient Flint- Implements of Yorkshire, & the Modern Fabrication of Similar Specimens.’ His friend Bowerbank relinquishing the Secretaryship of the Paleontographical Society in 1863, Mr. Wiltshire was appointed in his stead. He held the office of Secretary until 1899, a period of thirty-six years. He was also elected Secretary of the Ray Society in 1872, and continued to hold that post up to the time of his death. On his retirement from the Secretaryship of the Paleeontographical Society, the two Societies presented him with an illuminated address, his portrait in oils, and a cheque. From his first home in Brompton he removed with his family to the Rectory, Bread Street Hill, E.C., in 1864. There he remained until about 1869, when, on its demolition for City improvements, he migrated to Lewisham, where he resided up to his death. From 1872 to 1880 he acted as Lecturer in Geology for Prof. Tennant at King’s College. In 1880 he filled the office of Dean for Hvening Instruction; on Tennant’s death in 1881 he was appointed Assistant-Professor, and in 1890 Professor of Geology and Mineralogy, a post which he held until 1896, when, upon his retirement, he was duly elected a Fellow and Emeritus Professor of King’s College. . Mr. Wiltshire was elected one of the Honorary Secretaries of this Society in 1874, an office which he filled until 1878. In 1882 he was elected Treasurer to this Society, a post which he continued to hold until 1895, a period of thirteen years. After Mr. Wiltshire ceased his geological work, he spent his vacations in visiting Algiers, Iceland, Norway, and the Swiss Alps. In Switzerland, indeed, he spent several of his long summer- vacations. On four occasions he went to North America, visiting Canada, the United States, the Yellowstone Park, and the Rocky Mountains. On April 27th, 1899, the University of Cambridge conferred upon him the honorary degree of Doctor in Science. The Rev. Dr. Wiltshire performed the service, and delivered his last Sunday-evening lecture at St. Clement’s, Eastcheap, on October 26th, 1902, returning home cheerfully to supper, his duty ended. The same night he passed quietly away, after a busy life of 76 years. [H. W.] lxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socieTy. [May 1903, Baron Heyry pe Worms, first Lorp Prrsrieut, who was elected a Fellow of this Society in 1861, died in January 1903 at the age of 63. He was born in 1840, and was the third son of Solomon Benedict de Worms, Hereditary Baron of the Austrian Empire. He was educated at King’s College, London, of which he became a Fellow in the year 1863. He was at first intended for the medical profession, but entered as a student at the Inner Temple in 1860. His collegiate career was one of more than ordinary distinction, as he was a good classical scholar, and possessed a mastery of several modern languages. He also attained proficiency in mathematics, and developed a taste for physical science. He devoted some time to the study of cosmology and the various phenomena attendant on the motion of the earth through space, giving the result of his speculations to the world in a work entitled ‘The Earth and its Mechanism’ in 1863. In 1885 he was appointed Parliamentary Secretary to the Board of Trade, and in 1888 he became Under Secretary for the Colonies, a post which he retained till 1892. In the same year (1888) he was made a member of the Privy Council, and in 1895 was raised to the peerage. Lord Pirbright resided in his later years mostly at Henley Park, Guildford. Tur RELATIONS oF GEOLOGY. WE stand to-day, Gentlemen, at the beginning of a new century. The science of Geology, whose devotees we are, is one of the youngest of the great family of the sciences. The years since first it became conscious of its being are but few in number, and its struggle for existence has from the first been incessant. Yet I doubt not that there are many observers familiar with its history who would assert that ‘ young as it is in years, it is already old in achievements, and that the roll of its discoveries and the number and extent of its conquests stand almost unrivalled for their far-reaching influence upon the philosophy and the practice of mankind.’ But it is neither necessary nor dignified on our part here to-day to advance or even suggest this claim. For it is not our self-esteem which prompts our work, or the applause of the world that cheers us in its pursuit. Rather is it the delight in the work itself which animates our labours; and it is in the sympathy and the appreciation of our fellow-workers that we rejoice when our aim is achieved. To Geology and geologists do we stand or fall. Vol. 59.| ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixvil That being so, I have asked myself, as your elected representative, whether it would not be good for us, as a united family of geologists met here together at the close of one era and the opening of the next, to take stock, as it were, of the work which Geology has already accomplished, and note how we are prepared to face the tasks which the new era will demand of our science and of ourselves. But self-centred though we may be as individual geologists, and self-centred though we may consider our science, we share the common lot of all men, and our science shares the common lot of all the sciences. As individuals we receive from our fellow-men all that makes for our social well-being ; and our science owes its very existence, and most of the conditions that make for its progress, to the aid and sympathy afforded by its fellow-sciences. We have, therefore, no right to make this prospect or retrospect in the family privacy of our own science, without regard to the feelings or the claims of others. Geology has not only its privileges but also its duties, and the entire world of science and practice has the right of demanding a justification of the faith that is in us. Nor do I think that it asks too much if it insists upon a categorical answer to the questions :—What is this Geology of which we are so proud and so confident? What has it done for the mental or material benefit of the human race? and on what grounds does it justify its claim to respect and support as one of the factors in the advance of humanity ? Far be it from me to presume to attempt to reply on your behalf to questions of so serious an import. That task must be left in part to the eloquent apologists of our science, and in part to the results achieved by the great workers in geology—results that carry the answer with them. But on an occasion like the present, I doubt whether we can do anything better or more appropriate to the time than have a quiet but open talk together over the position and relations of our science. Geology and its Fellow-Sciences. Geology and Astronomy.—tIn the words of one of the most devoted adherents of our science, we might say ‘ without impropriety, that all the physical sciences are included under two great heads— Astronomy and Geology: the one comprehending all those sciences which teach us the constitution, the motions, the relative places, and the mutual action of the Astra, or heavenly bodies ; while the other Ixvill PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 1903, singles out for study the one Astrum on which we live, namely, the earth.’ This definition, if we may call it so, is one which is not only simple and convenient, but it gives perhaps the broadest and clearest view of the place and mission of Geology, regarded from an outside stand- point. And there is a naturalness in this association of Geology and Astronomy which cannot be ignored. oie Astronomy concerns itself with the whole of the visible universe, of which our earth forms but a relatively insignificant part; while Geology deals with that earth regarded as an individual. Astronomy is the oldest of the sciences, while Geology is one of the newest. But the two sciences have this in common, that to both are granted a magnificence of outlook, and an immensity of grasp denied to all the rest. Yet, compared with other sciences, few perhaps have so small a number of adherents and working members. It may be that this is due to the opinion of the majority both of the past and the present generation, that these two sciences seem to demand for their successful prosecution an abnegation of emotion and of all human sympathies: their grandest results are not the conquests of the heart but of the head, wrought out in the cold dry light of reason. It is needless in these days to insist upon the fierce and pained resistance which both have encountered at almost every fresh advance. In spite of the fact that in the end every such advance has proved itself to be a higher stage in the mental or material progress of mankind at large, there still exists, even at the present time, an instinctive antagonism to Astronomy and Geology in the minds of many, especially from the sides of literature and of philosophy. The bewildering immensities of space and time with which these two sciences deal, andtheir insistent claim to be the only authorities that can bring home to the mind of man the awful ideas of infinity and eternity, cause them to be shunned and dreaded by the man of letters, and wring now and again a wail of impotence and sadness from the poet :— ‘What be these two shapes high over the sacred fountain, Taller than all the Muses, and higher than all the mountain ? On these two Dee ney stand, ever ape and peightente é oaks in ee deb doubles shade the eogmaeae ones all disnapiaeue ! These are Astronomy and Geology—terrible Muses!’ Vol. 59.) ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxix But while Astronomy and Geology share almost equally in the vague dread which they inspire in the minds of those who look only at Nature from the side of the emotional and the beautiful, they by no means share equally in the admiration instinctively accorded by the average thinking man to the sciences in general. Along the whole range of the concrete sciences, there is perhaps not one that has so effectually compelled the respect of men as Astronomy. There is not one in whose progress they have taken so keen an interest, or whose conclusions have been so unhesitatingly accepted. On the other hand, every new discovery arrived at by Geology appears to have come upon the minds of men with something of the nature of a shock. The conclusions of our science seem rarely or never to have been accepted with pleasure because of their value or their grandeur, but rather to have been adopted with reluctance and regret and because they were found to be irresistible. Yet, after all, this is hardly a matter for astonishment, for it Poe its root in the origin and the growth of the two sciences themselves. Astronomy had its birth in the childhood of mankind, in the silence and calm of the night, and in the wonder of curiosity and awe. It carried with it from the very first the mystic fascination of the distant and unknown. It was associated in man’s mind with the peaceful hours of rest and of contemplation. It held within it much of the enthusiasm and elevation of religion, for it lifted man’s eyes upward and heavenward, away from the never-ending struggle in the world below. Geology had none of these attractions. The world over which early man wandered was to him the theatre of a never-ending conflict, in which were arrayed against him impassable seas, un- scalable mountains, gloomy forests peopled by deadly beasts of prey, raging streams and foaming torrents, each and all the haunts of spirits luring him to doom. | What wonder, then, that Astronomy was one of the first of the sciences to come into being, and that the successive generations of mankind have mingled with an awe of her greatness a tender and respectful appreciation of her work and of her results f And it was but natural that Geology should be non-existent until long atter most of the other sciences had come into being, and some had grown almost to maturity. Even when she at last appeared and thrust herself, as it were, into the established aristocracy of the sciences, she brought with her the stigma of her lowly origin. And to that she added much of the recklessness xx PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETY. [May 1903, and assurance of vouth, and a bewildering absence of respect for the settled conventionalities of opinion and tradition. This is no excuse; but it is in its way a reason why she is still supposed to be somewhat of a parvenue among the sciences, and is often only listened to with patience because of her powers and her genius. But there is also another reason for the reluctance with which the conclusions of Geology are received by men in general, when compared with the reception accorded to those of Astronomy :— namely, the relative backwardness of the race in its appreciation of the concept of the extension of time as compared with its advanced appreciation of the concept of the extension of space. Note the willingness, and even the welcome with which any average audience of the present day accepts the statements and sympathizes with the conclusions of an astronomical lecturer who demands for his remoter starry distances, it may be, myriads of millions of miles. Compare that reception with the coldness, or at all events the smiling incredulity, of the same audience when a geologist suggests for the development of all the geological formations at the very most a hundred millions of years. But it is not only the popular audience, but also the majority of the men of education and experience, who still feel this curious hesi- tation and difficulty. And nothing perhaps has so retarded the reception of the higher conclusions of Geology among men in general, as this instinctive parsimony of the human mind in matters where time is concerned. Yet, after all, perhaps this is easily accounted for. It has been well said that ‘the intellectual advancement of men is due to the relatively small effects of individual experiences added to the large effects of the experiences of the antecedent individuals.’ The concept of the vastness of space has been familiar to mankind for untold ages, and has grown and expanded with the growth of the race. The concept of the immensity of time has entered so little into the intellectual development of mankind as a whole, and in its erander aspects so recently, that the race is as yet incapable of adequately grasping it. The wanderings of early man from place to place and land to land soon familiarized him with the idea of the extension of space. He had learned by bitter experience times out of number that the distant horizon which to the eye bounded the vast canopy of the sky above him, was no boundary at all, but shaded away in all directions into a limitless world beyond, whose practical infinity had Vol. 59. | ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xxi been proved to him by his own wanderings, and by those of his fore- fathers generation after generation. Thus the idea of the vastness of space had already become a part of man’s intellectual equipment long before the origin of Astronomy itself. And this idea has been deepened, broadened, and strengthened during the successive centuries of progress by the employment of constantly-improving instruments of accurate measurement, by the invention of the telescope, the discoveries of Geography, and by the application of the higher mathematics to Astronomy as a whole. But early man (and indeed his successors even down to and beyond the Middle Ages) was miserably provided with the ex- periences which might bring home to his mind the immensity of time. Early man himself had for bis longest trustworthy chrono- logical base-line a short seventy years—the span of his own existence, —or at most perhaps a hundred years, if he included the experience of his parents. Even in classical times all the past was to his experience vague and indefinite. He had, it is true, mythical traditions of heroic ages, golden ages, and the like, but these when summed up were merely the legendary total of the experiences of but a few generations. Bound down as was man’s mind by his anthropomorphic ideas, he naturally assigned to the earth and mankind a correspondingly brief existence; a few generations—a few centuries at the most—must have witnessed its birth; a few generations more must inevitably bring about its death and dis- appearance. Even since the invention of letters and the compilation of accurate historical records, the period of time of which man possesses experience, either personally or collectively, is at most a very few thousands of years. It is hopeless to expect, therefore, that for a long period to come the geological concept of the immensity of past time will permeate the minds of the many, or that they will accept the conclusions of Geology where time is con- cerned, with the same confidence as that with which they have long since accepted the conclusions of Astronomy. ; But this intellectual backwardness of the race in the matter of the appreciation of the vastness of geological time is not only a stumbling-block in the way of the acceptance of the results of Geology among the public at large, but also to the workers in other sciences, and even to the students of Geology itself. It is well within the memory of many of us how even those holding the most advanced views in other sciences were intensely reluctant to acknow- ledge the possibility of the existence of man upon the earth for more VOL. LIX. i Ixxil PROCLEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETY. [May 1903, . than a few thousands of years. And among the geologists of the preceding generation, the demand of the so-called ‘ uniformitarians’ for those vast scons which must be granted, if the geological forma- tions were accumulated and deposited at the same rate as corre- . sponding accumulations are brought together at the present day, was only reluctantly conceded by the majority after years of conflict and denial. Even at the present time itis the habit not only of eminent physicists, mathematicians, and chemists, but also of some of our geological authorities, to scout all reasonings that suggest a geolo- gical antiquity for our globe of more than a few millions of years. Far be it from me to suggest that geologists should be reckless in their drafts upon the bank of Time ; but nothing whatever is gained, and very much is lost, by persistent niggardliness in this direction. The astronomer, although persuaded of the possible infinity of the universe, is just as careful in estimating the length of his grander base-lines of millions of miles as is the geographical surveyor who takes years, it may be, to measure accurately the length of a base- line a few miles in extent before he commences the triangulation of a single country. But the consciousness of the astronomer of the practical infinity of his realms gives him a freedom of action in dealing with space which is delightful. Im the same way the geologist, who is blest with an assured conviction of the immensity of geological time, moves with an ease and freedom from cause to effect wholly denied to those wanting in this conviction. No doctrine in Geology has resulted in such brilliance of discovery as the doctrine of uniformitarianism, which sets no theoretical bounds either to the efficacy of present causes or to the duration of past time. It is not, however, the eternity of geological time that this doctrine demands, but the assumption of the vast duration of the geological periods of which it has been made up. And if to this assumption the geologist adds the conscientious accuracy of the geodesist and astronomer, and not only takes for possible, but absolutely demonstrates by discovery after discovery the true extent of the sons that have gone to the making of the geological for- mations, he is certain to foster and eventually to establish in the minds of men a full and adequate conception of the immensity of geological time. a Geology in Particular.—\ have said that the widest definition of Geology is that it is that science which, leaving to Astronomy the study of the heavenly bodies as a society, devotes itself to the study Vol. 59.] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, Ix xill of the earth as an individual; in other words, that it 1s a ‘Geonomy’ as contrasted with an ‘ Astronomy.’ But while this description is justifiable in principle, it is open to the natural objection that it shares this earth-knowledge with many other sciences, especially with the science of Geography. Perhaps the shortest definition that has been made of our science, and one equally acceptable to its students and to those who view it from the outside, is that Geology is the ‘science of the structure of the earth.’ It is in and around that earth-structure that all geological ideas centre. In working out the solutions of the problems presented by that structure, Geology not only finds her own special and peculiar mission, but extends a hand to all her sister-sciences. In studying the solid elements of that structure, Geology shades through the science of Mineralogy into that of Chemistry. In the study of the changes which the parts of that structure have undergone and are now undergoing it shades through the science of Meteorology into that of Physics. In the study of the successive surfaces of that structure it grades into the science of Geography. In the study of the stony relics of the vanished beings that once dwelt upon those surfaces it joins hands with the sciences of Zoology and Botany. In studying the phenomena presented by the sequence and inter- relations of the rock-formations which go to the building up of that structure, it finds the means of reading the past history of the earth and its living inhabitants—a glory reserved for Geology alone. It was not until geologists discovered that the solid earth-crust had a structure which was made up of definite parts or ‘ formations’ capable of individual recognition and description, each showing a special distribution in space and in time, and each marked by characteristic features capable of being compared, contrasted, and reasoned about, that the science of Geology attained individuality and became worthy ofits name. It was this discovery—inaugurated by Lehmann and Guettard about the middle of the 18th century, made famous by Werner and his contemporaries towards its close, and established beyond all dispute by William Smith at the dawn of the next—that gave Geology a claim to be regarded as one of the concrete sciences, and placed in her hands the weapons with which she has fought her way onwards irresistibly to the conquest of her kingdom. 7 Since the days of William Smith, the careful investigation and mapping out of these geological formations, igneous as well as. aqueous, has spread outward from the original centres of investi-. f2 xxiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 1903, — gation with extraordinary rapidity, until at the present day there is hardly a civilized nation that does not possess a Government Geolo- gical Survey. The fascinating problems presented by these formations and the light which their solution has thrown upon all that concerns the past development of the earth and of its living inhabitants, have not only attracted hosts of enthusiastic students to the science itself, but have given it a far-reaching interest to countless workers in other branches of knowledge and opinion. As a consequence, there is hardly a single important intellectual centre in the Old World or the New which has not its own Geological Society, emulative of our own, whose members are elther engaged in aiding the advance of that science or profiting by the benefits of that advance. One and all—national surveyors, members of Geological Societies, sympa- thizers in other sciences, collective bodies or isolated individuals— are united in a catholic freemasonry by their common study of, and interest in, the rocky structure of the earth. I will not attempt the impossible by endeavouring to follow in detail the various stages in the development of geological science, or by trying to distinguish between what is due to the researches of its own students, and what is due to the aids afforded them by the fellow-sciences. But none among us would venture to deny the assertion that no branch of scientific inquiry has profited more than Geology from what has been termed the ‘ consensus of the sciences.’ No science has received more ungrudging assistance from other sciences, or has repaid more fully that assistance in kind. Almost every problem attacked by Geology has needed the aid of some other branch of knowledge for its solution; almost every advance made by Geology has furthered the progress of one or more of its fellow-sciences. Geology and Muineralogy.—The discovery of the geological formations themselves may be said to have been essentially the outcome of the early association of Geology and Mineralogy. The brilliant ideas of Werner, embodied in his so-called ‘ Geognosy,’ in | which these formations were first identified by their mineral cha- racters, and then followed over their vast geographical extension until they were shown to stand related to the whole of terrestrial nature and of life, had unquestionably their root in Mineralogy ; and the geological student of the igneous formations is incapable of his task unless he is well acquainted with the latest methods and results of mineralogical science. But the idea of the inevitable association Vol. 59.| ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxv of Mineralogy and Geology must not be pressed too far, nor should it be allowed to give to the whole of Geology that dominant mine- ralogical colour in which it is often erroneously supposed to be steeped. It isimpossible to over-estimate the advantages which have accrued to the science of Geology by its association with Mineralogy. But that association is an alliance and not a conquest. Geology is not a province of Mineralogy, but an empire in its own right, and between it and that of Chemistry, Mineralogy is, as it were, a kind of buffer-kingdom having alliances with both. But if Geology owes much to its alliance with Mineralogy, Mineralogy has benefited by that alliance to quite as great an extent. Not only have all the minerals their home and habitat in the rock-formations, but the mineralogist owes to the geologist all that he knows of their association and distribution. In no branch of our science has Mineralogy aided us more than in that of Petrology, which has made such marvellous strides during the past generation ; but that debt of obligation has been well repaid. To the petrologist is owing the discovery of the special association of the minerals in the igneous rocks, their relative order of generation, and their mutual interferences; and following upon this he has made known hosts of unexpected data rich in fascinating problems, opening out a new world of speculation and research both for the mineralogist and for the chemist. Geology and Biology.—But if Geology owes the first suggestion of the geological formations and their individualization to Mineralogy, she has received benefits of as long standing and of as great a moment from Biology and biologists. The solid foundations of the palzonto- logical side of Geology were laid by the Continental biologists ranging from Steno to Cuvier, simultaneously with the discovery and the working out of the order of the geological formations. Nothing in the history of the growth of Geology so astonished mankind, or so effectually aided in lifting and dispersing the dark cloud of obloquy and neglect which hid from the world the mag- nitude of the results attained by the early geologists, as the demon- stration by the biologist that the extinct organic remains collected from the geological formations were identical in structure with creatures living upon the earth at the present day, and that all these fossil forms fell naturally into a place in the accepted biological classifications. At every successive stage in the progress of strati- graphy since that time, the geologist has been similarly indebted to Ixxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrETY. [May 1903, the biologist for the interpretation and classification of his fossils ; and when we have respect to the rarity and to the fragmentary condition of many of these forms, we cannot sufficiently express our gratitude to Biology for the aid which she has afforded us. But there is no need to claim that Geology has repaid the debt. It will be enough if I quote here two short receipts handed in on our behalf, one by the most distinguished biologist of the latter half of the century just closed, and another by the present occupant of his chair. In the words of Huxley, ‘the doctrine of evolution in Biology is a necessary result of the logical application of the principles of the geological doctrine of uniformitarianism to the phenomena of life; Darwin is the natural successor of Hutton and Lyell, and the ‘“ Origin of Species” the logical sequence of the ‘Principles of Geology”.’ These words were written by him about twenty years since, and his successor, in reviewing from a morphological standpoint a few months ago the work of zoologists accomplished during these twenty years, speaks as follows :— ‘The progress through which we have passed has produced revolutionary results ; our knowledge of facts has become materially enhanced, and our classifications have been to a large extent replaced in clearer and more comprehensive schemes; and we are enabled to-day to deduce with an accuracy proportionate to our increased knowledge of fact the nature of the interrelationships of the living beings, which with ourselves inhabit the earth. . . . Satis- factory as is the result, it must be clearly borne in mind that its realization could not have come about but for a knowledge of the animals of the past.’ . It is at the present day the habit of some to hint that Paleon- tology, as geologists understand it, is a mere branch of Biology, just as it was the fashion half a century ago to look upon it as a branch of Geology. But the proper view, I take it, is to regard it as the common possession of both these sciences. Here, as in so many contests of opinion, the truth lies in the middle. It is undeniable that all the organic remains discovered by the geologist were in their day members of the great biological chain of life, and have therefore their individual places and relationships in the scheme of biological classification ; and that as a consequence the study of their structure and their relationships falls within the province — of Biology. But it is equally undeniable that each of these creatures had an existence during a definite range of geological time, and that its fossilized remains occur at a certain horizon in the Vol. 59. | ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xxvii ascending series of the geological formations. They have thus a geological arrangement and grouping as inevitable and necessary as the biological one. While we grant that the biologist has not only aright but almost an obligation to place in its systematic biological position in his museum an example of every species hitherto discovered by the geologist, it is equally important for the advancement of science in general that the geologist shall have in his museum a stratigraphical grouping and chronological arrangement of fossil species always available for his geological work. There is a phylogenetic grouping by affinity for which the biologist is constantly striving, and to which he is daily more and more approximating ; but there is also a chronological grouping by geological position, which for every individual specimen in the paleontological depart- ment of a geological museum was practically fixed the day when that specimen was collected from a known stratigraphical horizon. We may rest assured that, year by year, the stratigraphical classifi- cation in our geological museum will become more detailed and more refined. This chronological grouping constitutes a tool with which Geology cannot possibly dispense. Again and again, in the years gone by, the apparent sequence and the known paleontology have been in conflict as to the true stratigraphical position of local formations, and in every known case hitherto the paleontological side has scored the victory. But indeed, if we Geologists were ever to become so benighted as to neglect this detailed sequential classification of the fossils in our museums, the biologists themselves would soon force it upon us for the sake of their own science. Fossils as thus arranged are and ean be the only tangible proofs of the chronological order in which -the various types and forms of life made their successive appearance on the earth; and they are in consequence the clearest and most widely accepted evidences of the doctrine of biological evolution. And further, the more minutely they are arranged in strati- graphical detail, and the greater the number of species, varieties, or mutations which are arranged under each horizon, the sooner will biologists have at their command the necessary materials _enabling them to solve those great outstanding problems that bear upon the laws which have ruled in the origin, variation, and distribution of species. Geology and Geography.—Turning next to the relations between Geography and Geology, we may say, perhaps, that there are no two. Ixxviii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socinty. [May 1903, sciences more intimately connected, or more mutually beneficial. I have already referred to the natural claim of some geologists that logically Geology includes all that is contained in the study of the earth. But it might better, perhaps, be said that Geology and Geography share much of this collective study between them. Geology deals with the past of the globe and Geography with its present,—the former having, so to speak, the charge of its history, and the latter of its politics. The surface of the globe is their common limit, and, in a way, their common property. All that comes above that surface les within the province of Geography ; all that comes below that surface lies inside the realm of Geology. The surface of the earth is that which, so to speak, divides them and at the same time ‘binds them together in indissoluble union.’ We may, perhaps, put the case metaphorically. The relationships of the two are rather like that of man and wife. Geography, like a prudent woman, has followed the sage advice of Shakespeare and taken unto her ‘an elder than herself’; but she does not trespass on the domain of her consort, nor could she possibly maintain the respect of her children were she to flaunt before the world the assertion that she is ‘a woman with a past.’ It is almost superfluous even to hint at the aid afforded by Physical Geography to Physical Geology, or to attempt to show how mutually dependent the two have always been one upon the other. At first Geology was looked upon merely as a branch of Physical Geography ; De Saussure, who first gave the name of Geology to our science, was himself in the front rank of the physical geographers of his day. The study of the whole array of terrestrial phenomena described by the physical geographer is, if anything, even more necessary to the educational outfit of the young geologist than the study of Mineralogy and Chemistry. Without the aid afforded by the study of the present phenomena which properly fall within the ken of the physical geographer, ‘the conquests of Hutton and Lyell would never have been achieved, and the true philosophy of Geology would have been impossible.’ Again, every advance made by the geographical surveyor in the accuracy and details of his maps has resulted in a corresponding improvement in geological mapping and surveying. Every advance made by the descriptive geographer in the discovery, delineation, and description of the geographical relief of continental lands, or of the depths and deposits of the sea, has increased geological knowledge, and has stimulated geological enquiry and discovery in an almost correspondmg ratio. Vol. 59. |] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxix But, in this case of Geography and Geology as in others, the benefits have certainly been mutual. Broadly speaking, almost the whole of that vast mass of information which geographers now possess, respecting the work of those agencies which rule upon the dynamical side of Physical Geography, has been wrought out and accumulated by geologists engaged in searching for the causes of geological action in the past. The grand processes of denudation, erosion, and deposition ; the multifarious action of rain, rivers, and ice; the phenomena of earthquakes and volcanoes ; and the rock-making activities of animals and plants, were most of them first laboriously investigated by geologists, who welded them into tools for work in their own science, and then handed them over bodily for permanent lodgment in the well-filled storehouse of the physical geographer. As regards the surface of the earth itself, so numberless of late years have grown the visible and certain points of. contact between the phenomena previously regarded as proper to the one or the other of the two sciences of Geology and Physical Geography, and so evident to all has become the sequence of geological causes and geographical effects, that many geographers have of late years almost lost consciousness even of the existence of a possible down- ward limit to their science. Revelling in the wealth of geological facts and ideas already accumulated and lying ready to their hand, scientific writers have combined with their geographical description of the ‘ forms’ of the surface of the earth the geological explanation of their origins in that most interesting branch of knowledge which is sometimes named ‘Geomorphology.’ This is undoubtedly a section of geonomic science, which is of great value, and is destined to grow in importance as time goes on. But its study presupposes a preliminary education in which Geology and geological causes take perhaps the largest share ; and those who would class it merely as a sub-science of Geography are as wrong as those who class it merely as a sub-science of Geology. It is the healthy and vigorous child of both. Geology and Physics.—Here we enter upon more difficult and dubious ground, namely, the relations of Geology to the science of Physics, especially in the matter of the so-called ‘hypogene.’ agencies. The mechanical modes and means of formation of our mineralogical rock-sheets have long since been recognized and agreed upon, but the mechanical modes and means of their deformation have, many of them, yet to be identified and established. In the Ixxx PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrery. [May 1903, matters of cleavage, jointing, and foliation we have advanced, and in the modes and effects of faulting we have already made some headway. But in the grander problems of orogeny, crust-warping, and secular elevation and depression, we are still very much in the dark. In spite of all the brilliant work which has been done of recent years, we are forced to acknowledge that we are still busied in collecting data upon which to found a philosophic system of crust-deformation. Nothing yet formulated in this direction is of sufficient definiteness and breadth of grasp to afford matter from which anything more than suggestive deductions may be drawn by the higher physics and mathematics. But although our materials are as yet too heterogeneous and too complicated to admit satisfactorily of such outside analysis, yet among geologists themselves there is being developed a tendency to assort and interpret them from two extreme points of view, which may perhaps be distinguished as the astronomical and the geonomical. The working theory employed by the many at the one extreme is the collapse-theory, which is founded essentially upon the (con- traction) hypothesis of the gradual loss of heat of the earth’s interior. This theory starts from the original covering of our globe, and regards the present state of that covering as that of a solid and more or less cooled crust, which warps, folds, and fractures as it follows down upon the slowly contracting, but still intensely heated (and probably solid) nucleus. This crust shows in its structure and in the major forms of the outer surface the combined effects of the radial and tangential deformations due to the con- traction and collapse, these deformations being grouped about the remains of the chief irregularities proper to the crust at the time of its original consolidation. The working theory employed by the few at the other extreme is the fold-theory, founded essentially on the (undulation) hypothesis that the deformation may be largely due to tidal movements and to the constant redistribution of load and resistances. It starts from the known modes of deformation of the rock-sheets which make up the present supercrust and of those of its superposed coverings of ‘water and of air. It regards the earth-crust as a spheroidal shell or bridge surrounding and balanced upon a fluid nucleus (probably gas-like), the shell being in a state of general vibration and its parts in a state of regional and local stress. This shell yields harmonically ‘as a whole; and its various parts yield in groups or individually to Vol. co. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxxx1 9 the several stresses, but always in theoretic units (duads) each made up of two moieties which are the positive and negative equivalents of each other. According to both theories, the type of deformation may be that of undulation, warping, folding, gliding, fracture, or flow, according as the magnitude of the stress, the speed of the action, or the relative elasticity of the material may determine: its development may range in time from that of an instant to that of an zon; and its extent from microscopic to hemispheric. According to the first theory, however, the deformation is not theoretically symmetrical, but is consequent upon and has ever been controlled by the salient features of the original earth-crust. According to the second, the deformation is theoretically symmetrical, and is due to the continual breaking-down and readjustment of equilibrium ; it is at every stage controlled by the length and direction of the instantaneous polar and equatorial diameters of the earth, and by the summational and individual deformations already effected. The tendencies of the first theory are to compare all the phenomena of yieldage with those characteristic of solid bodies, and to dwell especially upon the proofs of fracture (with the fault as the central type); to parallel such signs of symmetry as are apparent with that of crystals, and the loxodromic trend-lines of the earth’s surface with those of crystalline cleavage. The tendencies of the second theory are to compare the yieldage-phenomena with those of flexible bodies (with the fold as the central type), grading on the one hand into those of rigid, and on the other into those of liquid bodies, and including all types ; to parallel the symmetries with those of wave- forms, and to refer the trends to composition, interference, or super- position as the case may be. In the first theory there is inherent the expectation of continuous accretion and discontinuous collapse ; in the second the expectation of rhythmic recurrence of form in space and of movement in time. According to the first theory the locus of the pole of the land- hemisphere on or about the 45th parallel is an accident of evolution and a survival; according to the second it is a theoretic necessity and a resultant. How much of each of these views is a mere mental expedient, and how much is an expression of fact, must be left for future research to determine. The discovery of the true path lying between the two extremes will form one of the tasks which await the geologists of the coming era. Ixxxil PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socreTy. [May 1903, Geology and Practice. Geology and the Useful Arts.—Up to this point I have dealt mainly with the so-called ‘scientific’ aspect of Geology, regarding it from the inside point of view,—as an interpreter of Nature, and a member of the great family of the sciences. But, as I have already hinted, we are bound also to consider it from the outside or ‘ practical’ point of view,—as being one of the servants of man- kind and an associate of the useful arts. Indeed it is wholly impossible to avoid dealing with it from this outside aspect. In the words of Herbert Spencer:—‘Not only are the sciences involved with each other, but they are all inextricably interwoven with the complex web of the arts, and are only conventionally independent of it. Originally the two were one, and there has been a perpetual inosculation of the two ever since. Science has been supplying art with higher generalizations and more completely qualitative previsions ; art has been supplying science with better materials and more perfect instruments. ... And all along this interdependence has been growing closer, not only between the arts and science, but among the arts themselves and among the sciences themselves.’ I have already noted how greatly Geology is indebted to Her sister-sciences, and how in every case the aid which she has been given has been fully reciprocated and the mutual sympathy broadened and enlarged. Surely there is no need for me to recall how deep and how fundamental are the obligations which Geology owes to the arts in general, and to those of mining, engineering, and topographic surveying in particular. Butit may not be without advantage if we geologists remind ourselves of that which in the absorption of our researches we are sadly prone to forget, namely, the existence of those many links that bind our science to the world of practice, and the vital need there is of strengthening those links by every means in our power. It is true that the first duty of every science is to move inces- santly forward from discovery to discovery along the straight path of unremitting investigation and research, following truth whither- soever it may lead, wholly unbiassed by the question as to whether that discovery bears any relation whatever to the material wants of mankind. But it is equally true that once a fresh fact has. been discovered, or once a new and satisfactory conclusion has Vol. 59. ] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxxili been reached, if that fact or that conclusion be of evident benefit to mankind at large, every lover of his science should welcome its utility and do his best to encourage its use. Here, however, we cannot ignore the fact that it is impossible that full use can be made of the results of any science until those to whom such results would be of practical value are educated at least in the principles of that science. And such education has a double value; it is not only of especial advantage to those who intend to make use of the results of the science, but it redounds to the benefit of the science itself, for it trains up a host of sympathetic students all concerned in its advancement. We cannot fail to recognize that those sciences—such as Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and the like—which are generally acknowledged to be most intimately bound up with practice, and an education in which is held to be absolutely necessary for success in one or more of the arts or professions, are the sciences which have the greatest number of students and are making the swiftest progress. It is the height of absurdity to imagine that Geology can, any more than any other science, possibly restrict its activity to research alone. Rather may we say that the corporate geological organism has three necessary functions — research, practice, and education. So long as all three functions are natu- rally and healthfully performed, so long will Geology live and flourish. Whenever either function remains long unexercised, or falls into disuse, there follows, of necessity, a weakness throughout ’ the entire organism, which must in the end become lethargic and crippled, and fall behind in the race. When, on the other hand, all three functions are most vigorously exercised, the progress of the science must be at its swiftest and its surest. And this fact has been well illustrated in the history of our science; for whenever these three functions of Geology have been most clearly appreciated and simultaneously energized by its leaders, Geology has shone forth with an especial and peculiar lustre, and has won the attention and regard of the world. Those who came from all parts of Europe to attend the lectures of Werner, were drawn to him by his conviction that Geology was one of the most useful of trainings not only for the men of the mining and metallurgical world, but also for those who were interested in all that concerns Man’s relation to the earth in general. They listened with delight and with profit to the brilliant exposition of his far-reaching ideas, not only because they felt the Ixxxlv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 1903, fascination of these ideas, but also because they were impressed by his assurance of their material and intellectual utility. The geological education which they received from him, they com- municated in their turn to their own pupils, and rapidly spread the benefits and influence of Geology far and wide over the economic and intellectual world of their time. But we have even a more striking instance nearer home, I do not think that it is too much to assert that no single geologist, whose name adorns the long roll of the past members of this Society, secured at one and the same time so far-reaching an influence upon the spread of geological knowledge at large, so sincere a respect for our science from the Governments of civilized countries, and so kindly a regard and affection for it from the mass of mankind, as Sir Henry De la Beche. And I take it that all this was due to the fact that he, more than any other British geologist before him or after him, had a clear and well-balanced conception of the three functions of geology. He was at once a scientist, a practical man, and an educationalist. No one familiar with his ‘Geology of Devon & Cornwall,’ or with his ‘ Geological Observer,’ but will grant that he was, both from the side of research and theory, a scientist to the backbone. But he was more than a scientist. He was a man whose life-work had convinced him that the useful side of Geology is as important as the intellectual, and indeed of the necessity there is for the constant union of science and practice, or, as he puts it himself, ‘Science and practice are not antagonistic, they are mutual aids.’ Aud mainly, perhaps, because of this conviction, he was also a keen educationalist ; for, as he himself expresses it, as ‘some reason, right or wrong, is sure to be assigned to every practicc, it 1s most important for those connected with that practice that they should possess the existing knowledge upon which it rests.’ De la Beche devoted some of the best years of his life to the task of convincing the Government and the people of this country of the importance of the knowledge of the science and practice of Geology and its related sciences to the material and intellectual advancement of the nation. He brought round the Government. of the day to his views, and the best minds of his time, from the Prince Consort downward, became his enthusiastic supporters. He created the British National Geological Survey, which has proved itself as beneficial to the advance of pure Geology as it has to the development of the mineral resources of the Kingdom ; while it has << = et Vol. 59. | ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxxxv been the prolific parent of similar national Geological Surveys in almost all countries of the civilized world. He founded the Museum of Practical Geology as a national home for the collections made by geological research and for the illustrations of Geology in all its practical applications, consecrating the building, even in its title, to that idea of the combination of knowledge and utility which justified the nation in its foundation and its maintenance. And more, he made that Museum, through his genius and his knowledge of men, a living and growing centre of instruction in geological science and its useful applications, selecting as the teachers of that special education some of the highest intellects of his day. ) What other scientific leader of the 19th century can show so famous a roll of lieutenants? It is almost invidious to select names — from the list. But so long as Natural Science, pure or applied, shall command the respect of men, the names of Thomas Huxley, Lyon Playfair, Edward Frankland, John Percy, Edward Forbes, and Andrew Ramsay, will be held in honoured memory as those of men whose lifework in science, or in practice, or in education, or in all three combined, place them in the front rank of the benefactors of their day and their generation. We might go on to point out how the success of De la Beche’s. scheme caused it to outgrow rapidly the limits of its original home, for we are most of us familiar with the fact that while the Geological Survey and the National geological collections are still retained in the original Museum, the educational sections became developed into the Royal School of Mines and eventually into the Royal College of Science, which in its turn practically became the centre of that widespread scheme of national instruction, known as the Science & Art Department. But what especially concerns us here, is that these results demonstrate, on the one hand, the naturalness. and fertility of De la Beche’s conception of the necessary association of science, practice, and education, and on the other the far-reaching influence that Geology and geologists have had on the extension and invigoration of scientific practice and education-in Britain. Geology and Economics.—It is almost an impertinence to point out to an assemblage of geologists like this the relation- ships of Geology and its applications to the material welfare of our fellow-countrymen; but those of us who are absorbed in the charms. of research are now and again tempted to look askance at those who are engaged in advancing Geology and the ]xxxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socinTy. [May 1903, applications of Geology from the side of Economics. Yet for all that, every one of us is well aware that Geology is bound up body and soul with the development of the mineral wealth of our land—that mineral wealth by means of which the enter- prise of our people has placed our country at the head of the manufacturing and commercial powers of the world. Our science has not only the charge of the working out of all the detailed phenomena, subterranean and superficial, of the great coalfields and iron-ore fields which le at the foundation of our commercial supremacy as a nation, but it works out the characters and fixes the places of all the stony materials of which our cities and towns are built, our humblest dwellings are constructed, and all our roads and railways are made. It deals with the sources and the quantities and characters of our water-supplies, whether deep-seated or superficial, the nature and distribution of our soils, and indeed with everything which we derive directly from the ground upon which we tread. Thus a knowledge of the principles and applica- tions of Geology is indispensable to the education of the miner, the mine-owner, the prospector, the land-agent, the landowner, the agriculturalist, the civil engineer, and the military engineer. Geology and Man.—Itisas true now, as it was in the days when Werner first drew his far-reaching inferences before his charmed listeners, that in the characteristic phenomena and varying distri- bution of the grand mineral masses of the rock-formations, almost all that concerns the relative habitability of a land depends. Where the hard, intractable rock-formations rise boldly out, we have our mountain-regions — our Uplands and Highlands — wild areas of pasture and scanty populations it is true, but the lands of refuge and of freedom in the past, and of health and holiday in the present. Where the soft, easily-weathered rock-formations spread out in gentle slopes or broad undulations, we have the wide plains of our great agricultural districts—the lands it may be of peace and plenty, but where life is so easy-going and so monotonous that there is little incentive or opportunity to vary the established order of things, and the local country-life remains much the same gene- ration after generation. Between these two extremes lie the areas floored by the gently-inclined rocks of our great coalfields, the theatres of an incessant and fierce industrial struggle—a struggle that has its reflection and its effects in the restless energy and the determined advance of their inhabitants. ' Vol. 59.] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxxvil What well-read geologist among us is not aware that every variation in the contour of our country, as it rises from the encircling seas that have guarded our freedom, is dependent upon its geology ? Where the hard rock-formations reach the seaboard, project the bold headland and its cliffs. Where the soft rocks come down to the shore-line, open out the broad bays. Where the highly resistant rocks are lifted up in broad mass and face the wild ocean, we find a shore-land of rugged cliffs and wild inlets, inhabited only by a few hardy fishermen. Where the easily-yielding rocks have been depressed in mass by geological movements, we have the long- withdrawing estuary, alive with the ships of commerce moving to and fro from the busy and populous seaport at its head. Or turning inland and looking over the general aspect of the country, we recognize everywhere not only the paramount influence of the geological formations and geological conditions on the scenery and the relief of the land; but we trace everywhere the persistent effects of these conditions upon the past and present of the people. All the activities of struggling humanity, in the contest for the bare necessities of existence, for mutual protection, for trade and for progress, have been limited and controlled by the natural bounds marked out by the unvarying geological factors. The original sites of almost every city and town, village and hamlet, ancient castle and modern mansion, were all determined practically by geological considerations. The sites of the old fortresses were fixed by the places of the more or less inaccessible cliffs and scarps, the position of the villages and hamlets by the abundance of the springs, and the settlement of the lands by the comparative richness of the soils. All down the long stream of history, the successive waves of invasion, the ebb and flow of conquering armies, the tracks of inland trade and communication, from the time of the Roman ways, through the roads of the Middle Ages and later, down to the main threads of the network of railways of the present day, have all more or less followed the same general courses, courses determined by the geographical phenomena consequent upon the geological structure of the land. It is idle to pursue these matters further, or recall how all the variations in scenery and scenic beauty are dependent upon geological causes; or how these causes determine the productiveness or the healthfulness of a district. But it is impossible for us, to whom these matters are as familiar as household words, to conceive that the education of the geographer, the traveller, the man of commerce, VOL. LIX. g Ixxxvill PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 1903, the student of hygiene, the artist, the archeologist, the historian, or even the politician can possibly pretend to completeness unless that education has shown him something of the wealth of facts and ideas that flow even from an elementary acquaintance with a knowledge of these things. | Here perhaps we may call to mind the fact that what gives character and especial colour to the science of Geology, is that it is the exponent of the idea of continuous evolution. J had almost said the discoverer; for ‘he discovers who proves. Its widest conclusions are based upon the assumption and proof of the efficacy of small causes to bring about the greatest cumulative effects, There is probably no educational gymnastic more captivating and invigorating than to work out and fully appreciate the quietly cumu- lative effects of present natural causes—the sea-waves gnawing away the shore, the slow sinking of mud layer by layer on the sea-floor, the quiet burying-up of organisms ; next to trace these phenomena backward stage by stage through the rock-formations that mark the zons of the past, down to the very base of the geological scale ; and, thence returning, to climb back step by step up the long ladder of life, and note the successive incoming of the ascending types of the animate creation, rising higher and higher yet in the scale of being to the crown of all—Man himself—‘ the heir of all the ages.’ The discoveries which Geology, in company with Archeology and Anthropology, has made in aid of the solution of the great problem of the Antiquity of Man, are so revolutionary and so recent that they are practically familiar to all. | ‘To one who has gone through a geological training, and appre- ciated its meaning, the idea of slow and continuous evolution becomes as it were part and parcel of his mental constitution. He naturally carries on the same geological methods into the study of humanity in general—always from the developmental point of view, always on the watch for those simple natural causes that may have been capable of bringing about the present known effects, and always in the hope of discovering a slow and natural evolution. It is in this way that he studies the races of mankind, the growth and relations of languages, the forms and distributions of beliefs, the trends of political practice and opinion, the origin and expan- sion of commerce. He is watching, and indeed asit were assisting in, the development of a living thing growing up before his mental _ eyes. His interest 1s excited, his curiosity piqued, and his emotions stirred ; and while his imagination is allowed full play, it is always Vol. 59.] ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxxix safely confined within the logical bounds of induction, deduction, and verification. | we | Surely some kind of knowledge and training of this kind is much to be desired for the ordinary man of education and leisure, the literary man, the arts man, the mathematician. Only by some means of this kind does it seem possible to restore the loss of balance due to the self-absorptive and introspective tendency of much of the so-called culture of the present day. Only by some means of this kind can one attain to the needed breadth of outlook and freedom of opinion as respects all that concerns the relation of man and nature. Geology and Education. We have seen that a knowledge of Geology is indispensable to the complete education of the miner, the prospector, the civil engineer, and the military engineer; and that a first-hand acquaintance with at least its elements is eminently desirable for the agriculturist, the geographer, the traveller, and the biologist. Many may even be willing to admit that the literary man and the man of culture would be the better for knowing something of its principles and its conclusions. But, as geologists, it is our bounden duty to go much farther than this, and urge upon the educationalists of the day the necessity of affording the rising generation such a full opportunity of instruction in that kind of knowledge of which Geology is the keystone as shall enable our youth to understand and appreciate the more important phenomena of the world at large, and the bearing of these upon their own life and surroundings. Nothing, however, is further from my intention than to suggest that all the youth of the country shall be instructed in the science of Geology as such, or that Geology shall be introduced as a special subject of education, except into the higher classes of schools, colleges, and universities. But what I have in my mind is that Geology is the centre of that group of knowledges which are some- times collectively referred to as ‘ Nature-Knowledge,’ and their study as ‘Nature-Study.” The more advanced educationalists have long since suggested and even strongly advocated instruction in Nature- Study for all our youth; but, alas, they are not yet agreed as to what ‘ Nature-Study ’ shall include, or how it shall be taught. At the one extreme are those who apparently would embrace within it instruction in and explanation of all such concrete facts and xe PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy, [May 1903, phenomena as can be brought before the notice of the youthful pupil so as to direct his attention to external nature in general. At the other extreme are those to whom this dwelling upon facts and phenomena appears to be repugnant, if we may judge from the following extract which I take from a recently-published book- catalogue :—‘ To those who are striving to make Nature Study more vital and attractive by revealing a vast realm of Nature outside the realm of science, and a world of ideas above and beyond the world of facts, the pages following, giving the titles of books dealing with Nature and Nature-Studies, are dedicated.’ As geologists, however, we should presume, I take it, that education in Nature-Study is, in the words of Huxley, ‘education in that diligent, patient, loving study of all the aspects of Nature, the results of which constitute exact knowledge, or Science.’ Education in Earth-Knowledge.—-However that may be, this at all events is clear: the branch of Nature-Knowledge with which Geology and geologists have to do is that which Huxley terms ‘Erdkunde, or Earth-Knowledge, or Geology in its etymological sense.’ So impressed was Huxley with the general need for in- struction in this kind of Earth-Knowledge, that he practically founded for its study the educational subject which he named Physiography. Yet Physiography has come to embrace much that truly belongs to Astronomy ; and, indeed, a very large proportion of the subject of Physiography, as taught in many schools and colleges in Britain at the present day, is essentially astronomical. But here we have to bear in mind that of the two great divisions of Nature, that of the outside universe which is proper to Astronomy concerns individual men but indirectly. The other half of Nature, if we may call it so—the world upon which we live and amidst whose phenomena we move and have our being,—is always with us and around us; and its conscious systematic study, which we call ‘ earth-knowledge,’ is in truth only a methodizing and an extension of the unconscious and unsystematic study that we call ‘ experience,’ which we are always making from the earliest dawn of our con- sciousness to the final darkness of old age. ‘This is the kind of Nature-Knowledge—namely, Earth-Knowledge proper, or in other words ‘Geonomy’ as contrasted with ‘ Astronomy ’—of which our youth has the greatest need ; and it is instruction in this which it is one of the missions of Geology to claim for the rising generation. The day has not yet arrived when it will be possible to define Vol. 59. | ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. x¢i precisely what should be taught under the head of this HKarth- Knowledge. But what I would understand by it is that it should embrace instruction which would direct the attention of the scholar not only to the natural phenomena of the world at large, but also to those particular phenomena of the world immediately around him. In its general interpretation, its central plane would be the surface of the earth; and from this it would pass upward by proper stages to consider the distribution of all the phenomena, organic and inorganic, above that surface; outward to the study of the meaning and interaction of these phenomena; downward to the study of their history; and onward to the study of their evolution. The teaching of this Earth-Knowledge could begin in the ele- mentary classes of schools, be continued in rising grades through the higher classes, and thence extended to the universities. Speaking theoretically, in its earliest stages it should be as simple as possible and cover the ground which is familiar to daily experience or which is fundamental to several of the natural sciences. In its higher stages it should become more specialized, and include the facts and principles common to the special group of sciences which will become of value to the scholar in his later studies or in his after- life. In the university it might finally be restricted to the perfect knowledge of that one science which the scholar has selected for his speciality, and as much of the fellow-sciences as has an intimate bearing upon the science which he selects as his own. At every stage a broad foundation should be laid for the superstructure to be erected in the next stage of advance. But, speaking practically, it is impossible at the present day to lay down any general rules as to the order in which the subjects dealt with under the head of Geonomy should be taken up, or as to the way in which those subjects should be individually treated. For while it is quite true that the aim should be to instruct in those generalities which are common to many or all of the sciences, we should most strictly guard ourselves from falling into the error implied by many of the text-book writers on Physiography, who start with an opening chapter on matter, energy, gravity, and the like—generalities in their essence as yet hardly capable of con- ception even by the highest intellects. And while it is quite true that the most vivid and lasting means of education is by experiments and deductions carried out by the pupil himself, we should as carefully avoid the equally fatal error of imagining that instruction Xcll PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. {May 1903, in a single experimental science, such as Chemistry and Physics, can do more for the pupil than give. him a glimpse ofa corner of nature. It is sometimes suggested that instruction in Earth-Knowledge should commence with the simplest facts and deductions, and lead up stage by stage to the highest philosophical conceptions and generalizations. But this is not the way in which any branch of knowledge has grown and developed in the past. The human mind is so constituted that it can often appreciate the broadest gene- ralizations in some directions, before it can interest itself in the most elementary facts and draw the simplest conclusions in others. What must be done is to ascertain, from the study of the several branches of knowledge, how they have individually grown during their developmental history in past ages, note the order of subjects which were earliest and most easily appreciated by the human intellect, and give the successive phases of education as nearly as may be in that order. Again, it is sometimes hinted that the only fruitful education is that which is purely experimental, the deductions and generalizations in which shall be worked out by the scholar himself; and also that all knowledge which is imparted by the didactic method is not true knowledge and is comparatively infertile. But I firmly hold that both methods are correct, each for itself, and should both be utilized. There are unquestionably some things which are best taught by experiment, and by that demonstration in which the pupil takes the whole or the largest share. But, on the other hand, the facts of science are so overwhelming in number, and some of its grandest con- clusions are so dependent on the highest extremes of knowledge, that they must be communicated didactically, and must be accepted by the scholar more or less as an article of faith. Indeed the younger the scholar, and the less his experience, the more certain is he to accept as unquestionable truths the assertions of his instructors. It would be the height of folly to neglect the advantages of all this side of a youth’s education in those years of his life when he is most qualified to profit by it. The fact is that in the imparting of Earth-Knowledge, as in any other kind of instruction, both educational methods—didactic and experimental, authoritative and original—should be utilized together. It is a matter for the educationalist to find out what sections of a subject, and what stages of a subject, are best imparted by one method and what by another, The only rule Vol. 59. | ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xcill which can be laid down is that the didactic and authoritative method is certain to have less and less effect as the scholar grows older and his experience broadens, and the experimental and original more and more. But there is no escape from the conclusion that it is the common interest of the teacher and the scholar to make use of both methods; for the knowledge of every man— the genius, the scholar, the wise man, and the fool—is alike in this, that it is the sum of that knowledge which is due to his own individual experience, and that portion of the collective know- ledge of humanity which is due to the antecedent experiences of his forefathers, and which he has received at second-hand. It is not that the present educational systems are wrong in laying stress on the memorizing and the applying of what is already known, but that they are defective in neglecting the individual and original half of a liberal education. . As I have already pointed out, the central plane of Geonomy is the knowledge of the surface of the earth, whose present and whose present conditions belong to Geography, and whose past and evolution belong to Geology. But in the earlier phases of the education of the scholar there can and need be no distinction in his mind between these two sciences ; they are rather combined in a geonomic stage— in a generalized organism, so to speak,—destined to evolve and differentiate later on. Yet in this early stage the dominating section of the subject is essentially Geography. As such it presents two very different aspects: the general geography, namely, that of the world and its surface as a whole; and the local geography, namely, the geography of the home and the surroundings of the scholar. The general geography must be taught didactically, with the aid of such lecture-illustrations as globes and maps; and the instruction must be received by the scholar more or less as an article of faith. The local geography, however—and by this I would understand not only the topography of the district, but the geography of the town or village, the playground, and the very schoolroom itself,—should be taught practically at first hand, the data being recognized, collected, and classified, the experiments made, and the conclusions drawn, as much as possible by the scholar himself. Maps as Means and Symbols of Earth-Knowledge.—It is along this local side of Geonomy that some of the most important advantages will accrue to Geology, and not only to Geology but to all its associated sciences. One of the most necessary qualifi- XclVv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. {May 1903, cations for the geologist and the geographer, and indeed for all students of those sciences and arts in which facts and phenomena have to be arranged in their order of distribution, is a familiarity with the use of maps and a knowledge of how they are constructed. But one of the commonest results of the present modes of giving instruction in maps and map-making in most schools is to cause this kind of knowledge to become distasteful to the learner. And the consequence is that for one fairly well-educated man who can read a good map of his own native district, there are hundreds to whom this is impossible. A detailed topographical map or a geological map is practically a mystery to the average man ; and yet the training which would have enabled him to appreciate and enjoy them both might, if given properly in his early years, have afforded him many a pleasant and interesting break in the monotony of his ordinary school-work. He has doubtless been shown in his geographical classes the ordinary maps of the world, and those of the continents and his own country ; he has perhaps copied some of them laboriously in manuscript, and very probably passed examinations In drawing them from memory. But they were always more or less dead things to him, because they dealt with lands and districts which he had never beheld, and not with the familiar objects of the school and the home. He has never seen them grow up before his own eyes, built up from facts collected by himself and his fellows. We should like to see the lower classes of all schools making a map of their own schoolroom and playground. We should like to see the scholars at a higher stage studying and exercised in the large scale 25-inch map of the locality, with the school in the centre; those at a higher stage engaged on the 6-inch map of the neighbourhood ; and soon. Stage by stage the scholars might pass to the study of the 1-inch map of the district or county. Then, when once these maps had become familiar objects, the learners should be taken out on occasional excursions into the country with the maps in their hands, and educated in some of the higher grades of that Earth-Knowledge which can only be seen and appreciated in the open air. Later on the scholars might pass to the study of natural agencies, the origin and meaning of landscape, to geology proper, and thence to the study of the intimate relations of nature and man. But it must be acknowledged that the present lack of this kind of instruction is not to be wholly ascribed to the teachers. Good Vol. 59. ! ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XCV local maps were, until recently, practically non-existent. The 3 Government Ordnance and Geological Surveys have now made these at great national expense, but so hidden away are they that few except military and civil engineers and surveyors use them freely, and very few have recognized their perfection and importance. Now that these maps are becoming completed, we are beginning to discover that they constitute a most important educational engine. They are still, however, sold at too high a price. When we bear in mind the important fact that each member of a class should be provided with a fresh map at every successive stage, the cost to parents and school-managers of this branch of geonomic training, as matters stand, would be considerable. Yet we may be sure that this kind of instruction is certain to come about. It becomes, therefore, a serious question whether the Government departments concerned with the surveying of our country could not be authorized to supply these maps to school classes, either as part of the local Government grant or at avery cheap rate. The actual surveying of the country and the preparation of the maps already costs several thousands of pounds annually, which are ungrudgingly paid by the nation. Surely an extra yearly grant of a few scores of pounds to enable the Government map-making departments to supply these maps to schools at a nominal price, would be so trivial, whether compared on the one hand with the large grant already made for the original production of these maps, or on the other hand with their educational value to the rising generation, that it would un- doubtedly be welcomed by all. And once our people became aware of the excellence of these national maps, topographical and geological, the demand for them, which is comparatively small at present, would certainly grow. As yet, however, the public are hardly aware even of their existence. A great advance has been made of late by hanging up selected, but unfortunately not local, portions of these maps in post-offices, with a notice that the maps can be obtained from the local agent. But what are really wanted in all post-offices are framed copies of the 1-inch and 6-inch maps of the locality, hung up so as to be avail- able for reference by all comers; and a copy of each of these and the other local maps kept in stock, together with a simple catalogue of all the national maps and memoirs, any one of which should be obtainable by return of post. The post-offices are, in the very nature of things, the best advertising places in the country ; and they are in direct touch with the map-issuing departments of the Government. VOL, LIX. h XCV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. —[ May 1903, Once the people become accustomed by means of their school-teaching, and by constant sight of these maps in the post-offices, to regard them as a factor in their daily life, that which is now a luxury for the learned and the few will become more or less a necessity for the general and the many ; and they will demand, for themselves and their children, a more intimate acquaintance with that Earth Knowledge of which these maps are a symbol—a consummation in which the science of Geology will benefit by no means last and by no means least. Conclusion.—But to what extent instruction in that earth- knowledge of which Geology is the soul and centre will constitute an integral portion of the general education during the present century must depend in part on the efforts of geologists, and in part on the enlightenment and emancipation of the educationalists themselves. As geologists, however, we have the assurance, justified by unbroken tradition, that our views will eventually be accepted simply because they are inevitable. In the direction of practice also we may look forward with equal confidence, especially to the spread of geological facts and principles © and to the extension of the applications of our science. he enormous increase in the utilization of the mineral resources of our country which is now going on, and the rapid opening up of the many mineral districts throughout the worldwide possessions of the Empire, bring day by day a larger array of students to our science from the side of economics. And turning to the side of research, we are all of us aware that some of the grandest and most difficult problems of our science still await solution—problems as attractive, as stimulating, and as rich in promise as were any of those of the past. And if that past be a true index of the future, we may be well satisfied that there is no science which need outstrip ours in its rate of progress. When we call to mind that at the commencement of the great French Revolution, whose echoes have as yet hardly died away, our science was just struggling into existence, and that in the short time which has since elapsed it has placed itself abreast of the foremost, we have every incentive to push forward and to emulate those great pioneers in the science, in the mighty sum of whose conquests we rejoice and take a pardonable pride. We have indeed abundant cause for pride, yet none for vain- glory. No science, it is true, has made so swift an advance as Vol. 59. | ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xevil Geology, but certainly to none has ever been afforded so magnificent an opportunity. The veil of ignorance and of traditional opinion which hid from the men of the Middle Ages the wonders which Geology has since revealed, was so dark and opaque that, until the close of the eighteenth century, no light could penetrate beyond. But so old and flimsy was it, that when once the strong hand of the geologist had torn it, it was soon rent through from top to bottom, and in the flood of light which entered, what wonder that discovery followed discovery in almost endless succession. And we have deep cause for thankfulness in that these dis- coveries have been of benefit, not for our science alone, but for all its fellow-sciences ; and more, that they have been from the first of supreme importance to man himself, his industries and his progress ; and to the study of his history, his origin, and indeed of all that binds him and his fellow-creatures to the world on which he lives. While, therefore, we move on confidently together in this dawn of a new era, blazing forward the straight and narrow trail of research marked out up to this point by our geological forefathers,—the ‘old trail, the lone trail, the trail that’s always new ’—let us ever remember that our science is not only the interpreter of Nature, but also the servant of Humanity. xevili PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrETY. [May 1903. February 25th, 1903. Prof. Cuartes Larpwortu, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Clements Frederick Vivian Jackson, Esq., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E., Assistant Government Geologist, Brisbane (Queensland); Ernest Lloyd Jones, M.D., Corpus Buildings, Cambridge; W. K. Spencer, Esq., B.A., University Museum, Oxford; and Harold Walker, Esq., Marley Brow, Bingley (Yorkshire), were elected Fellows of the Society. : The List of Donations to the Library was read. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘On the Occurrence of Dictyozamites in England, with Remarks on European and Eastern Mesozoic Floras.’ By Albert Charles Seward, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.8., Fellow of Emmanuel College, Cambridge. 2. ‘The Amounts of Nitrogen and Organic Carbon in some Clays and Marls. By Dr. N. H. J. Miller, F.C.S. (Communicated by Sir John Evans, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., For.Sec.G.8.) The following specimens and photographs were exhibited :— Specimens of Dictyozamites from the Inferior Oolite of Upleatham Hill, near Marske-by-the-Sea (Yorkshire), exhibited by A. C. Seward, Ksq., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.8., in illustration of his paper. Platinotype reproductions of Portraits of Distinguished Geologists in the possession of the Society, photographed by Messrs. Maull & Fox. March 11th, 1903. Prof. Cuartes Larwortu, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The List of Donations to the Library was read. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘Petrological Notes on Rocks from Southern Abyssinia, collected by Dr. Reginald Keettlitz.’ By Catherine A. Raisin, D.Sc. (Communicated by Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S8.) 2. ‘The Overthrust Torridonian Rocks of the Isle of Rum and the Associated Gneisses.’* By Alfred Harker, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.GS. 1 Communicated by permission of the Director of H.M. Geological Survey. 4 Vol. 59. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE\GBOLOGICAL SOCIETY. XCIX The following specimens and maps were exhibited :— Rock-Specimens, and Microscope-Sections cut from them, collected by Dr. R. Keettlitz in Southern Abyssinia, exhibited in illustration of the paper by Miss Catherine A. Raisin, D.Sc. Rock-Specimens from the Isle of Rum, exhibited by Alfred Harker, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., in illustration of his paper. Newly-issued colour-printed sheets of the Geological Survey 1-inch maps, England & Wales, n. s. No. 298, Salisbury (Drift), and Ireland, No. 112, Dublin (Drift), presented by the Director of H.M. Geological Survey. March 25th, 1903. Prof. Coartes Lapworrs, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Adolphe Chalas, Esq., Lic. és Sc., Nouméa (New Caledonia); and Russell Frost Gwinnell, Esq., Assoc.R.C.S., 33 St. Peter’s Square, Ravenscourt Park, W., were elected Fellows of the Society. The List of Donations to the Library was read. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘On a New Species of Solenopsis [Solenomorpha] from the Pendleside Series of Hodder Place, Stonyhurst (Lancashire).’ By Wheelton Hind, M.D., B.S., F.R.C.S., F.G.S. 2. ‘ Note on some Dictyonema-like Organisms from the Pendleside Series of Pendle Hill and Poolvash.’ By Wheelton Hind, M.D., B.S., F.R.C.S., F.G.8.* 3. ‘ The Geology of the Tintagel and Davidstow District (Northern Cornwall).’ By John Parkinson, Esq., F.G.S. The following specimens and maps were exhibited :— Specimens of Solenomorpha and some Dictyonema-like Organisms from the Pendleside Series, exhibited by Dr. Wheelton Hind, B.S., F.R.C.S., F.G.S., in illustration of his papers. Rocks and Microscope-Sections, exhibited by John Parkinson, Esq., F.G.S., in illustration of his paper. Kighteen sheets of Geological Maps issued by the Imperial Geological Survey of Japan, presented by the Director of that Survey. * This paper has been withdrawn, by permission of the Council of the Geological Society. — VOL. LIX, c PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [ Aug. 1903, April 8th, 1903. J.J. Harris TRALL, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chae Wynne Edwin Baxter, Esq., J.P., D.L., 170 Church Street, Stoke Newington, N., and The Granvilles, Stroud (Gloucestershire) ; and W. E. Garnett Botfield, Esq., J.P., The Hut, Bishop’s Castle (Shropshire), were elected Fellows of the Society. The List of Donations to the Library was read. Prof. W. W. Warts drew attention to the exhibit on the table of the new series of Platinotype Photographs about to be issued by the Geological Photographs Committee of the British Association. The following communications were read :— ‘On the Probable Source of some of the Pebbles of the Triassic Pebble-Beds of South Devon and of the Midland Counties.’ By Octavius Albert Shrubsole, Esq., F.G.S. 2. ‘Note on the Occurrence of Keisley-Limestone Pebbles in the Red Sandstone-Rocks of Peel (Isle of Man).’ By E. Leonard Gill, Esq., B.Sc. (Communicated by Prof. W. Boyd Dawkins, D.Sc., PERS. 0H DAs CAGES.) In addition to the photographs mentioned above, the following specimens were exhibited :— Rock-Specimens (Pebbles) and Microscope-Slides, exhibited by O, A. Shrubsole, Esq., F.G.S., in illustration of his paper. April 29th, 1903. J. J. Harris Tuatt, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Norman Melville Kirkealdy, Esq., C.E., Dunedin (New Zealand) ; aud Bernard Stracey, Esq., M.B., Sutton Bonnington, near Lough- borough, were elected Fellows; and Prof. Carl Klein, of Berlin, was elected a Foreign Correspondent of the Society. The List of Donations to the Library was read. Prof. Bonney, in exhibiting three specimens found by Prof. Cotziz, F.R.S., on Desolation-Valley Glacier, east of the watershed of the Rocky Mountains and a little south of the Canadian Pacific Railway, pointed out that one, a slab of white quartzite, was covered by horizontal worm-burrows, often about one-third of an inch in Vol. 59.] PROCEFDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. cl diameter, such as those named Planolites by Nicholson; another, of the same material, had blunt ridges, tapering to a point, an inch or so long, rudely parallel, in sets of about four. These he should have taken for the tracks of a (?) crustacean, but they were single, not paired, and without any sign of a medial furrow. The third was a slab, measuring about ].1 by 5 inches and 13 inches thick, of a brownish quartzite passing quickly on one side into a green argillite, the other side being thickly studded with dome-like eminences about an inch in diameter, and nearly half this in height. Most of them show a slight ‘dimple’ at the top, and a very slight ‘ step’ or swelling often forms a sort of ring part way up the dome. Some argillite, like that on the other side, remains about their bases, and a tew tracks of Planolites wind among them, and once or twice seem to pass over them. ‘The domes are formed of a quartzite, identical with that of the slab. It shows a very faint stratification, and consists of grains of quartz, not seldom well rounded, embedded in a minutely-micaceous matrix, probably an alteration-product of felspar. They cannot be concretions ; so the speaker regarded them as the casts of pits in the argillite, made by a large annelid, which retreated into it vertically (? Scolithus), afterwards filled up by a layer of sand. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘The Age of the principal Lake-Basins between the Jura and the Alps.’ By Charles 8. Du Riche Preller, M.A., Ph.D., A.M.LC.E., MeEE_E., F.R.S.E., F.G.S. 2.‘On a Shelly Boulder-Clay in the so-called Palagonite- Formation of Iceland.’ By Helgi Pjetursson, Cand. Sci. Nat. (Communicated by Prof. W. W. Watts, M.A., M.Sc., Sec.G.8.) In addition to the specimens described above, the following were exhibited :— Specimens of Alpine Rocks from the Zurich Gravel-Beds, exhibited by Dr. C. 8. Du Riche Preller, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., in illustration of his paper. The following donations were also laid on the table :— A series of Fossil Brachiopoda illustrating the paper read on February 4th, 1903, by G. W. Lamplugh, Esq., F.G.8., & J. F. Walker, Esq., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., ‘On a Fossiliferous Band at the Top of the Lower Greensand at Shenley Hill, near Leighton Buzzard (Bedfordshire), presented by the Authors. A sample of Volcanic Ash which fell on Barbados between 11 a.m. and 5 p.m. on Sunday, March 22nd, 1903, as the result of an eruption of the St. Vincent Soufriére on that day. Collected at Chelston, Bridgetown. Presented by Sir D. Morris, K.C.M.G., Imperial Commissioner of Agriculture for the West Indies. Topographical Map of Switzerland, on the scale of 1 : 200,000, presented by Dr. C. 8. Du Riche Preller, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S. onl PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [ Aug. 1903, May 13th, 1903. Epwin Turztey Newton, Hsq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. John Frederick Charles Abelspies, Esq., Assoc.Inst. M. & M., Charlestown (Cornwall); and William Henry Sutcliffe, Esq., Shore, Littleborough (Lancashire), were elected Fellows of the Society. The List of Donations to the Library was read. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘On some Disturbances in the Chalk near Royston (Hert- fordshire).’ By Horace Bolingbroke Woodward, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S. 2. ‘On a Section at Cowley, near Cheltenham, and its Bearing on the Interpretation of the Bajocian Denudation. By Linsdall Richardson, Esq., F.G.S. 3. ‘Description of a Species of Heterastrwa from the Lower Rheetic of Gloucestershire. By Robert F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.8. - The following specimens were exhibited :— Specimens of Weathered Chalk grooved by Rain and of Glaciated Chalk from Boulder-Clay, exhibited by Horace B. Woodward, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S., in illustration of his paper. Specimens of ‘ Bored Bed’ of the Bajocian Denudation in the Cheltenham District, exhibited by L. Richardson, Esq., F.G.S., in illustration of his paper. Specimen of Heterastrea from the Lower Rhetic, near Tewkes- bury, exhibited by R. F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.S8., in illustration of his paper. May 27th, 1903. Epwin Tuttsey Newron, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. David C. Evans, Esq., St. Clears (Caermarthenshire), and William Alvara Humphrey, Esq., B.A., Cape Town (South Africa), were elected Fellows of the Society. The List of Donations to the Library was read. The Srcretary read a letter from the Presipznt, expressing his regret that he would be unable to preside at the remaining meetings of the Session, as, in obedience to the orders of his doctor, he was obliged to take a complete holiday from all work for the next few weeks. It was announced that the Council had awarded the Proceeds of the Daniel Pidgeon Fund for 1903 to Dr. Ernusr WILLINGTON SKEATS, F.G.S., of the Royal College of Science, South Kensington. Wak 59. | PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, clil The following communications were read :— 1. ‘An Experiment in Mountain-Building.’ By the Right Hon. the Lord Avebury, P.C., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. 2. ‘The Toarcian of Bredon Hill (Worcestershire), and a Comparison with Deposits elsewhere. By 8S. 8. Buckman, Ksq., F.G.S. 3. ‘Two Toarcian Ammonites.’ By 8. 8. Buckman, Esq., F.G.5. The following specimens and map were exhibited :— A Series of Casts, exhibited by the Right Hon. the Lord Avebury, P.C., D.C.L., LL.D., F.B.S., F.G.S., in illustration of his paper. A copy of the new lithographed issue of Sheet 156 (n. s.) of the Geological Survey 1l-inch Map of Leicester (Drift) by C. Fox- Strangways, presented by the Director of H.M. Geological Survey. June 10th, 1903. J.J. Harris Teatt, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Names of certain Fellows of the Society were read out for the first time, in conformity with the Bye-Laws, Sect. VI. Art. 5, in consequence of the non-payment of the Arrears of their Contri- butions. The List of Donations to the Library was read. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘On Primary and Secondary Devitrification in Glassy Igneous Rocks.’ By Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., and — John Parkinson, Esq., F.G.S. 2. ‘ Geology of the Ashbourne & Buxton Branch of the London & North-Western Railway :—Crake Low to Parsley Hay.’ By Henry Howe Arnold-Bemrose, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. The following specimens, etc. were exhibited :— Microscopic Rock-Sections of Glassy Igneous Rocks, exhibited by Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., and John Parkinson, Esq., F.G.S., in illustration of their paper. Specimens, Microscopic Rock-Sections, Photographs and Lantern- Slides, exhibited by H. H. Arnold-Bemrose, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., in illustration of his paper. Specimens from the Rheetic Bone-Bed and the Upper Rheetic of Garden Cliff, Westbury-on-Severn, exhibited by W. F. Gwinnell, Esq., F.G.8. VOL, LIX. k C1V PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socteTy. [Aug. 1903. June 24th, 1903. Sir AncarpaLp Gerxiz, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Capt. Charles Braithwaite Wallis, J.P., F.R.G.S., Junior Army & Navy Club, St. James’s Street, S.W., was elected a Fellow; and Dr. Emil Ernst August Tietze, of Vienna, was elected a Foreign Correspondent, of the Society. The Names of certain Fellows of the Society were read out for the second time, in conformity with the Bye-Laws, Sect. VI, Art. 5, in consequence of the non-payment of the Arrears of their Contri- butions. The List of Donations to the Library was read. Mr. Horacr B. Woopwarp exhibited five Lantern-Slides of the Disturbed Chalk near Royston, observing that since he had had the honour of reading his paper before the Society, he had conducted an excursion of the Geologists’ Association to the localities described ; and that Mr. J. J. H. Teall, F.R.S., who had taken several photo- graphs on that occasion, had very kindly made lantern-slides of them. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘On a Transported Mass of Ampthill Clay in the Boulder- Clay at Biggleswade (Bedfordshire). By Henry Home, Esq. (Communicated by Horace B. Woodward, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.8.) 2. ‘The Rheetic and Lower Lias of Sedbury Cliff, near Chepstow.’ By Linsdall Richardson, Esq., F.G.S. 3. ‘Notes on the Lowest Beds of the Lower Lias at Sedbury Cliff’ By Arthur Vaughan, Esq., B.A., B.Se., F.G.S. The following specimens were exhibited :— Specimens from Biggleswade (Bedfordshire), exhibited in illus- tration of the paper by H. Home, Esq. Specimens exhibited by L. Richardson, Esq., F.G.S., in illus- tration of his paper. Specimens exhibited by A. Vaughan, Esq., B.A., B.Sc., F.G.S., in illustration of his paper. THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL Or THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Voi. DEX 1. The Fosstt Frora of the CUMBERLAND CoaLFIELD, and the Paumo- BOTANICAL EvipENcE with regard to the Age of the Bens. By E. A. Newszit Arser, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Trinity College, Cambridge ; University Demonstrator in Paleobotany. (Read November 5th, 1902.) [Puates I & IT. ] ConTENTS. Page TT. TSRRE bg BEVEL 27 Roe eh a A 2 Pa eS ROO Dn A I Il. The Fossil Flora of the Cumberland Coalfield ........ es, Sea ete a Peres SA MUStOMC SORICS. vlopserebiofie neveid dues doton's eb OL 21 I, Inrropuction. Tur most important area of the Cumberland Coalfield is situated on, or near, the western coast-line, extending from the neighbour- hood of Whitehaven on the south to that of Maryport on the north. The geology of this district was first studied by Sedgwick, and has since formed the subject of numerous memoirs, to many of which reference will here be made. In this paper, however, we are only Q.J.G.8. No. 233. B 2 MR. E, A, NEWELL ARBER ON THE [Feb. 1903, concerned with the physical and stratigraphical geology of the Cumberland Coalfield, in regard to the horizons from which plant- remains have been obtained, and the evidence which these plants present as to the age of the different beds. The succession of Upper Carboniferous rocks in the region in — question is apparently twofold: an essentially arenaceous series, overlying argillaceous and carbonaceous deposits.” The arenaceous series, of at present unknown vertical extent, but which is at least 600 feet thick, consists of yellowish-grey, red, or purple, massive sandstones, alternating with beds of shale and fireclay of secondary importance. Thin bands of coal and hematite also often occur. ‘This series is typically developed in the immediate neighbourhood of Whitehaven, as well as in other parts of the district, and iscommonly known as the Whitehaven Sandstone. The term ‘ Whitehaven Sandstone’ has, however, been applied, on grounds which are not entirely satisfactory, to rocks of somewhat similar lithological composition in cther districts. I propose, there- fore, to speak of this series, as developed in this area of the Cumberland Coalfield, asthe Sandstone Series. The carbonaceous deposits, lying below the Sandstone Series, are at least 1300 feet thick,” but here again there is some doubt as to the vertical extent of the series, since the base has not so far been definitely determined.” It consists essentially of argillaceous material, containmg many seams of coal, often of considerable thickness. These form the productive portion of the Cumberland Coalfield, and are extensively worked in the district in question. Some arenaceous deposits also occur in this series, especially in the lower portions, where this type of rock seems to increase in im- portance in several localities. The whole of these beds below the Sandstone Series are locally known as the Coal- Measures, or Lower Coal-Measures, but I prefer to speak of them for the present as the Productive Measures, in order to avoid any imputation as to age or horizon; questions which, so far, have not been established on a satisfactory or definite basis. By almost every observer, from Sedgwick onward, the Sand- stone Series has been stated to overlie the Productive Measures unconformably, and this is maintained nowadays by those who © are engaged in working the Productive Measures in this district.* 1 J. D. Kendall (96) p. 205, etc. ; also ¢d. (83) p. 321. The numerals in parentheses after the authors’ names indicate the year of publication of the paper, to which reference will be found in the Bibliography on p. 21. 2 J. D. Kendall (83) pp. 347-48 & (96) p. 212. 3 See p. 20. * Special reference to the unconformity will be found in Sedgwick (82) p. 344, Holmes (96) p. 406, & Kendall (96). So far as I am aware this has only been disputed by Mr. Strahan, on the ground that there was no definite base to the Sandstone Series ; see J. D. Kendall (95) Discussion, p. 236, and id. (96) p. 205. Personally, I have had no opportunity of studying the junction of the Sandstone Series and Productive Measures in the field, and can therefore offer no observations on this point. Vol. 59.] FOSSIL FLORA OF THE CUMBERLAND COALFIELD. a Il. Tur Fossrt Frora oF THE CUMBERLAND CoALFIELD. A. The Sandstone Series. The Sandstone Series may be typically studied in the sea-cliffs immediately north and south of Whitehaven. The series has there been largely denuded, and the uppermost beds are not present. The upper portion of the Sandstone Series was recognized in 1891 by the late Mr. Brockbank,' in a section at Frizington Hall, some 3 miles to the east of Whitehaven. The upper beds were there found to contain bands of Spirorbis-Limestone, and were overlain by 20 feet of Permian Brockram. Further reference will be made to this important section, in considering the evidence as to the age of the Sandstone Series. The Sandstone Series is also overlain by Permian rocks at the Croft Pit of the Whitehaven Colliery Company, 13 or 2 miles south of White- haven, and possibly in other localities. There are few exposures, if any, of these beds at the present time, and only one fossil plant? has, so far as I can ascertain, been collected from the Upper Division of the Sandstone Series. ‘he sandstone forming the cliffs along the coast to the north and south of Whitehaven belongs,* as will be shown here, to the Lower Division of the Sandstone Series, and may be spoken of as such. Sections of the coast-line were given by Sedgwick* in 1836, and by Dunn’ in 1860. To the north of Whitehaven that portion of Bransty Cliff, which extends from the William Pit to the Countess or Lamb-Hill Pit,° consists of yellowish-grey, or whitish freestones, with alternations of shale and other argillaceous rocks, and thin bands of hematite and coal. The beds dip south-westward. The cliff probably averages considerably more than 100 feet in height, and at the William Pit, Whitehaven, the Sandstone Series is believed to extend to 120 feet below sea-level. The total thickness of the Sandstone Series here may be taken as at least 200 feet, if not more. (1) Localities and Horizons of Plant-Remains. A considerable number of plant-remains were collected from the Lower Sandstone Series of Bransty Cliff. The friable arenaceous shales, alternating with the massive freestones, are full of plant- impressions. ‘The average height of the different shale-bands, from which the specimens were collected, may be taken as 50 to 80 feet above the base of the Sandstone Series. The sandstone itself, 1 W. Brockbank (91) p. 422. 2 This is a single pinnule of a fern-like plant, Newropteris, in the possession of Mr. J. D. Kendall, #.G.S.; and was obtained by him at Millyeat. I am indebted to Mr. Kendall for an opportunity of seeing this specimen, and for much information on the Whitehaven district. 3 W. Brockbank (91) p. 420. 4 A, Sedgwick (86) pl. xxv, fig. 1. > M. Dunn (60). 6 This is the first pit along the shore, north of the William Pit, and rather more than half a mile from it. B2 4 MR. . A, NEWELL ARBER ON THE [ Feb. 1903, especially near the Countess Pit, contains many fragments of plants, some of which are sufficiently well preserved to admit of identifi- cation. The bands of impure fireclay also contain plant-remains. Besides the plants which I have collected in this locality, there are two other collections in the Weodwardian Museum at Cambridge, one of which is without doubt derived from the Sandstone Series. The earliest reference to fossil plants from the Upper Carboni- ferous rocks of Whitehaven is that by John Woodward in his ‘Catalogue of English Fossils, published in 1729. Woodward * there mentions, or describes, twenty-four plant-remains from ‘a dark grey slatey Stone... at the depth of about 25 Fathom, in Bransty-Cliff, by the Duke of Somerset’s Salt- Pans, near Whitehaven.’ These specimens are preserved with the rest of Woodward's his- toric collections in the Museum which bears his name, at Cambridge. The following is a list of the species from Whitehaven :— Calamites (Eucalamites) ramosus, Art. | Neuropteris obliqua (Brongt.). Calamocladus equisetiformis (Schl.). | Mariopteris (Diplothmema) muricata Neuropteris Scheuchzeri, Hoftm. | ‘(Sehi.). The exact locality, and consequently the horizon of Woodward’s plants, cannot, despite his full record, be definitely ascertained now.” While there seems to me to be very little doubt that these specimens were obtained from the Sandstone Series, I have excluded this collection from the evidence as to the age of the beds in this district, on account of the uncertainty as to the series and horizon from which they were obtained. The opportunity has, however, been taken to figure two of them, Neuropteris Scheuchzeri and NV. obliqua (lei oa Oa figs. 1 & 2). Among the large collection of Palaeozoic plant-remains in the Woodwardian Museum, there are several specimens from the Sand- stone Series at Whitehaven. These were collected by Sedgwick during his study of this district, and are mentioned by him in his memoirs on the Cumberland Coalfield, read before the Geological Society more than sixty years ago. In 1831 ° he stated that ‘traces of vegetable fossils occur in this deposit, on the coast of Cumberland, near Whitehaven.’ Ten years later * he further stated that ‘the flora of the Coalfield existed apparently in full perfection during the period of the Lower ... Red Sandstone,’ and that he had obtained many new specimens of this flora. Sedgwick obtained his specimens on the coast at Whitehaven itself. Speaking of the Sandstone Series in 1832, he says :— ‘It is generally without any trace of fossils: the very extensive excavations carried on in it on both sides of Whitehaven, have, however, brought to light a few obscure impressions of Hguiseta and Calamites.’® ‘ dd. Woodward (1729) pt. ii, p. 16. At a distance of less than a mile along Brausty Cliff from Whitehaven, the bee Measures are faulted up against the Sandstone Series. 3 A. Sedgwick (35) p. 58, footnote. * Id. (42) p. 549. 5 Td. (36) p. 395. Vol. 59.] FOSSIL FLORA OF THE CUMBERLAND COALFIELD. 5) The remaining locality from which plant-remains were collected by me is the coal of the Senhouse High Band, at the Ellen- borough Colliery, south of Maryport. This seam of coal, which is here of workable thickness, contains numerous impressions of Sigularia and Stigmaria. It belongs to the Sandstone Series.’ No other plants from the Sandstone Series are apparently to be found in any museum or private collection, apart from those above mentioned in the Woodwardian Museum. I have made many enquiries for specimens in the museums in the North of England, and in London, and also of nearly all those who from time to time have studied the Carboniferous rocks in this district. Several geologists? were aware that such plant-remains had been found, but were unable to give particulars of the whereabouts of any specimens. (2) The Flora of the Lower Division of the Sandstone Series.’ Equisetales. Catamrres, Suckow, 1784. Acta Acad. Theod. Palat. vol. v, p. 355. 1, Catamires (CaLamitina) approximatus, Brongt. (PI. I, fig. 3.) Woodwardian Mus. Camb., Carboniferous Plant Coll. Nos. 416-18, 420, 851, ete. (Sedgwick Collection.) Locality.—The coast at Whitehaven. Calamites approximatus. 1828. Brongniart, ‘ Hist. des Végét. foss.’ pl. xxiv, figs. 2-5. 1886. Kidston, ‘Catal. Paleoz. Plants Brit. Mus.’ p. 33. 1899. Potonié, ‘Lehrb. d. Pflanzenpal.’ p. 191, fig. 187. Calamitina approxinata. 1892. Kidston, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxvii, Bs li, p. 311 & pl. ui, figs. ee 1901. Kidston, Proc. Yorks. Geol. & Polytechn. Soe. n. s. vol. SIV, le MeV, “fig. Calamites ( Calamitina) approximatus, Brongt. 1884. Weiss, Abhandl. Geol. Specialk. Preussen, vol. v, pt. ii, p. 81 & pl. xxv, fig. 1. 1898. Sew ard, ‘Fossil Plants’ vol. i, pp. 369- 70 & fig. 100. Calamitean pith-casts are very common fossils in the Sandstone Series of Whitehaven, and among the specimens in Sedgwick’s Collection some are exceedingly well preserved. The cast of C. approxumatus, part of which is figured on Pl. I, fig. 3, is 4 inches long, and 23 inches across. There are eight small internodes, each about a quarter of an inch long, succeeded by a larger internode, 2 inch in length. The latter tae a row of branch-scars, some of w which are seen distinctly in the photograph. Other specimens show twelve small internodes, of approximately equal length, between the larger internodes bearing the branch-scars. J. D. Kendall (83) p. ae . ey pe 212) Id. (79) p. 115 & (96) p. 20 The full synonymy, ie a to 1886, will be found in most cases in Kidston’s Catalogue of Paleozoic Plants in the British Museum. Only the more recent references, and some of the best-known works in which the species are figured, are mentioned here. Co. to! oe ATR 6 MR, E. A. NEWELL ARBER ON THE [Feb. 1903, 2, Catamires (CALAMITINA) VARIANS, Sternb. Woodwardian Mus. Camb., Carb. Plant Coll. Nos. 852-53. (Sedgwick Collection.) Locality.—The coast at Whitehaven. Calamites approximatus. 1828. Brongniart, ‘ Hist. des Végét. foss.’ pl. xv, figs. 7 & 8, & pl. xxiv, fig. 1. Calamites varians. 1886. Kidston, ‘Catal. Paleeoz. Plants Brit. Mus.’ p. 31. 1899. Potonié, ‘ Lehrb. d. Pflanzenpal.’ p. 197, fig. 193. Calamites (Calamitina) varians, Sternb. 1884. Weiss, Abhandl. Geol. Specialk. Preussen, vol. v, pt. 11, p. 63, pl. xxv, fig. 2, pl. xxvii, fig. 2, & pl. xxviii, figs. 1-2 & 4. 3. CALAMITES (STYLOCALAMITES) Suckow1, Brongt. Woodwardian Mus. Camb., Carb. Plant Coll. Nos. 891-93. Locality.—Bransty Cliff, Whitehaven. Calamites Suckowi. 1828. Brongniart, ‘ Hist. des Végét. foss.’ p. 124, pl. xiv, fig. 6, pl. xv, figs. 1-6, & pl. xvi, figs. 2-4. ‘ 1886. Kidston, ‘Catal. Paleoz. Plants Brit. Mus.’ p. 24.’ 1886-88. Zeiller, ‘ Bassin houill. de Valenciennes’ p. 338, pl. liv, figs. 2-3 & pl. lv, fig. 1. 1899. Potonié, ‘Lehrb. d. Pflanzenpal.’ p. 195, figs. 188 (1) & 189. 1900. Zeiller, ‘Elém. de Paléobot.’ p. 151 & fig. 106 [on p. 149]. 1901. Kidston, Proc. Yorks. Geol. & Polytechn. Soc. n. s. vol. xiv, pl. xxx, fig. 1 & pl. xxxv, fig. 3. Calamites (Stylocalamites) Suckowi, Brongt. 1884. Weiss, Abhandl. Geol. Specialk. Preussen, vol. v, pt. 1, p. 129, pl. 1, fig. 1, pl. iu, figs. 2-3, pl. iv, fig. 1, pl. xvui, fig. 4, & pl. xxvii, fig. 3 1898. Seward, ‘ Fossil Plants’ vol. i, p. 374 & fig. 82 [on p. 323]. 4, Catamires (StytocaLamtires) Cistr, Brongt. Woodwardian Mus. Camb., Carb. Plant Coll. Nos. 894-96, & ? 856 & 868. (Sedgwick Coll. in part.) Locality.—Bransty Cliff, Whitehaven. Calamites Cisti. 1828. Brongniart, ‘ Hist. des Végét. foss.’ pl. xx. 1886. Kidston, ‘Catal. Paleoz. Plants Brit. Mus.’ p. 30. 1886-88. Zeiller, ‘ Bassin houill. de Valenciennes’ p. 342 & pl. lvi, figs. 1-2. CaLamocrapvs, Schimper, 1869. *Traité Pal. végét.’ vol. i, p. 323. CALAMOCLADUS EQUISETIFORMIS (Schl.), Woodwardian Mus. Camb., Carb. Plant Coll. Nos. 898-99. v4 Locality.—Bransty Cliff, Whitehaven. ® Hippurites longifolia. 1831-37. Lindley & Hutton, ‘ Foss. Flora’ vol. iii, pls. exe & cxci. Calamocladus equisetiformis. 1886. Kidston, ‘Catal. Paleoz. Plants Brit. Mus.’ p. 38. 1898. Seward, ‘ Fossil Plants’ vol. i, p. 335, fig. 87. 1901. Kidston, Proc. Yorks. Geol. & Polytechn. Soc. n.s. vol. xiv, pl. xxx, fig. 3. Asterophyllites equisetiformis. 1886-88. Zeiller, ‘ Bassin houill. de Valenciennes’ p. 368 & pl. lviii, figs. 1-7. 1900. Zeiller, ‘Elém. de Paléobot.’ p. 161, fig. 118. ANNULARIA, Sternberg, 1820. ‘Versuch einer geogn.-botan. Darstell. d. Flora d. Vorwelt’ pt. i, fase. ii, p. 32. ANNULARIA SPHENOPHYLLOIDES (Zenker). Woodwardian Mus. Camb., Carb. Plant Coll. No. 932. Locality.—Bransty Cliff, Whitehaven. ~I Vol. 59.] FOSSIL FLORA OF THE CUMBERLAND COALFIELD. Amularia sphenophylloides. 1886. Kidston, * Catal. Paleoz. Plants Brit. Mus.’ p. 44. 1886-88. Zeiller, ‘ Bassin houill. de Valenciennes’ p. 388 & pl. lx, figs. 5-6. 1898. Seward, ‘ Fossil Plants’ vol. i, p. 341, fig. 89. 1900. Zeiller, . 3.eaestaw sank dee tae! 112 Of 573 3 Boring ended. The occurrence of 20 feet of Permian Breccia, above the Spzrorlis- Limestone, shows that in all probability the whole of the upper part of the Sandstone Series is present here. Mr. Brockbank was of opinion that, at a depth of roughly 420 feet below the Permian, or 214 feet below the lower band of Spirorbis-Limestone, the sand- stones presented a similar appearance to those at Whitehaven. If the lower 112 feet is thus correctly identified, then he says? ‘they thus become Middle Coal-Measure sandstones beyond doubt.’ There is no evidence that, even at 573 feet, when the boring ended, the basal beds of the Sandstone Series had been reached. Indeed, if we remember that this series in Bransty Cliff, near Whitehaven, is at least 170 feet thick,’ and has there been largely denuded, it is probable that the bore only passed through a portion of the full extent of the Lower Division of the Sandstone Series. (1) Upper Division, Sandstone Series. The only paleontological evidence, as to the horizon of the Upper Division of the Sandstone Series, is the occurrence of the two bands of Spirorbis-Limestone. The value of Spirorbis, as marking a particular zone in the Coal-Measures, is, however, becoming smaller every year, in view of the wide vertical range which this focal has been proved to possess in certain districts. “This i is particularly the case in the Upper Carboniferous rocks of North Staffordshire, as Mr. Walcot Gibson * has recently shown. Mr. Kidston tells me that he has also found that the occurrence of Spwrorbis does not agree with the evidence of fossil plants in other districts. If, therefore, the occur- rence of Sprrorbis at Frizington Hall can be regarded as of any value at all, it probably points to the Upper Division of the Sand- sione Series as belonging to the Transition Coal-Measures, an horizon * W. Brockbank (91) p.-418. * Ibid. p. 420. 3 J. D. Kendall (96) p. 202. + W. Gibson (01) p. 253. Q.J.G.8. No. 283. G / 13 MR. EH. A. NEWELL ARBER ON THE [ Feb. 1903, established by Mr. Kidston’ as intermediate between the Upper and Middle Coal-Measures, and of which the best-known examples are the Lower Pennant Rocks in the South Wales Coalfield, and the New Rock and Vobster Series in the Somerset Coalfield. Trasition Coal-Measures occur also in the Potteries Coalfield of North Stafford- shire. (2) Lower Division, Sandstone Series. The fossil flora of the Lower Division of the Sandstone Series is undoubtedly of Middle Coal-Measure age. This confirms the late Mr. Brockbank’s conclusions. List oF PLANT-REMAINS FROM THE Lower Division OF THE ‘ SANDSTONE SERIES.’ Calamites (Calamitina) approximatus, | Lepidophloios (Halonia) sp. Brongt. _ Lepidophyllum sp. Calamites (Calamitina) varians, | Sigillaria scutellata, Brongt. Sternb. Sigillaria ovata, Sauveur. Calamites (Stylocalamites) Suckowi, | Sigillaria levigata, Brongt. Brongt. | Stegmaria ficoides (Sternb.). Calamites (Stylocalamites) Cisti, | Sphenopteris obtusiioba, Brongt. Brongt. | Newropteris tenwifolia (Schl.). Calamocladus equisetiformis (Schl.). | Neuropteris Scheuchzeri, Hoffm. Annularia sphenophylloides (Zenker). | Alethopteris Serli (Brongt.). Sphenophyllum cuncifolium (Sternb.). | Cordattes principalis (Germ.). Lepidodendron aculeatum, Sternb. | Cordaites sp. The aggregate or assemblage of fossil-types, and the abundance of certain groups or genera, as shown here, all point to Middle, and not to Upper Coal-Measures, as the age of these beds. The common occurrence of Calamites and Lepidodendra, in association with Sigillaria and Cordaites, favours this conclusion. There is also an entire absence of those types of fern-like plants that are associated essentially with the Upper Coal-Measures. It is true that some of these plants, such as Calamites approat- matus, Lepidodendron aculeatum, and Srgillaria scutellata, extend to the Transition, or even to the Upper Coal-Measures, but these species are all much more characteristic of the Middle and Lower Coal-Measures than of the Upper Series.” Finally, the occurrence of Sigillaria ovata, a plant confined to the Middle Coal-Measures, confirms this conclusion. In a paper, which is concerned entirely with paleobotanical evidence, it is not possible, at present, to offer any opinion on the disputed question of the correlation of rocks, of somewhat similar petrological structure, in other districts with the Sandstone Series of Cumberland. Mr. Holmes’ has repeatedly put forward the view that the Red Rock of Rotherham in Yorkshire is the equivalent of the Whitehaven Sandstone. No plants have been described from 1 R. Kidston (94) pp. 228-29, and (97) p. 129. Mr. Kidston tells me that he proposes to speak of this horizon in future as the Upper Transition Coal-Measures. 2 R. Kidston (94) pp. 228 & 235. 3 °T. V. Holmes (83) p. 409 & (96) p. 407. Vol. 59. | FOSSIL FLORA OF THE CUMBERLAND COALFIELD. 19 these Yorkshire beds, so far as I am aware; and I have been unable, after many enquiries, to ascertain the existence of such remains in any museum, with the exception of two specimens in the Wood- wardian Museum at Cambridge.’ Until such specimens have been obtained (and there would seem to be no reason to doubt the existence of a fossil flora), there is no evidence of a paleeobotanical character on this point. B. The Productive Measures. Sedgwick? divided these Measures into an upper portion, including the Main and Bannock Bands, and a lower, represented by four or five workable but inferior coals. The opinions of Prof. Hull and others, as to the horizons represented by these beds, have already been quoted. (1) Upper Division, Productive Measures. The following plant-remains were obtained from the horizon of the Main Band in various localities in the Cumberland Coalfield :— List oF PLANT-REMAINS FROM THE Upper DIvISION OF THE ‘PropucrivE MEASURES.’ *Calanites (Calamitina) varians, * Stigmaria ficoides (Sternb.). Sternb. Zeilleria delicatula (Sternb.). *Oalamites (Stylocalamites) Suckowi, | *Sphenopteris obtusiloba, Brongt. Brongt. Sphenopteris furcata, Brongt. *Calamites (Stylocalamites) Cisti, Mariopteris muricata (Schl.). Brongt. ? Mariopteris latifolia (Brongt.). * Calamocladus equisetiformis (Schl.). Mariopteris sp. Pinnularia sp. Neuropteris heterophylla, Brongt. * Sphenophyllum cuneifolium (Sternb.). | *Neuropteris tenuifolia (Schl.). Lepidodendron Wortheni, Lesy. Neuropteris gigantea, Sternb. Lepidodendron lycopodioides, Sternb. Alethopteris decurrens (Art.). * Sigillaria levigata, Brongt. * Cordaites principalis (Germar). Bothrodendronminutifolium(Boulay)? | The conclusion drawn from this flora is that the horizon of the Main Band is undoubtedly of Middle Coal-Measure age. The remarks made in regard to the flora of the Lower Division of the Sandstone Series apply equally here; and the occurrence of Zeilleria delicatula, a plant confined to the Middle Coal-Measures, places the matter beyond doubt, so far as our present knowledge of the dis- tribution of fossil-plants is concerned. ‘he flora is also largely identical with that above mentioned, nearly half the species being common to the two. In the foregoing list, those species marked with an asterisk (*) are represented in both floras. Finally, the occurrence of such plants as Lepidodendron Wortheni, Sigillaria levigata, and Neuropteris tenurfolia at once serves to distinguish this from a Lower Coal-Measure flora. With, I think, only one exception, all the plants mentioned here } These are a fine specimen of Stgillaria tessellata (Schl.) and a leaf of Alethopteris lonchitica (Schl.), both recorded from Rotherham, but without horizon. 2 A. Sedgwick (36) p. 393. e2 20 MR. E. A, NEWELL ARBER ON THE [ Feb. 1903, trom the Sandstone Series, and also from the Productive Measures, have been recorded from the Middle Coal-Measures of Yorkshire,’ and the great majority also from the Middle Coal-Measures of Lancashire.” IT am happy to be able to state that Mr. Kidston, to whom I have shown the evidence presented here, entirely agrees with me as to the age of both these fioras. “i (2) Lower Division, Productive Measures. © With regard to the age of horizons in the Productive Measures, below the Main Band, nothing definite is known at present. No fossils of any sort have been described from these beds, and attempts to obtain plant-remains have not been successful. The full extent of the Middle Coal-Measures, as also the existence, or non-existence of Lower Coal-Measures, has yet to be demonstrated. Among the many geological problems awaiting solution in this district, the identification of the base of the Productive Measures, the Millstone Grit, is one of the most important, After careful enquiries, [ find that this rock has never been identified in any section beneath the Main Band at any colliery, or boring, in this district of the Cumberland Coalfield. Yet in the Geological Survey l-inch Map,’ rocks, described as Millstone Grit, are shown to crop out some 4 or 5 miles inland from the coast, from Whitehaven to Workington. ‘The base of the Productive Measures is therefore at present undefined. In two localities at least :—at Harrington, and recently in the Ladysmith Shaft of the Croft Pit, Whitehaven, a limestone, presumably to be regarded as Carboniferous Limestone, has been reached below the coals. In the latter case* the lime- stone was first reached at 327 feet below the Main Band, and between these two horizons, arenaceous and argillaceous rocks occurred in nearly equal proportions, and also several coal-seams. The boring ended at a depth of 89 feet beyond the first limestone, passing through sandstones, shales, and several other limestone- bands. The above record may serve as an illustration of the uncertainty, which at present prevails, as to the base and extent of the Productive Measures, LV. Concuusions. The chief conclusions, based on the discovery of fossil floras in the Lower Division of the Sandstone Series, and in the Upper Division of the Productive Measures, are that both these divisions are of Middle Coal-Measure age. Consequently the change in lithological conditions, which resulted in the deposition of the Sandstone Series above the Productive Measures, took place in Middle Coal-Measure times. Also, since there was a considerable accumulation of both types of deposit during that period, the 1 R. Kidston (90). 2 Td. (92): 3 Quarter-sheet 101 S.W. 1895. 4 From particulars kindly supplied by Mr. James, Secretary of the Whitehaven Colliery Company. Vol. 59.] FossIL FLORA OF THE CUMBERLAND COALFIELD. ae! unconformity, if present, between the two, does not mark any considerable interval in geological time, during which there was a cessation of deposition, and a period of erosion. The following table summarizes the main conclusions arrived at :— The Age of the Upper Carboniferous Beds of Cumberland, based on Paleontological Evidence. Thiek Pere atonienil Paleon- | System. Series. Stage. ae et an aes ve | tological Horizon. in feet. haracter. | Evidence. PERMIAN. | Brockram. 20 Red breccia. | Lr. Permian. (| Sandstone [ Upper 418 Red & Spirorbis- | ? Transition Cant Divisi : purple _| Limestone Coal- hy, aah aae | atta sandstone. |(Brockbank) Measures. | (White- | 1891). | | haven } | Sandstone Lower 200 Red or grey Tae \ — | in part). eee at least. sandstone. Weaenen | ion 600 feet at flora. CARBONI- | least. Middle \ ar aaa Upper 450 Dark- Middle Coal- ice _| | Division, at least coloured Coal- | | Measures. | including | {William | shales and | Measure | Productive | | Bannock Pit, coal. flora. | | Wanicseros. 2 | and Main White- ; ; | Bands. haven]. | . | ? 1800 feet. | | ? Lower Coal- | (?) Lower (?) | (7) — Measures, and ebaSeten | Millstone Al hema | | Grit. In conclusion, | wish to express my great indebtedness to Mr. P. L. Addison, F.G.8., of Bigrigg, for the kindness with which he obtained for me every facility for the collection of specimens in the field, and for special help in many directions. Iam also under obligations to Mr. Robert Kidston, F.R.S., who has most kindly given me the benefit of his opinion on special points of identification. I should also like to take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to many Fellows of the Geological Society, who have kindly answered enquiries, and given me information concerning.the Cumberland District. V. BreLioGRAPHY. Binney, E. W. (55). ‘On the Permian Beds of the North-west of England’ Mem. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manch. ser. 2, vol. xii, p. 209. 1855. BrocKkBank, W. (91). ‘On the Occurrence of the Permians, &c. in the Whitehaven District ’ Mem. & Proc. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manch. ser. 4, vol. iv, p. 418. 1891. Dunn, M. (60). ‘The Coalfields of Cumberland, &c.’ Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Min. & Mech. Eng. vol. viii, p. 141. 1860. Gipson, Waxcor (01). ‘On the Character of the Upper Coal-Measures of North Staffordshire, &c.’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. lvii, p. 251. 1901. GoopcuiLp, J. G. (n. d.). ‘The Victoria History of the County of Cumberland vol. i, n. d. (? 1901), Nat. Hist.—Geol. Section, p. 1. Houmes, T. V. (83). ‘Notes on the Geology of Cumberland, North of the Lake District’ Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. vii, p. 404. 1883. 22 6 MR. E, A. NEWELL ARBER ON THE [ Feb. 1903, Hortmes, T. V. (96). ‘Notes on the Whitehaven Sandstone’ Geol. Mag. n. s. dec. iv, vol. 11, p. 405. 1896. Hout, E. (7 3). ‘The Coalfields of Great Britain’ 8rd ed. London, 1873. KENDALL, J.D. (79). ‘The Hematite-Deposits of West Cumberland’ Trans. N. Engl. Inst. Min. & Mech. Eng. vol. xxvin, p..109. 1879. Kenpatt, J. D. (83). ‘The Structure of the Cumberland Coalfield’ Trans. N. Engl. ‘Inst. Min. & Mech. Eng. vol. xxxii, p.319. 1883. Kenpatt, J. D. (95). ‘The Whitehaven Sandstone Series’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. li, p. 235. 1895. Kenypatt, J. D. (96). ‘The Whitehaven Sandstone Series’ Trans. Fed. Inst. Min. Eng. vol. x, p. 202. 1896. Kipston, R. (90). ‘The Yorkshire Carboniferous Flora ’—Reports 1-5, Trans. Yorks. Nat. oe nion. 1890-95. Kipston, R. (92). ‘ Notes on some Fossil Plants from the Lancashire Coal-Measures * Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc. vol. xxi, p. 401 & vol. xxii, p. 6382. 1892 & 1895. Kipston, R. (94). ‘On the Various Divisions of British Carboniferous Rocks as determined by their Fossil Flora’ Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. vol. xii, p. 183. 1894. Kipston, R. (96). ‘On the Fossil Flora of the Yorkshire Coalfield,’ First Paper, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxviii, pt. 1, p. 203. 1896. Kipston, R. (97). ‘ Additional Records & Notes on the Fossil Flora of the Potteries Coalfield’ Trans. N. Staffs. Field-Club, vol. xxxi, p. 127. 1897. Linpiey, J., & Hutron, W. (31). ‘The Fossil Flora of Great Britain’ vols. i-i1i. 1831-37. Sepewick, A. (32). ‘On the Deposits overlying the Carboniferous Series in the Valley of the Eden, &c.’ Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. 1, p. 343. 1826-33 (1st Feb. 1832). Sepewick, A. (35). ‘Introduction to the General Structure of the Cumbrian Mountains, &c.’ Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2, vol. iv, pt. i, p. 47. 1835. Srpewick, A. (36). ‘On the New Red Sandstone Series in the Basin of the Eden, &c.’ Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2, vol. iv, pt. 11, p. 388. 1836. Sepewick, A. (42). ‘Supplement to a “Synopsis of the English Series of Stra- tified Rocks inferior to the Old Red Sandstone,” &c.’ Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 545. 1842. Woopwakp, J. (1729). ‘An Attempt towards a Natural History of the Fossils of England in a Catalogue of the English Fossils in the Collection of J. Wood- ward, M.D.’ pts. i & ii, London, 8vo. 1729. EXPLANATION OF PLATES I & II. All the specimens are in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge. [The figures are reproduced from photographs taken by Mr. Tams, Cambridge. They are all approximately of the natural size, except Pl. II, fig. 2.] Puaret I, Fossil Plants from the Sandstone Series. Figs. 1 & 2 from specimens in the John Woodward collection, formed before 1729 a.v.; figs. 3-5 from specimens collected by Adam Sedgwick. Fig. 1. Neuropteris Scheuchzeri, Hoftm. . Neuropteris obliqua (Bronet. : . Calamites (Calamitina) approximatus, Brongt. . Lepidodendron aculeatum, Sternb. . Sigillaria scutellata, Bronegt. Ou co bs Prats II. Fossil Plants from the Productive Measures. Specimens collected by the Author. (These photographs need to be examined with a hand-lens.) Fig. = Zeilleria delicatula (Sternb.). 2. Do. do xe fa. Sphenopteris furcata, Brongt. “Ub. Sphenopteris obtusiloba, Brongt. . Mariopteris s . Lepidodendron ‘lycopodioides, Sternb. Lepidodendron Wortheni, Lesq. Dou oo Quart. JOURN, GEOL. Soc. Vor, LIX, Pt. |. Tams, Photo. Lemrose Ltad., Collo. Fossit PLANTS FROM THE CUMBERLAND COALFIELD. QUART. JOURNE GEOR, Soc, Vor, EI Rian: Tams, Photo. Bemrose Ltd., Collo. Fossit PLANTS FROM THE CUMBERLAND COALFIELD. Vol. 59.] FOSSIL FLORA OF THE CUMBERLAND COALFIELD. 23 Discussion. The PReEstventT pointed out that, although the Carboniferous was the thickest system in Britain, and had been longest studied, geologists were still very far from having arrived at any universally applicable means of establishing the detailed chronological parallelism of the members of the sequences developed in the separate Carboni- ferous areas. From the lithological point of view, the groupings associated with the work and publications of Prof. Hull were perhaps of the best available working value. But from the strictly chronological point of view, the only definite conclusion that appeared yet to be regarded as satisfactorily established was that the Carboni- ferous as a whole was separable into a Lower and Upper division at the base of the Millstone Grit, a result especially due to the researches of Dr. Traquair among the Carboniferous fishes. Of the possible zonal divisions of the Lower Carboniferous, little or nothing was as yet known. But the endeavour to separate the Upper Carboniferous into chronological divisions by means of their characteristic plants —with which were associated especially the names of Stur on the Continent and Kidston in Britain—had now reached a stage which gave every promise of success. It was pleasant to learn that the Author of the paper found that the Upper Carboniferous plants studied by him in the Whitehaven Coalfield had not only a vertical distribution corresponding to that ascertained elsewhere, but they were of value here also as aids in the stratigraphical correlation of their containing beds. He did not gather from the Author’s remarks — whether the so-called ‘ Millstone Grit’ of the Whitehaven Coalfield could be definitely accepted as such. He believed that the sug- gested parallelism of the Whitehaven Sandstone with the Lower Pennant Grit of South Wales was not only novel, but an advance of interest and importance. The Secretary, by permission of the President, read the following extracts from a letter received from Dr. Warrtron Hinp :-— *T don’t at all know what conclusions Mr. Newell Arber may have arrived at as to the age of the Cumberland Coalfield, but just recently I have been examining a series of lamellibranchs, collected by Miss J. Donald, from the All Hallows coal-pit, which is some little way from Aspatria, in the northern part of the Cumberland Coalfield, and I found Carbonicola acuta, C. aquilina, and Anthracomya William- soni among them. The latter is important, as regards its position both 1a South Wales and the North Staffordshire Coalfield, and points to seams low down in the series. The only bed in which it occurs in North Staffordshire is the Hard-Mine coal, which is generally included in the Lower Coal-Measures; but that subdivision is in North Staffordshire a very arbitrary one, and I should prefer to make the division between Middle and Lower, just below this Hard-Mine seam. The division is as unnecessary as it is arbitrary. I have never in any coalfield found A. Williamsoni much off the same line, and consider it a good and reliable index of position. The other two - lamellibranchs obtained at All Hallows are found at, above, and below the horizon of A. Williamsoni.’ Prof. Huxi concurred with the President’s statement that the paper was of great interest and value. The list of fossil plants produced by the Author clearly established the Upper Carboniferous age of the Whitehaven Sandstone. He questioned, however, very much whether it could be regarded as the representative of the Pennant Grit of South Wales and Somerset, which he regarded * niiee ey ii 24 THE FOSSIL FLORA OF THE CUMBERLAND COALFIELD. [| Feb. 1903, as due to a local and abnormal development of siliceous rock near the centre of the Coal-Measures of the South of England and Wales. On the other hand, he thought it not improbable that the Whitehaven Sandstone had its representative in the Upper Red- Sandstone Series of Lanarkshire and the Clyde Basin, which was well developed at Hamilton. | Dr. Traquarr said that he had listened to the paper with very great interest, but regretted that he was not personally acquainted with the district, nor had he seen any fish-remains from the coal- bearing beds in question. With regard to the stratigraphical value of fishes in the Carboniferous system, he stated that the estuarine fish-fauna of the Lower Carboniferous strata was characterized by a different assemblage of forms from that of the Upper, very few species passing the boundary of the base of the Millstone Grit. As regards the Upper Carboniferous division, almost all the species common in the Lower Coal-Measures reappeared in the Middle, so that the fishes could not be, in the present state of our knowledge, depended on for differentiation between these two horizons. He had seen no fish-remains from the true Upper Coal-Measures of England. Dr. D. H. Scorr congratulated the Author on his paper, and on the beauty of his photographs of the fossil plants described. He thought that on paleeobotanical evidence the Author had made out a strong case for a Middle Coal-Measure horizon. The AvurHor, in reply to the President, said that he did not mean in any way to suggest that the Millstone Grit was absent from the Cumberland Coalfield. Such rocks are marked on the Geological Survey Map (101 8.W.), a few miles inland from the coast, extending from the neighbourhood of Whitehaven to Workington. His obser- vations were intended to call attention to the fact that the Millstone Grit had never been identified in any boring below any of the great coal-seams of the district, and consequently the vertical extent of the Productive Measures was still uncertain. Jn reply to Prof. Hull, the Author said that the upper division of the Sandstone Series was doubtless not the exact equivalent of the Lower Pennant Grit of South Wales. The somewhat scanty evidence, at present available, merely suggested that the Upper Sandstone Series may eventually prove to occupy about the same horizon in the Coal-Measures. The communication forwarded by Dr. Wheelton Hind with regard to the discovery of lamellibranchs by Miss Donald at All Hallows, referred to the Aspatria district of the Cumberland Coalfield, where the age and succession of the beds were also in dispute, and this discovery would probably throw some light on these questions. Vol. 59. | FOSSIL PLANTS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. 25 2. Remarks upon Mr. E. A. Newett ArBeER’s Communication: On the Crarke Cotiection of Fossiz Prants from New Sourn Wats. By Dr. F. Kurtz, Professor of Botany in the University of Cordoba, Argentine Republic. (Communicated by A.C. Szwarp, Ksq., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.8. Read November 5th, 1902.) THE perusal of Mr. Arber’s above-cited paper’ has suggested to me. the following observations. I quite agree with Mr. Arber’s identification of the specimens figured in his pl.i, figs. 1 & 2, with Rhiptozanutes Gepperti, Schmalh., which I take to be a synonym of Neggerathicpsis Hislopr (Bunb.) Feistm., as I already stated in 1894 (1).? Podozamites elongatus (Morr.), Feistm., however, I regard as quite different from Neggeratht- opsis Hislopi. In the first place, we have Morris’s specimens from the Jerusalem Beds, Tasmania (which I know only from Feist- mantel’s figures): these represent an oblong-lanceolate, nearly ribbon-shaped leaf, tapering towards the base, where it is constricted in quite a Cycadean fashion—a feature never observed in our very numerous specimens of Neggerathiopsis—and traversed by a rather restricted number of basally bifurcating nerves (about ten nerves are to be seen at the base, and eighteen to twenty-twoin the middle of the leaflets), which occur as parallel and not as spreading veins, and unite a short distance below the apex. With this plant (Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris), Szajnocha (2) identified a fossil from Cacheuta, Mendoza; and Feistmantel (3) afterwards instituted Podozanvutes elongatus (from Cape specimens), a fact overlooked by Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun. (4), as well as by Mr. Arber. Mr. Etheridge distinguished very well the Mulubimba plant, and gave a rather good description of Neggerathwpsis Hislopi, Fstm. We possess quite a series of leaves from Cacheuta, which prove, first, Szajnocha’s determination to be correct, and, secondly, that P. elongatus, Fstm., is quite a different plant from Neggerathiopsis Hislopi, Fstm. (=Lthiptozanites Gepperti, Schmalh.). There are some leaves of reggerathiopsts, which present—at least in their upper part— parallel margins like Podozamites, but are immediately distinguished from the Cycadean plant by the comparatively much larger number of spreading nerves (the spreading veins also serve in most cases as a distinguishing feature from Cordaites), and by their texture, as far as this can be ascertained. The leaves of Naggerathiopsis seem to have been rather delicate, thin, and membranaceous (more or less decayed leaves are infrequently met with), comparable, for instance, with the leaflets of the living Caryota mitts, Lour.; while the pinne of Podozamites appear to present a more leathery texture, like those of our Zamia media, Jacq., or Z. muricata, W. I cannot therefore see any reason to alter the synonymy of Neggerathiopsis, as * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. lviii (1902) p. 1. * Numerals in parentheses refer to the Bibliography on p. 26 bo 6 DR. F, KURTZ ON THE CLARKE COLLECTION OF [Feb. 1903, I established it in 1894 (op. cit.) ; and I believe that Mr. Arber, with my Specimens and drawings in hana, will adopt my view. My second remark bears upon Otopteris ovata, McCoy, which Mr. Arber separates specifically and generically from Rhacopteris inequilatera (Geepp.) Stur, Fstm., as Aneimites ovata (McCoy) N. Arber. Of the. single specimen of this plant in the Clarke Collection, Mr. Arber observes, on p. 21 of his paper:— ‘The nervation in the Cambridge specimen is finer, more graceful, and less rigid, and at the same time somewhat closer, more radiating, and spreading. The nerves also dichotomize more than once, in some cases as often as four times.’ These remarks apply equally well to the plant—also from Arowa—figured by Feistmantel (5) in his pl. vi, fig. 1 (but less to pl. iv, fig. 3), the veins of which, so far as can be seen, dichotomize as much as three times, and the aspect of which in general is not so rigid as that of the specimens represented in Feistmantel’s pls. v, vili, ete. Whether Aneimites austrina, Eth. belongs here I cannot say, as we do not possess the publication in which it is figured. There does not appear to be sufficient evidence for separating Otopteris ovata, McCoy trom Khacopteris inequilatera, Stur, where it may well be retained, perhaps as a variety—var. ovata (McCoy sp.): ‘pimnarum nervi tenuiores, repetito . (ter quaterve) dichotomi, unde rami eorum excurrentes numerosiores, densioresque.’ Asa closing remark I may add that Rhacopteris inequilatera, Stur, has also been found in the Argentine, and was described by Geinitz (6) as Otopteris argentinica, Gein. Bibliography. (1) F. Kurrz. ‘Contribuciones 4 la Paleophytologia Argentina: II. Sobre la Existencia del Gondwana inferior en la Reptiblica Argentina’ Revista del Museo de La Plata, vol. vi (1894) pp. 125-39 & pls. i-iv. Translated in Rec. Geol. Surv. India, vol. xxviii (1895) pp. 111-17. (2) L. Szasnocwa. ‘ Ueber fossile Pflanzenreste aus Cacheuta in der Argentinischen Republik’ Sitzungsber. d. k. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, math.-naturw. Cl. vol. xevli (1888) pp. 219-45 & pls. i-1i. . (3) O. FristmMantTeEn. ‘Uebersichtliche Darstellung der geologisch-palaontolog- ischen Verhaltnisse Stid-Afrikas: I. Theil—Die Karoo-Formation und die dieselbe unterlagernden Schichten’ Abhandl. d. math.-naturw. Cl. d. k. béhm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. Prag, ser. 7, vol. 111 (1889), No. 6; 89 pp. & 4 pls. (4) R. ErweripeGsr, Jun. ‘On the Occurrence of a Plant, allied to Schizoneura, in the Hawkesbury Sandstone’ Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S. W. vol. ii, pt. iii (1898) pp. 74-77 & pl. xiii. (5) O. FrtstMAnTEL. ‘Geological & Paleontological Relations of the Coal- and Plant-bearing Beds of Paleozoic & Mesozoic Age in Eastern Australia & Tasmania, with Special Reference to the Fossil Flora’ Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S. W. Paleontology, No. 3, 1890. (6) H. B. Gernirz. ‘ Beitrage zur Geologie und Palaontologie der Argentinischen Republik II. Palaontologischer Theil. IIte Abtheilung: Ueber rhatische Pfilanzen- und Thierreste in den argentinischen Provinzen La Rioja, San Juan, u. Mendoza’ Cassel (1876) ; 14 pp. & 2 pls. Discussion. Mr. E. A. N. Arser remarked that the first part of the Author’s criticism was concerned with the species described in the speaker’s paper (p. 17) as Negger athiopsis Goeppertt (Schmal.). He was Vol. 59. | FOSSIL PLANTS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. ah delighted to find that the Author agreed with the chief and most important conclusion at which he had arrived on this subject; in which he was the first to point out that Clarke’s plant, wrongly termed by McCoy in 1847 Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris, was identical with the Rhiptozamites Gopperti of Schmalhausen from the Permian of Russia, now known as Neggerathiopsis Gappert: (Schmal.). The Author, however, went further, and regarded Ihiptozamites Geepperti, Schm., as identical with the Indian form Neggerathiopsis Hislopi (Bunb.). In this the speaker ventured to disagree with him. The former had clearly shown, in a paragraph in his paper (p. 20) on this subject, that, while acknowledging the ereat similarity between these two species, he could not satisty himself as to their identity. In this conclusion he had weighty opinion on his side, in the support of Prof. Zeiller, whose opinion he quoted (p. 20, footnote 2), and of the late Ottokar Feistmantel, Pal. Indica, ‘ Foss. Flora Gondwana Syst.’ vol. i. (1. Suppl.) p. 56, and (3.) p. 118, who also hesitated to unite them. The Author further implied here, and also in another portion of his communication, that he was the first to put forward, in 1894, the suggestion that these two species might be identical. But at least one other observer, Kosmovsky, had come to this conclusion in 1891, a fact to which the speaker gave a reference in quoting Prof, Zeiller’s paper above mentioned, for this note of Prof. Zeiller was written specially on Kosmovsky’s conclusions, The next part of the Author’s criticism arose from the fact that two different Australian plants were described under the same name, first by Morris in 1845, and then by McCoy in 1847, with subsequent confusion in the literature. The most recent names for ° these were respectively Podozanutes elongatus (Morris) and Negge- rathiopsis Geppertt (Schmal.). The Author pointed out in some detail that these two plants were different. But this was un- necessary, as the speaker had stated in his paper (p. 19, par. 2) that this was first proved by Mr. Etheridge, Jun.,in 1893. The speaker had also shown that he accepted Mr. Etheridge’s conclusions, by urging that the specific name ‘elongata’ should be retained for Morris’s plant, and not for McCoy’s: the true nature of the latter being then unknown. The Author was mistaken in supposing that the speaker was unaware of the identification of the Australian species, first known as Zeugophyllites elongatus, by Szajnocha among South American, and by Feistmantel among South African, specimens. The refer- ence to the former would be found in footnote 4 on p. 19 of the speaker’s paper, with a special remark on this very subject. No reference was, however, made to Feistmantel, since the speaker was only concerned with Morris’s plant as far as it had been con- fused with McCoy’s. To have given a full history of Morris’s plant, when there was no specimen of it in the Clarke Collection, would have been inadvisable, and a reference to Szajnocha was given, and then only as a footnote. 28 FOSSIL PLANTS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. | Feb. 1903, The Author then went on to show that Szajnocha’s South American specimens were identical with Morris’s plant. His reason for this was apparently due to the Author having mis- understood the special note appended bv the speaker on that observer’s work, as above mentioned. The speaker pointed out in that note that ‘ Dr. Szajnocha’s identification of Argentine specimens with Zeugophyllites elongatus is inconclusive’ (p. 19, footnote 4). The reason, which he thought would be apparent, was that Szajnocha, writing in 1888, before it was known (1893) that Morris’s and McUoy’s plants were different, and including both these in his synonymy on p. 237 of his paper, could not have shown (what the Author hadeno doubt stated correctly in his criticism) that the South American specimens were identical with Morris's plant, rather than McCoy’s. The fact that the South American specimens had turned out to be identical with Morris’s species, as the Author had clearly shown, was interesting and important, but it did not alter the fact that Szajnocha’s determi- nations in 1888 were inconclusive, as the speaker had stated, since two different plants were then known under one name. We owe it to the Author’s communication that this point is now satisfactorily cleared up. f The second part of the Author’s criticism referred to a plant from Arowa, which the speaker had named in his paper (p. 21) Aneimites ovata(McCoy). Thespeaker had stated there at some length his reasons for being unable to identify this plant with Ehacopteris inequilatera, Geepp., specimens of which Feistmantel had obtained from Arowa. That conclusion was one of the most important in the whole paper. Here again there was a simple difference of opinion between the Author, who had never seen the type-specimen, and the speaker. The opinion expressed in the speaker’s paper was arrived at conjointly with Mr. Seward who, as he there stated, very kindly gave him the benefit of his opinion on the more critical questions of identification. At that time they had lying before them McCoy’s type, typical British specimens of Rhacopteris incequilatera, and Feistmantel’s figures of the same plant from various localities in Australia, including Arowa. The conclusion at which they arrived was fully expressed in the speaker’s paper. In consequence of the Author’s criticism, they had together re-examined the three pieces of evidence above mentioned; and the speaker had Mr. Seward’s authority for stating that he entirely agreed with him in regarding McCoy’s type as quite distinct from Rhacopteris inequilatera, Geepp. This conclusion should have weight, as on both occasions they had before their eyes the actual type-specimen of McCoy. Vol. 59. | A NEW BORING AT CAYTHORPE. 29 3. On a New Borne at Caytuorpe (LinconnsHire). By Henry Preston, Esq., F.G.S. (Read November 5th, 1902.) Durine the early part of the present year (1902) a boring was made near Caythorpe, for the purpose of obtaining a water-supply from the Marlstone Rock-bed of the Middle Lias. The work was done for Mr. E. Lubbock, of Caythorpe Court, and the boring is about a third of a mile east of the house. A well has been dug to a depth of 46 feet, and from the bottom of this well a 6-inch boring was put down. The thickness of the Upper Lias in this district is usually taken to be about 110 feet, but the present boring has shown it to have here a thickness of 1992 feet. The section is as follows : — Thickness. Depth. Feet. Feet. Soil 1 Surface-de Hosts ite NN anes FS SR uUeA TK GW SRY SAE i RCmeme Rr geen ads Pe ¢ panies seed Sand and yellow clay ......... aa 4 Nortuampton Sanps ... Ferruginous limestone......... = 9 Ucn Tits Blue clay, with layers of See ein ike Bis) ta concretionary nodules ...... 1992 2083 WHARESMONEY .ci002205<-03 Dark greenish-blue limestone. 193 228 { Hard silty clay, greenish in Mippue Liassic CLays . ai ese . l colour, sandy and micaceous. to 3J 2315 The rest-level of the water in the borehole is at a depth of 175 feet from the surface, or 145 feet above Ordnance-datum. The boring was made by Mr. J. E. Noble, of Thurlby, near Bourne, under my own superintendence, and samples of boring-débris were sent to me at frequent intervals. Previous to this boring being made, four other wells had been sunk, which passed through the limestone and into the Liassic clay. The positions ef these wells are shown on the plan (fig. 1, p. 30). The normal dip of the beds is south-easterly, and, as will be noticed, Wells Nos. 1, 3, & 5 Le approximately in the line of dip, and in continuation of the lower part of the road; and hence a section (fig. 2, p. 30) taken along this road and through Wells Nos. 1, 3, & 5, gives the contour of the Upper Lias. This contour shows that the limestone hes irregularly on the clay, and has a decided dip towards the west, a direction opposite to the normal dip. It would thus appear that the limestone has settled down from some cause, upon the eroded surface of Upper Liassic clay, and has masked the true thickness of this clay. In searching out the cause of this settling down of the lime- stone, it must be mentioned that a spring crops out by the roadside, just at the junction of limestone and clay. This is one of the ordinary overflow-springs, somewhat common along the western face of the escarpment; and although the spring is ‘a small one, it has the reputation of continuing to flow for the greater part of the year. The mere fact that it is continuous in its flow would suggest that some alteration of strata has taken place, whereby the area of its gathering-ground is increased; but it is 30 MR. HENRY PRESTON ON A NEW [Feb. 1903, not often that suitable wells are sunk whence the exact formation of the strata can be traced. ‘The above-mentioned section, taken through the wells, seems to reveal the fact that throughout past ages, the outflowing water of the oyerflow-spring has carried away, Fig. 1.—Plan showing sites of wells. See Sete *LINCOLNSHI “I $$ in jal Ex ——— MA RLSTONE\— — == es al I ——= = = = = a a 0 i —— —<—<——<—<———— ct PLAN C = Caythorpe Station. [Scale: 23 inches = 1 mile.] Fig. 2.—Section along the line A B in fig. 1. NO.3 TH WELL 5 SECTION THROUGH WELLS AT CAYTHORPE. MIDDLE LIA = — [Vertical scale: 330 feet = 1 inch.] Well No. 1 is 16 feet deep ; it touched Liassic clay at 16 feet, and its surface level is 301 feet above O.D. Well No. 2 is 40 feet deep ; it touched clay at 39 feet, and its surface-level is 325 feet above O.D. > Well No. 3 is 32 feet deep; it touched clay at 31 feet, and its surface-level is 323 feet above O.D. Well No. 4 is 32 feet deep ; it touched clay at 32 feet, and its surface-level is 320 feet above O.D. Well No. 5 is the boring above described, and its surface-level is 320 feet above O.D. not only the Northampton Sands, and perhaps some of the lower beds of limestone, but also much of the upper surface of the clay, and the limestone has gradually settled down on to its new bed. Thus, not only is a greater area of gathering-ground provided for the spring, but at the same time the true thickness of the Liassic clay has been hidden. Vol. 59. | BORING AT CAYTHORPE (LINCOLNSHIRE). 31 Further evidence may be gathered from the following observa- tions :— (a) The waste-heap, representing the uppermost 38 feet of the Upper Lias, contained numerous fossils. Leda ovum was abundant, and one specimen had Discina reflewa attached to it. Ammonites bifrons was also fairly numerous, together with Myacites donaci- formis, and belemnites, and also a large fragment of Ammonites heterophyllus. (6) The fragments of undisturbed clay washed from the samples taken at every few feet of the boring, showed an amorphous con- dition, until a depth of 190 feet had been reaehed. From this depth the washed-up fragments had a decidedly laminated appearance, and this was taken to indicate that the paper-shales, which occur at the base of the Upper Lias, had been reached. (c) At one time, when the clay held out to so unexpected a thickness, it was thought probable that the boring-rods had passed through a fissure in the Marlstone, but no samples of clay brought up seemed to indicate this, there being neither mica nor sand to be found in the clay above the Marlstone. (d) The Marlstone-Rock was of the usual dark greenish-blue colour, and one fragment contained a portion of a shell of Terebratula punctata. (e) As soon as the Rock-bed had been passed through, the cha- racter of the clay changed. It was greenish, and both sandy and micaceous, the sand and mica being in thin layers ~ inch apart. The sand-grains washed from the clay are very small, being from =}, to =1, inch in their longest diameter, with a very few larger grains mixed with them. They consist of sugary quartz, and are all verfectly angular fragments. (f) South of the line of section, there is a slight depression in the ground, which terminates with the easterly projecting tongue of Lias seen in plan. There is also a noticeable depression running for about a mile northward, and passing through the position of Well No. 5. This seems to indicate that the mass of Limestone lying west of this depression has broken its back along this line, and has a tendency to slip westward. | (g) Finally, after sinking Well No. 2, which is called the Engine- house Well, a heading was driven for several yards south, it being at the junction of clay and limestone; and I am informed by Mr. Smith, engineer to Mr. Lubbock, that the only flow of water coming into this well and heading is from two small fissures on the east side, showing that the flow of water is with the slipped limestone. PostscRIPT. [It seems to be thought possible that a north-and-south fault exists west of Boring No.5. In relation to this there are two facts which appear to indicate that the continuity of the Marlstone has not been broken by a fault on the west side of the boring :— (1) The inclination of the roadway west of A (see fig. 1, p. 30) 32 A NEW BORING AT CAYTHORPE, [Feb. 1903, varies from 82 to 88 feet per mile (6-inch Map, Quarter-sheet No. 96 8.W., Lincolnshire), and this is on the dip-slope of the Marlstone Rock-bed. A mean dip of 82 feet per mile gave the top surface of this rock at Boring No. 5 as 117 feet above Ordnance- datum. The actual datum at which the rock was struck is 111°5 feet O.D., a discrepancy which would hardly allow for a fault. (2) There isa good flow of water to the borehole; this would not be the case if such a fault had existed. A downthrow to the east, just beyond the boring, might leave the water-supply intact, but it would not help to explain the thick- ness of Upper Lias at the boring; and although a reversed fault might explain the unexpected thickness of clay, it would have cut off all water-supply from the Marlstone. Altogether, then, there does not appear to be anything gained by assuming a north-and-south fault.—H. P., December 12th, 1902. ] DIscussIoN. Prof. W. W. Warts congratulated the Society on listening to an admirable paper containing several important points carefully and tersely stated. Three distinct points had been made out :-—the ‘creep’ of the limestone down the escarpment; the washing-out of the Northampton Sands under the creeping limestone; and the development of an extended drainage-area for the springs in front of the scarp. Mr. Wairaxer remarked that it was a general result of well- sections to increase the known thickness of certain stratigraphical groups. The evidence of ‘creep’ down the escarpment was important. The phenomenon was more common than geologists | generally imagined, and he cited in this connection what is happening to the Lower Greensand-escarpment in part of Surrey, where landslips on a large scale are likely to come about sooner or later. He was glad that the Author was taking care to have all the borings in Lincolnshire recorded, and congratulated him on a most valuable piece of work. Vol. 59.] WELL-SECTIONS IN SUFFOLK. 33 4+. On some Weti-Sucrions in Surrotx, By Wirr1am WHITAKER, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Read December 3rd, 1902.) Sompr 470 well-sections in Suffolk were noticed in thirteen Geological Survey Memoirs up to the year 1893. Many of these were shallow, bat many were of considerable depth. Few of the accounts had been published before. Two years later, seventeen fresh sections were described in a paper on some Suffolk well-sections,' and since then four others have been noticed in various publications. As notes of thirty-one more have accumulated; as there is no opening for the printing of these, either in a Survey Memoir or in the publication of a local society (for there is no such publication) ; and as some of them have points of considerable geological interest, it is hoped that I may be forgiven for bringing matters of local detail (such as the following sections of twenty borings) before the Geological Society, which, as a rule, is hardly the proper place for them. Though ready to take a somewhat extended view of a remark made by a former President, that papers of local character would find a more appropriate birth near the place of their conception, yet I think it better that such papers (at all events my own) should be born rather than strangled in embryo. The object of this paper is to show how greatly our knowledge may be added to by wells or borings, and how sometimes these give results that could not have been expected. ‘W ooDBRIDGE. If there is a place in Hastern Suffolk where one might reasonably expect to be able to foretell the depth to the Chalk, through some thickness of overlying beds, within a small limit of deviation, that place is Woodbridge ; for we have published records of wells or borings at eight places in that town and in the adjoining village of Melton, which reach the Chalk with no great variation of depth, with one exception, and that only from considerable difference in the height of the ground. A summary of the results may be given in a tabulated form, as follows, with the addition of the level of the Chalk-surface where it can be given :— Depth Top of Chalk below Place of section. to Chalk. Ordnance-datum. Feet. Feet. Hayward’s Mill, close to the gasworks ...... 487 33 Salbs Vhoroughtares. 2.8 gye ccs Blue clay’ (2.0 .aseseectia ase eae eee ols 463 Running sand) sycccs ees eee eee Se 52 Brown clay, f.chictee conse eee 3% bbs eae Sandy ty mat ane a Nae 602 98 fe a Light-coloured running sand ......... 4) 654 28 fept.| Sandy loam: 7 ..2h.cnettecs sent aise et dS 71 Mottleduclaye a) 7s: ccctece: (ten. one one oy 143 (OPIN Ree eet ones ree Mer Ra Ge ee yy Le 1203 195 In the three of these cases where we are without information as to the relation of the top of the Chalk to Ordnance-datum, there can certainly be little difference from the other six, and we may take it that there is a variation of only 39 feet. In some cases, unfortunately, the topmost beds are unrecorded, being pierced in old wells; but in no case is the depth to Eocene beds more than 40 feet (probably not reaching that figure), except in the one case at a high level, where as much as 74 feet of Drift and Crag were found, though how much of each is unknown. It is clear, therefore, that we have here as much regularity as can be expected; and the newly-formed Waterworks Company was therefore justified in looking forward to a result in accordance with what had gone before, in making its trial-boring in the town, on low ground, and at no great distance from some of the existing borings. But the following section shows a very different state of things, with a depth to Eocene beds of 133+ feet, and a thickness of Crag much greater than any before known in the neighbourhood ; about double, indeed. It may be useful to add an analysis of the solid contents of the water, which shows that it cannot be classed as a Chalk-water. Woodbridge. Trial-boring for the Waterworks Company. About 150 yards north of the Gasworks. 1901. | 18 feet above Ordnance-datum. Rest-level of water 18 feet down. Made and communicated by Messrs. Istrur & Co. (Remarks in parentheses from notes on specimens, by Mr. H. B. Woopwarp.) Vol. 59. | WELL-SECTIONS IN SUFFOLK. 30 Yield tested, January 6th to 14th, 1902, and found to be from 975 to 1050 gallons an hour. Before pumping, the water stood 18 feet down ; during pumping, 28 feet. Lined with 100 feet of 6-inch tubes, 4 feet below the surface ; with 140 feet of 5-inch tubes, 2 feet below the surface ; and with 205 feet of 4-inch tubes, 6 feet below the surface. Thickness, Depth. Feet inches. Feet inches. See rarer ert ays ec anenet: Seu ONES ua secu aaethes 2 0 2 0 HERSE TIT colt rene RRS aR mera MRE GE rBTAETTE 4 6 6 6 Gravel ame. MMES) 0-2-5 .2csee cece 3 0 9 6 Loamy sand (sandy loam) ......... 4 0 13 6 [Rasa seh cass spe aceteseias- adeeeenes uae 2 6 16 ) Brenna, Gtavel “cess cmon ahs amenctarnt 3 5 19 5) | Sand and shingle (loamy gravel) . + 0 23 5 Mottled sand (somewhat loamy) . 6 0 29 5) Sand and shingle (fine gravelly Mrs SSAURLGL ee ccn eocrcatcn ts ta eee meen 8 0 ia 5) ( Grey sand (dark brown silty sand) 1 0 38 5 Fine sand (shelly sand) ............ 7 0 45 D [Crac | Fine sand, shingle, and Crag Gre fect] (gravelliy sand \oSa) die cascere cen COM i 106 0 3 : | Black mud (fine gravelly loam) . 1 6 107 6 | Crag with shells (shelly sand, WS MLTR CHO a Pamcritarts sak enim aictaeos 25 3 182 9 {LonponCuay, { Claystone (septaria) ............... 0 9 133 6 nearly Blue clay (stiff grey clay) ......... 15 + 1248) 0 20 feet.} | Sand and pebbles .............000-. B91 9 OO al ( Dark sand (grey firm sand, slightly pEeamine,. (|. loamy)! 22 oo cacc.ccpestertsionsasmace 6 5 Use) ae) Beps, | Yellow sand and clay (brown nearly De BAH )eteieec sts cede sic Cte ase akan 15 9 174 9 ral teeic|) | | Blue clay: (grey). .2..08 on. snc uosoee 2 3 il 7ir¢ 0 | Fine yellow sand (brown) ......... 16 6 193 6 reir (and (tS) 5. sn scene cs oes caisinadestooegs once DD 6 249 0 A section in the hands of Mr. C. E. Hawkins makes the depth to the Chalk 1942 feet. The division between Drift and Crag is not certain, nor is that between London Clay and Reading Beds. Awarysis By Dr. T. Stevenson, January 1902, IN GRAINS PER GALLCN. Bogiumi-CHIORIGe (acne t sass. ec 12°39 Potassium-chloride, traces. Sodiaim-silphitte 20. .ckes.censn. ole- 4°08 Caleuumt-Oiprates 2 wiscaa Yess eaeeroecs 12:09 Calenmmzaulplate,:. cc... ..22.06s000 10°66 Calctum-carbouate .2....2.)4..50..: 18-05 Magnesium-carbonate........... ... 4:05 Oxide of iron, slight trace. Silay eases acs hese ee Aneel auot cia sacier “92 Potal solid vesidue: .2..-.-.<0-- 62°24 (given as 62°44). Ammonia, trace. Albuminoid or organic ammonia .................. 0035 Oxygen required to oxidize the organic matter. -0090 Hardness: temporary 21°, permanent 16°°5, total =37°:5. ny — 36 MR. W. WHITAKER ON SOME [Feb. 1903, A saline hard water unsuited for washing purposes; also not good for dietetic purposes. ! ‘The organic purity is high and there are no signs of recent contamination. But the nitrates are excessive: indeed in such quantities that, coupled with the objectionable salinity, force to the conclusion that the water is unfitted for a public supply.’ Still more recently, another boring has been made, on the high ground; and the section of this will be seen to agree with the older Woodbridge wells, allowing for difference of level. Woodbridge. Waterworks. Trial-boring, Bredfield Road. 1902. Made and communicated by Messrs. Ister & Co. Well 10 feet; the rest bored. Lined with 165 feet of tube, 10 inches in diameter, from 10 feet down. 126 feet above Ordnance-datum. Rest-level of water 10S feet down. Yield=about 11,000 gallons per hour. Thickness. Depth. Feet inches. Feet inches. Solvommacdleyoround), .....cneses-cso see teee eres 3 i) 3 0 Sand and shingle, or sand and | Drirr and | OLAVE! wader mechan cnccn ease Cotas toe 64 i) G7 0 Crag. | 1Bi(e10 bi OEY ltr ans asec ee aenGah waeen heer 15 0 80 0 iieht-colouredt@ rac We..cce sree es 4 0 34 0 conDoNy eB lueiclaystonen each case sea + ses ae 1 2 85 2 Cray. | 1 Blue clay (? sandy in part) ......... 34 10 120 0 ( Mottled clay (a specimen is grey and PRmaDING! ||\peuared)ieyras-msaeeen es ease saeeeusen. ts 216 6 136 6 DADS, en Pandy relays bates ne conn nee enan ce 12 O 148 6 SD tects) |. Gnreemigam Cl, ame Neer centre eas team sant 3 OU 151 6 \ Green-coated flints ...................-- 3 6 155 0 Crane and flimtish e.ees.e eee mee a. Deere nee 119 0 NG: 0 Turning back to the one exceptional section, out of the eleven wells, the question arises, How has this unexpected thickness of Drift and Crag (the precise division between which is here of small moment) been preserved? Four explanations suggest themselves. Firstly, a deep hollow or channel. This would serve, were it a case of Drift only ; but we have to deal also with Crag, and it is hard to conceive of this filling so deep a hollow, worn out in lower beds. Moreover, we have also Kocene beds, and with them such an explanation is out of the question: they must have been let down in some way. This last consideration suggests the explanation of a huge pipe in the Chalk, into which the overlying beds have been let down, through the dissolving-away of the Chalk. But such a pipe would so far exceed anything that is known, and is so unlikely to occur where the Chalk has a fair capping of Tertiary clays, that one hesitates to accept it. However, it might account for the great thickness of Crag, as compared with what is seen along the outcrop in the neighbourhood. | A third explanation weuld involve disturbance of the beds, pre- sumably by a fault; but against this is the fact that there is no Vol. 59. | WELL-SECTIONS IN SUFFOLK. 37 sign of anything of the sort in the surroundings, though we do not know what there may be in the river-channel. Another view is that we may here have the result of a landslip, which took place before the bordering hills had been eroded back as far as now. This, too, would explain the thickness of the Crag, etc. ; but a landslip would not reach to a goodly depth below sea-level, as does the occurrence with which we are dealing. Of the four explanations noticed that of a fault seems the best, but I am not satisfied with any. Of course it is open to us to make a combination of two or more of them; and I leave my brother- hammerers to make the mixture, according to taste. Lowestorr AND THE NEIGHBOURHOOD. It is of interest to know the depth to the Chalk, as well as the nature and thickness of the beds above it, here, especially as it was said, several years ago, that the Chalk had been reached at some 60 feet below the sea-level at Lowestoft. This seemed to be most unlikely, as at Yarmouth, about 8 miles to the north, the depth to the Chalk is 526 feet, and at Southwold, about 11 miles southward, it is 323 feet. The depth at Lowestoft ought therefore to come between those figures, and nearer the former than the latter, if the beds are fairly even. It should be noted that the depth to the London Clay is 166 feet at Yarmouth and 184 feet at Southwold. It is pleasant to find that in this case the inference is justified, as may be seen from the following sections, which are also satisfactory in another way. Mr. F.W. Harmer and Mr. Clement Reid have lately inferred that at Lowestoft it is hkely that the Crag should extend down to a depth of about 200 feet, which conclusion is now justified, with something to spare. A note of the first section (to the depth of 180 feet) was given by Mr. Reid in the ‘Summary of Progress of the Geological Survey for 1898, but without details. Lowestoft. Youngman & Preston’s Brewery, 69 High Street, at the foot of the old cliff. 1897. About 20 feet above high-water level. Made and communicated by Messrs. Ister & Co. (Remarks in parentheses from notes on specimens, by Mr. Crement Rerp.) Water-level 15 feet down. Unsuccessful. Thickness. Depth. Feet. Feet. Wade orOUundey tees cacy tcae axemn ce tate 5 5 Sand (clean, gravelly; dune?) ...... 8 13 Pebbles (recent beach) .................. 4 LP Sand: (clean wtl) 20h c.c nares tet one. 20 37 Blue clay [? Cuitunsrorp] ............ 24 61 SINCE, coc sat amenity aec uae sisnaas Seen cr 9 70 Olay! coo ssas sete saa: aydessn de ae vas ese as 8 78 72751 LR SP Rep ses SE Ne mT 127 205 38 MR. W. WHITAKER ON SOME [ Feb. 1903, Below 17 feet Mr. Reid’s account (for which I have to thank the Geological Survey) differs, being more detailed and as follows :— Thickness. Depth. Feet. Feet. Clean: buff sand cjics0tadedee ett Meee pee eee 28 45 Blue silty. ove. idc iy. ooh Sede RO eee ee 19 64 Coarse gravelly sand/s.n/%. coe eeseee eee eee ch eee Iles Gos Brown silt. .5.5."s.c20sces ie ee eee 14 79% Bligh Band) iscahh) hes onde eee eo ee 13 924 Shadmple 26. 2 ciecavaetiee sehen ge dtee Uae ee eet aoe eee 3 93 Gravelly sand (Mytilus, Mya, Cyprina, at 120 feet ; Trophon at 187; Mya at 150; Cyprina at 153)... 733 1663 Gravelly sand, full of fossils :— Aporrhais pes-pelecani, Littorina littorea, Trophon antiquus (dextral), As-_ tavte conupressa, A. sulcata, Cardiuim, Cyprina islandica, Mactra ovalis, Mya arenaria, Mytilus, Pecten opercularis, Pectunculus glyctmeris, Tellina abliqua, Pish-DONeS® waces < san. saheaeeae vo Teed eae os 200 From this it is clear that the Crag reaches to a depth of over 200 feet. The next section shows that it goes down to about 240 feet. Lowestoft. Ice-works, near Lake Lothing. 1902. Made and communicated by Messrs. Trntry. (Remarks in parentheses made from specimens. ) A good supply of water was got between 480 and 550 feet down, but unfortunately it contained much magnesia. A fresh set of tubes was driven down to 490 feet, to shut off this water. At that depth the Chalk is practically waterless. Thickness. Depth. Feet. Feet. (Red loamy orsivel’ . 5.5, tac. ocnseesee ner 14 12 Fine light-coloured sand (specimen rather COANSE)! Yo, ae nates. induce ae deacon meee ates 13 25 Grey sand (light-coloured), with stones... 10 39 Light-coloured sand (fine), with stones ... 7 42 Coarse grit with stones (flint-shingle) 2 44 | Light-brown sand (with some small bits [| Dri. | 4 OP MAMINE) engl int ta Sos Mae Sena eoeetee 12 56 Sandy blue clay (brownish-grey, micaceous) 2 58 Sandy loam (fine, grey, compacted loamy GRRE) AG weccaceagse nc coast see tela apes it ek cee 4 62 Dark-oneyisamel «6. Sncm cee 305 [ wine Chatky sand ccd ini sceceneast Ses el en 3s 40 Probably /{ Subangular gravel (flint, quartz, ete.) ...... 20 60 Guacwu. || Brownipravelly sand(2....0...:-2--.022-04-00- 4 ~ 604 Ferruginous sand and small stones......... 10 705 Garni a errugimous raicaceous loam, A.a.csciee tes re (23 Gre rey miicaceous loam ..........-....eeeeeeee if 80 162 fect bee more micaceous loam..........-....+-« 5 85 : : Grey micaceous loam, harder and sandy . 2 87 ( Grey sand and small stones.................. 11 98 -| Gravel (flint-pebble & subangular quartz). Lie 99 ; Grey sand, with fragments of Mytilus ... 31 130 | Grey silty sand, with Littorina littorea, | Purpura lapillus, Tellina obliqua, and Ls BCR ipobahG CSHA NEC ea tee matter Anes 5 135 Craa. 4 Silty micaceous grey sand, with Zel/ina.... 18 148 Grey sand, the bottom 7 feet with DMyti/us i and Tellina pretenwis (2) ..0sccccseceeeeee 13 161 Hard, greenish-grey, micaceous loam...... iP 1624 ; Greenish-grey, micaceous, silty sand ....:. Te 164. : Grey silty sand, somewhat coarser, with a - |. few shell-fraememnts ¢) 2. eee eae eee 16. oie : A letter (of September 1900) from Messrs. Tilley, who were called in after the work was finished, gives the following further information :—The water-level was 61 feet down. From the deep Vol. 59. | WELL-SECTIONS IN SUFFOLK. 4] boring practically no water was got; but from a fresh boring, put down by them to the depth of 80 feet (from the surface), about 9 gallons a minute were obtained. Lastly, we have a section at Benacre, where, if the Crag is about as thick as at the Southwold boring, some 5 miles south (where it has been proved to have a thickness of 147 feet), it should reach to a depth of over 200 feet. Benacre. ‘The Hail. 1900. Made and communicated by Messrs. Tiniery. About 60 feet above sea-level. Water from the sand and gravel from 38 to 48 feet down. Below 57 feet no water worth speaking of. Thickness. Depth. Feet. Feet. SUT rn BUR a 2 el Pe ee Ce RIE nee ST IO RE 2 o} ieeeriaee Repent basen Sanevamnamtions 19 2] [ GLACIAL POamiysA Nel nieces We cacscad scan ndasaceeee 1 22 Drirt. | iT Sear Gli acters tern en ee ae, Poa cc Aon wee 16 38 | IMG RAVE pice. t aca: doc hose eR eee 3 4i e-le@amniiy Saat tas cca Aa Stee sen eaten eee see 2 45 Dead Senile ecsac conte nce chon acces 9 52 /ieae] ) Live sand and water (about 5 gallons a WPy UDUTTMIE) eee dase chee a ceM nas ea eet Soke ) oF [? Curuumsrorp Eieht-coloured Voamt 5 scp. .)s22-- teen donee 54 625 Onay.] Dark loam 2222.2 Eyaganbes-auastaenan saece 9543 > 638 Pbight-coloured! loam 2 hse -9.04-2sonere 9 12 Dead sand (shells and very little [Crac. | | WeUbesD hc nosh Sayan toe ee Re 18 90 Sam snes ators cee muse ver eee tee uree te 3 163 VARIOUS. The primary object of this paper has now been fulfilled. But there are a few other Suffolk sections that should, I think, be recorded in print, so as to be accessible to geologists. Accounts of these now follow, in alphabetical order of places. The first is not new, but the private Report in which it is printed can only be seen with difficulty. It corrects and adds to an earlier record. Boulge. The Hall. The well was deepened and the borehole made about 1873. About 116 feet above Ordnance-datum. Letter from Mr. O. T. Grszons in Mr. G. Hodson’s Second Report (Suffolk Asylum Water-Supply), 1890. Shaft 79 feet, the rest bored ; 6 inches in diameter at first, then 4 inches, Water, from the Chalk, rose to within about 20 feet of the top of 42 MR. W. WHITAKER ON SOME [Feb. 1903, the bore-pipe. Supply plentiful. In the well there was plenty of water from the ‘coprolite white sand ;’ but it smelt badly, and was not fit for use. Thickness. Depth. ‘Feet. Feet. (Bourper-Cray.| Clay 7. yeeeeeee eee eee 49 49 | Drirr? & Crag. ] Ba Winite sands. nocemecus 30 99 he oncom Clava treccste nnn i homer ae 50 149 ae m3 ee [? Basement-bed.] | Green sand, 56 feet. similar to turnip-seed ............ 6 155 |Respine Bens, 1 Yellow clay a eee eee 25 180 AO feet. | | Green sand; as above .............. 15) 195 CHAD cucg Gi.) inlece teeta BR eae Ee EEE 29 224. This does net agree with the short note reproduced in the Geological Survey Memoir on ‘The Geology of ..... Woodbridge,’ p. 50 (1886), which makes the depth to the Chalk 160, and in the Chalk 90 feet. The above more detailed account is presumably the more correct. The water was condemned on analysis. Brettenham Park. By some outbuildings west of the Hall. 1901. Communicated by Mr. T. C. T. Warner, M.P. (from a statement which was given him by the borers), with some notes from the tev. Epwin Hitt. About 280 feet above Ordnance-datum. Shaft 159 feet, the rest bored. An excellent supply of water, to within 140 feet of the surface. Thickness. Depth. Feet. Feet. / Blue Boulder-Clay, with chalk-stones. A spe- | cimen from the depth of 130 feet slightly POW IIS ID: akin ct esciens haute en saeseeeeeumeee 141 141 | Roulghimed wander. ts-¢ occ 14. Gertie ee sarees 16 157 | Loam-sandiaithioney clay “2-2....- |” Yellow ‘clay vandachallkwe,-c. 4 16 Derr.) } Blue clay and chalk ............ 37 58 | Loamy sand and water....... c 3 66 \WBluevclay ama (chalk es eee 24 90 = Putty chalky). tases naeeee eee 25 115 Misia Chalk ie si eee 67h mige : Chailkvand flimts? op. es4eeeeee es 38 220 Hitcham Street. Boring for Public Water-Supply. 1901. Communicated by Mr. E. 8. Cospzonp. (Remarks in parentheses from peommens. ) About 175 feet ahove Ordnance-datum, Thickness. Depth. Feet. Feet. Surfaces aberiali .cactseacee ec. oscars | 12 12 fap aulider- Olay, 2 oss: 5. bascseaecans a if i; Gravel anclsand 97.2 dctiaeacnce scons 18 30 White sandy silt, 22.05.2-eccinp a ceeneeeaete 0) 2 f¢ { — Upper 4 Triconra-Grit. } | » 3 | 4. Whitish oolitic freestone, top-bed bored ; Uprrr FREESTONE. Terebratula fimbria in stratum 2 feet 6 inches down; (visible) ................++ 4 0 This section is, I consider, one of the best of the Upper Trigonia- Grit in the Cotteswolds. It is especially noticeable, on account of the occurrence, somewhat abundantly, of Acanthothyris spinosa and Zeilleria Hughesi. The exact horizons at which Terebratula fimbria was noticed were at 30, 35, and 39 inches down. A fifth of a 1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. li (1895) p. 407. Sr ee Vol. 59.] AT COWLEY, NEAR CHELTENHAM. 387 mile to the north-east by north is another quarry, yielding the following section :— QUARRY NEAR BRIMPSFIELD. (Seven-tenths of a mile south-west by west of the Church.) 77 ;,.2-nes8 in Feet inches. (1. Greyish, shelly limestone; Terebratula globata, Zeilleria Hughesi, Rhynchonella angulata, Acanthothyris spinosa, Tri- | UPprEer gonia, Avicula, Ctenostreon ; Oppelia Trigonra-GRIT. subcostata 19 inches above the Upper BreestOne: “inscos ten eee naan ees: 8 0 2. Brownish earthy layer, with pebbles of Upper Mreestomens.yansass ee eee 0 4 | 3. Hard, whitish, oolitic freestone, top-bed Upper FREESTONE. bored; Terebratula fimbria noticed 2 feet Sanches down'-) (visible) vase s.sases- en; + 3 5) The horizon at which Terebratula jfimbria occurs in this section appears to be about the same as in the previous one. Provisionally, we may conclude that the anticlinal axis runs south of these quarries. The reduction to the south-east from Dunley to Brimps- field is what would be expected, as in that direction the Upper Freestone must become thinner until the Upper Trigonza-Grit rests upon the Oolite-Marl. The third section may be constructed by piecing together the evidence afforded by the quarry on the south side of the road from Birdlip to Prinknash, and by the quarried face of the hill im- mediately to the north thereof, on the other side of the road :— QUARRY SOUTH OF THE BirDLIP AND Prinknasu Roap, IN CRANHAM Woop. GN Melos Feet inches. 1. Grey, shelly rock ; Rhynchonella hampen- UPPER ( ensis, Rh. angulata, Rh. subtetrahedra, TRIGoNrIA-GRIT. Terebratula globata, Aulacothyris cari- MLD, LUG OMUG pn CLC Ae oe ce tick ecco: Sateen 4 0 2. Yellowish-white freestone, top-bed slightly bored by annelids; a single specimen of Terebratula fimbria occurs 34 feet Upper FREESTONE. { down, while at 5 feet 10 inches this shell is somewhat plentiful, and is associated with Lucina, Trigonia, and numerous \ Specimens of Nerin@a ........-.2.0s0ses0ee Tiga ea 0) Crossing to the other side of the road, we have in the uppermost excavation :— UppErR . : Thickness in Be oneeCuen ' 1. Rubble with Terebratula globata, ete. Rick. spnee : 2. Whitish freestone, top-bed bored ; Tere- Urrer FREESTONE. { bratula fimbria 3 feet 7 inches down ... 3 8 Q.J.G.8. No. 235. 25 388 MR, L. RICHARDSON ON A SECTION [ Aug. 1903, The section below again shows :— Thickness in Feet inches. Uprrer Freestone. 2. Yellowish-white freestone; about ...... vi 3. Yellowish-white marl crowded with Tere- 0 M bratula fimbria, var., and less so with earn T. submaxillata and Rhynchonella subobsoleta. (visible) Ee. cen. eee 1 bo The foregoing record shows a thickness of 10 feet 8 inches for the Upper Freestone. It is in the uppermost 2 inches of the Oolite- Marl that Zerebratula fimbria occurs the most abundantly, and the majority of the specimens are very coarsely fimbriated. The evidence afforded from the horizons at which Verebratula jimbria has been noticed in the particular quarries in which the Upper Freestone is é¢xposed, and mentioned in this paper, would indicate that the maximum upheaval of the strata in the Birdlip area is as shown in the sketch-map (p. 382). As regards the geographical extent of the subdivisions upon which the Upper Trigonia-Grit rests to the south-west of this anticlinal axis I give it on the.authority of Mr. 8. 8. Buckman.’ That the forces which caused the flexuring of the strata, and the consequent erosion known as the ‘ Bajocian Denudation,’ affected the Liassic rocks also, is obvious. Consequently, the exact location of the anticlines and synclines of the Inferior-Oolite rocks in the Cotteswold Hills, where sections are numerous, may afford some important working hypotheses for unravelling the structure of the Vale of Gloucester, where excavations are few. Discussion. The Rev. H. H. Wrywoop said that the Author was doing a good work in the Cotteswold district, and evidently working on Mr. Buckman’s lines, adopting both his views and nomenclature. The many details given in the paper required careful reading and consideration before an opinion of any value could be formed. Mr. H. B. Woopwarp looked upon the Cotteswold fossiliferous ‘orits’ as representing local conditions of the sea-bed. The remarkable point was the extension of the Upper Trigonia-Grit over the other beds. The anticline, if drawn to scale, was not very conspicuous. Mr. R. 8. Herrres thought that it was impossible for anyone not knowing the ground in detail, to follow or accept inferences of denudation founded on the thinning-out in a single quarry of a bed 4 inches thick; but the evidence was sufficiently convincing when pointed out on the spot by Mr. Buckman. Prot. Groom thought that the interest attached to an uncon- formity was not always in proportion to the magnitude of the 1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. lvii (1901) pl. vi. Vol. 59.] AT COWLEY, NEAR CHELTENHAM, 389 break. The small unconformity investigated by Mr. Buckman and the Author was of importance in several ways. It might help to explain the unexpected absence of certain zone-fossils from beds elsewhere ; it threw light upon the variations in thickness of an apparently conformable series of beds; and it presented a case of ‘contemporaneous erosion’ which showed all the essential features of a true unconformity. Doubtless many other, hitherto undiscovered, examples of the same kind existed. A study of these in the strata of a folded mountain-chain might be expected to throw much light upon the gradual building-up of the chain. In connection with the repetition of a movement at a subsequent date, to which the Author had made allusion, attention might be drawn to the parallelism of certain of the movements on the two sides of the Severn Valley: thus the synclinal axis drawn by Mr. Buckman between Painswick and Stroud appeared to coincide with that between the Woolhope and Ledbury districts. It was to be hoped that the Author and others would continue their studies in the district, and would extend them to a consideration of the folds traversing the strata at the surface. 390 MR. L, RICHARDSON ON THE RHZTIC [Aug. 1903, 31. The Rumwtic and Lower Lias of Szeppury CFF, near CHEp- stow (MonmovutusHiRe). By Linspatz Ricwarpson, Esq., F.G.S. (Read June 24th, 1903.) [Pirate XXITV—Venrrican Section. | On the opposite side of the Severn to Aust Cliff, and 2 miles north- north-west of that section, there is a corresponding elevation known as Beachley, Aunard’s, or Sedbury Cliff. Chepstow lies to the west- north-west, and in a direct line is distant about 14 miles, but by road about 21 miles. I have distinguished the cliff-section as that of Sedbury, since Sedbury Park, the country-seat of Sir William Marling, Bart.—to whom, and to Mr. 8. 8. Marling, I am indebted for permission to examine the cliff and for kind assistance—is situated on the Rheetic and Liassic outlier. The literature relating to the section is not voluminous. In that which has come under my notice I find it incidentally mentioned in several papers,’ and briefly noticed in two other communications. The earliest account is that given by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, but it is based upon information supplied by Mr. Higgins.” This account may be summarized as follows. There is a development of true ‘ Insect-Limestone’ above the ‘ Landscape-Stone,’ and although they are separated one from the other by 4 feet of shale at the eastern end of the section, at the western they thin out and blend as at. Aust. The ‘ Landscape-Stone’ contains a great variety of insect- remains, some of which are tolerably perfect. The ‘ Cypris- and Plant-Bed’ is seen in its proper position, and in every case possesses a true ‘ Landscape’ character. Sir W. V. Guise observed that this section closely resembled the exposure at Aust, yet presented differences which gave it a certain speciality : ‘The exposure of Lower Lias is considerably greater, and abounds in such characteristic fossils of the formation as Lima gigantea, Ammonites planorbis, and its thicker variety A. Johnstoni, Ostrea liassica, ete. The Rhetic Beds resemble very closely those at Aust—the ‘‘ Bone-Bed” is but feebly repre- sented—Avicula contorta is present occasionally.’ * It will be seen, then, that very little is known concerning the sequence of the component beds of the Rheetic Series at this locality: hence the origin of the present paper. Unfortunately the cliff is very awkward to examine, and even when an apparently- suitable place for the investigation of the Rhetic Beds has been discovered, these deposits are found to be hidden under a con- siderable accumulation of slipped rock. The dip being riverwards, 1 H. Wills, Trans. Clifton Coll. Sci. Soc. pt. 111 (1872) pp. 49,.55; Brit. Assoe, (Bristol, 1898) Handbook of Excursions, ‘ Aust & Over Court’; S. 8S. Buckman, Proc. Cotteswold Nat. F. C. vol. xiii (1901) p. 278. * «A History of the Fossil Insects in the Secondary Rocks of England’ 1845, pp. 83-85. > Proc. Cotteswold Nat. F. C. vol. vi (1877) pp. 270-71. Lf 7 Pas Vol. 59. | AND LOWER LIAS OF SEDBURY CLIFF. 391 slips on a large scale are of frequent occurrence; and the work of destruction is hastened by a number of springs, which have also caused large deposits of travertine to be formed, and masses of this are seen on the beach. The chief portion of the cliff-section now to be described has a direction north-east and south-west ; the dip of the beds is south- south-easterly, at an angle which does not exceed 3°. The Upper Keuper Marls constitute the base of the section, and are exposed for a thickness of about 664 feet. This thickness includes 56 feet of red marl, and 101 feet of ‘Tea-green Marls.’ The term ‘ Tea+green Marls’ for these 101 feet of deposit is quite a misnomer here, for the predominating tint is yellow. They may be thus described :— Thickness in Feet inches. (a) Yellowish-green, somewhat soft marl ............ 2 0 (6) Hard: band otimarl stoner se. ssne ae ee OT tose (c) Marl similar to a, but with hard nodular IMAGSSES ep mrtrecme ss face fees Lan eeaouee ene eens seen aG a 6 The ‘Tea-green Marls, together with the greater number of the component deposits of the Lower Rhetic stage, are best examined at the step-fault shown in the accompanying figure (p. 392), and distant about 30 yards north-east from the place where Offa’s Dyke terminates on the cliff. Resting upon the ‘ Tea-green Marls’ is the Bone-Bed, but here (as the late Edward Wilson showed was also the case at Pylle Hill, Bristol) the line of junction between the two stages—the Upper Keuper and Lower Rhetic—is sharply defined, palzontologically and lithologically. On the other hand, however, the ‘'Tea-green Marls’ graduate downward imperceptibly into the Red Marls. The Bone- Bed usually occurs in the form of one or more layers of light-grey, micaceous sandstone ; but this development is sometimes replaced by an interesting conglomerate, in all respects similar to that so well known at Aust Cliff. The latter occurrence, however, is the exception rather than the rule. One subangular mass of marl had a diameter of 8 inches. In the conglomerate vertebrate remains are well-preserved, but often crumble away when an attempt is made at extraction. No less than fifteen specimens of Sargodon tomicus were observed in a piece of the Bone-Bed with a superficial extent of one square inch, but unfortunately shivered while the piece was being detached from the larger mass. To Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., 1 am indebted for kindly examining a few of the fish- remains ; but’it will be noticed that in the list of organic remains from Bed 15 appended to Pl. XXIV‘ no mention is made of the ' Tn order to facilitate the correlation of this section with those in North- West Gloucestershire, I have employed numbers for the various beds corre- sponding with those given in my paper on ‘ The Rhetic Rocks of North-West Gloucestershire’ Proc. Cotteswold Nat. F. C. vol. xiv (1903) pp. 127-74. 392 MR. L. RICHARDSON ON THE RH ATIC [ Aug. 1903, teeth of Ceratodus. This is remarkable, considering the proximity to Aust, where so many have been found. ‘Their non-record, moreover, is not due to inadequate investigation of the bed, for many hours’ attention was bestowed upon this stratum alone. The sandstone-layers considered as equivalent to Beds 13 & 14 of the North-West Gloucestershire sections, and which alternate with shaly deposits, are conspicuously ripple-marked, and often covered Step-fault, 30 yards north-east of Offa's Dyke. (See p. 391.) S.W. I tg NE. Rhetic mS . OS . ae —) NS LSS ow Se ee \ VA <)) ~ \ EP ACs ox << v1 2 Za \ Tea-grecn Marls Red Marls : é aN or j Me es Abe: : on ee a if Lf Zn, 9 OL OF ee eA ( 4 ¥ : hae Cn ine VS NE peak Pag as (displacement 3 ft.) (displacement 7 ft.) Vertical & Horizontal Scales:- 10 feet =1 inch, with obscure markings similar to those described to this Society by Strickland on November 30th, 1842.’ In the Bone-Bed proper (No. 15) casts of lamellibranchs occur, resembling Schizodus and a broad form of Modiola minima. Intervening between the beds numbered 13 & 14, and 7, is a deposit of black shale 7 feet thick. At 6 inches above the former deposit are 14 inches of black shale, thinly laminated and very firm; and this stratum, projecting from the cliff, constitutes a prominent feature. The succeeding 5 feet Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. iv, pp. 16-18. ~ Vol. 59.] AND LOWER LIAS OF SEDBURY CLIFF. 393 4 inches of black shale are replete with the ordinary Lower Rhetic fossils at certain horizons. Bed 7 is a useful datum-level upon which to correlate sections, and is separated from a similar lime- stone-bed by 6 inches of fossiliferous shale. Reference to Edward Wilson’s record of the Pylle-Hill section,’ and that given by Mr. W. H. Wickes of a section at Redland (New Clifton), Bristol,* will show how closely the Sedbury-Cliff section at this horizon resembles them. An interesting record is that of the teeth of Acrodus minimus from Bed 7—a somewhat high horizon for this species. The specimens of Pecten valoniensis are well-preserved in Bed 7, which exhibits two lithological varieties. The one 1s a hard, slightly pyritic, and regularly-bedded rock; the other, extremely hard, blackish-blue, and occurring in somewhat lenticular masses. In that portion of the cliff which includes the step-fault, the shales immediately above 5b have suffered much from weathering and their nearness to the surface. Doubtless—as investigation at other points in the cliff shows—the lower portion of the immediately- superincumbent shales was once black, but is now brownish-black and greenish-grey with whitish streaks, owing to atmospheric influences. Bed 5a is only grouped provisionally with the Lower Rheetic, and, although Avicula contorta has not been recorded there- from as yet, I have little doubt that if it had been possible to investigate the deposit more thoroughly, that lamellibranch would have been found. Brodie’s ‘Cypris- & Plant- Bed, or the HEstheria-Bed, is another good datum-level. Lithologically, it resembles its equiva- lent in the North-West Gloucestershire sections, of which I have given details elsewhere.? In places it presents the ‘ Landscape’ phenomenon noticed by Brodie; but the Hstheria are very rare, and I have not recorded Naiadite. Concerning this and the succeeding beds belonging to the Rheetic Series, and also the one classed as the basement-bed of the Lias, Brodie wrote :— ‘ At this cliff as well as at Aust, and on Bedminster Down, the “ Cypris- and Plant-Bed”’ is seen in its proper position, and in every case possesses a true “Landscape” character. This, in addition to its position and fossils, serves to identify it with the same bed at Wainlode, Westbury, etc., etc., and also with the “ firestone” of Warwickshire. Thus far the resemblance is clear, but the intervening stratum between the “ Insect-Limestone” and “ Cypris- Bed” is evidently wanting in other places. The ‘“ Landscape-Stone,” from its peculiar mineralogical aspects, is in all probability more closely connected with the “ Cypris- and Plant-Bed,” than with the ‘“ Insect-Limestone,” with which it only blends when the clays which separate the two are absent. The “ Land- scape-Stone” encloses many Cypris and fragments of minute Plants, and a few small Fish.’ + In some parts of the chiff the Hstheria-Bed occurs in nodular masses and exhibits arborescent markings, but it may be observed to pass * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xlvii (1891) table facing p. 546. * Proce. Bristol Nat. Soc. vol. ix (1899) pl. i, facing p. 100. * Ibid. vol. x (1901) pp. 72-76. * © Fossil Insects ’ 1845, p. 84. 394 MR. L. RICHARDSON ON THE RH TIC [Aug. 1903, laterally into a greenish fine-grained rock without these markings ; also into a cream-coloured, somewhat laminated rock. Immediately above the Hstheria-Bed, or separated therefrom by a thin clayey deposit, is a gritty band from 4 to 2 inches thick. In one part of the section (more towards the north-east) the Hstheria- Bed is separated from the next hard stratum by 2 feet of deposit, but in another the intervening deposit is as much as 3 feet 4 inches thick. Where the former thickness was obtained at a horizon 1 foot above the Hstheria-Bed, ostracods were most abundant—their exact position being indicated by a yellowish streak. Prof. T. R. Jones, F'.R.S., kindly examined these, and reported that they in- cluded Darwinula liassica and varieties. I observed ostracods at the same horizon—at least, 1 foot below the Cotham Marble—in the Lilliput cutting on the South Wales Direct Line near Chipping Sodbury. The shales whence the ostracods are procurable are Bed M of Wilson. I was unable to see the Cotham Marble exhibit- ing arborescent markings. That it is present in such a form, however, is shown by the information supplied to Brodie by Higgins. My investigations showed that the basement-bed of the Lower Lias is conglomeratic, and that below—to which the conglomerate adheres—is sometimes present a limestone having a peculiar flinty fracture. This thin layer of conglomerate indicates a non- sequence. In places the conglomerate rests upon this limestone (Cotham Marble), and in others upon the shales (Bed 2). Fallen masses on the beach also showed that the conglomerate, in some places was attached to a limestone-bed, in others that this limestone- stratum was absent (several masses exhibited thin remnants of lime- stone, bored, just below the conglomerate) ; and also that when this Cotham Marble was absent the conglomerate was attached to the next bed in ascending order—sometimes a fissile limestone, and sometimes a stratum crowded with Ostrea. It would appear, according to the classification which J followed in North-West Gloucestershire, and also in the case of a section at Woodnorton, near Evesham,’ that the fissile bed and the con- glomerate (the latter on about the horizon of the Pseudomonotis-Bed of that locality) were classed with the Upper Rhetic; indeed, it is highly probable that the band of Ostrea is the equivalent of the ‘ Bottom-Bed’ of those sections, and that the fissile limestone is the equivalent of the shales (pars) intervening between the ‘ Bottom-Bed’ and the Pseudomonotis-Bed of the Wainlode and Garden-Cliff sections. In connection with the conglomerate-bed, it may be noted that the remanié bed of Lassington occurs 11 feet 4 inches below deposits known to yield Psiloceras planorbis,? The Lower Liassic beds succeed, and present the faunal and lithological characters so well known in the West of England. | Geol. Mag. 1903, p. 82. 2 «The Jurassic Rocks of Britain’ vol. iii, Mem. Geol. Sury. (1893) p. 141. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, Vol. LIX, Pl. XXIV. | iBuRY CLIFF, NEAR CHEPsTOw. Feet inches. Wren nd 24 QO Ammonites (Psiloceras) Johnstoni, Lima gigantea. ( Ammonites (Psiloceras) planorbis (teeming in the top bed), rare 2 7 < Am. (Psil.) Johnstoni, Lima gigantea, Modiola minima, L Cardinia, Anomia. Rice QO 11 Fishes (scales), Anomia, Pseudodiadema. Ammonites (Psiloceras) planorbis, Modiola minima, Lima oad gigantea, L. pectinoides. Fishes (scales), Ostrea liassica, Lima pectinoides, Avicula nds. c aeatl 3 5 : fallax,? Anomia, Pseudodiadema. | ( Ostrea liassica, Lima Hermanni, L. pectinoides, L. valon- ees: 0 4 < iensis, Anomia, Pectens of calvus & textorius-types, | Pseudodiadema (spines). vee 1 0 Ostrea liassica, Modiola minima, Avicula fallax. Pleuromya crowcombeia, Ostrea liassica, Modiola minima, Pee Hi 8 { Avicula fallax, Protocardium rheticum, Unicardiun cardioides. 1 1 rie crowcombeia, Ostrea liassica, Modiola minima, [SEoe Lima valoniensis, Avicula cygnipes, Phasianella (2). a: 0 Oto2 Fishes (scales) and shell-fragments (Ostrea ?). to 5 5 F Ae: 2 OO Darwinula liassica and varieties. ee | 0 8 ee tee minuta var. Brodieana, Schizodus (?), Plewro- f phorus, fishes (scales ?). - oo 3 5 Myophoria, Pecten, and shell-fragments. 2 4 { Pecten valoniensis, Schizodus Ewaldi, Myophoria Emmerichi, Protocardium rheticum. ya } 0 5 Pecten valoniensis, Gyrolepis Alberti. Be 0 6 Schizodus and shell-fragments. we ( Acrodus minimus, Saurichthys acuminatus, Gyrolepis Alberti, ee s 0 6 J Hybodus minor, Pecten valoniensis, Avicula.contorta, Pro- : P | tocardium rheticum, Modiola minima, Schizodus Ewaldi, alain | coprolites, and an ichthyodorulite. ails ; 5 4, ; Schizodus Ewaldi, Modiola minima, Pleurophorus elongatus, Pl. angulatus, Protocardium rheticum. : 1 2 = 0 6 ne, Acrodus minimus, Gyrolepis Alberti (scales & teeth ?), ire } 8 ; Saurichthys acuminatus, and small coprolites. t (Gyrolepis Alberti (scales and teeth?), Sargodon tomicus, bt- Saurichthys acuminatus, Hybodus cloacinus, H. minor, a 0 4 Acrodus minimus, Nemacanthus (spines), Modiola, Schizo- dus (2), Labyrinthodont-tooth, skin of Hybodus, coprolites, fish-vertebre, piece of wood. e Lower Lias were determined by Mr. Arthur Vaughan, F.G.S. Rhetic Upper Keuper Lower Lias ‘Upper Rhetic Lower Rhetic Tea-green - Marls Red Marls Vertical Section of SEDBURY CLIFF, near Chepstow. Bone-Bed Vertical Scale:- ao feet=x inch Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc, Vol, LIX, Pl. XXIV. Section at SevBury Curr, near CHEpstow. Shales & limestone-bands! Limestones, with thick"deposits of shalo ......s..... Feet inches. 24 0 Ammonites (Psiloceras) Johnstoni, Lima gigantea. Ammonites (Psiloceras) planorbis (teeming in the top bed), 2 7 Am. (Psil.) Johnstoni, Lima gigantea, Modiola minima, 56. Limestone, hard, bla 7. Limestone, hard, bluish-black, slightly pyvitic; Cardinia, Anomia. Sitalespeassneescetey sever tages sees nev aitewae NSE 0 11 _ Fishes (scales), Anomia, Pseudodiadema. Limestone, with band of shale................<..as.« 1 fi {Ammonites (Psiloceras) planorbis, Modiola minima, Lima 2 gigantea, L. pectinoides. a a ae 5 aon < Ss Ar F y Cones 4 Fishes (scales), Ostrea liassica, Lima pectinoides, Avicula 5 hales, very fissile, with two thin limestone-bahds. 4 0 allure naintan Pieudodtadenia: Fy ‘ ( Ostrea liassica, Lima Hermanni, L. pectinoides, L. valon- E Limestone 0 4 iensis, Anomia, Pectens of caluus & textorius-types, g ‘ : Pseudodiadema (spines). Shale, with a limestone-band . 1 0 Ostrea liassica, Modiola minima, Avicula fallax. te. Pleuromya crowcombeia, Ostrea liassica, Modiola minima, Shales, with limestone-bands awe 1 8 Avicula fallax, Protocardium rheticum, Unicardium cardioides. c| PETRA enacts Pleuromya crowcombeia, Ostrea liassica, Modiola minima Limestones, with shale-partings ............c.ceeseee 1 1 { Tei ip cic aie Aprile cyanipee, Phasianella . id cE AMTE te Composed of Fragments of Cotham} 9 9499 Fishes (scales) and shell-fragments (Ostrea 2). (7 es ish-grey, inly, 4 6 9) 3 eb Sco eae grey, thinly laminated; 2 Lon 2 0 Darwinula liassica and varieties. :| 3. Aiea Bed or ‘ Cypris-Bed.’ Presents eral ithological modifications. Resting upon this hed, ~ A e on hie . a or separated therefrom by a thin clayey deposit, 0 8 {eae A Rs Schizodus (7), Plewro- a is a sandy layer 4 to 2 inches thick; 4 to phorus, fishes (scales ?). fs TBH CHES ireskenetettenessraseeemeserecaceseneres % Pp 4, Shales, greenish-grey, imperfectly laminated. 3 6 Myophoria, Pecten, and shell-fragments. 6a. Shales, black, laminated 2 { Pecten valoniensis, Schizodus Ewaldi, Myophoria Emmerichi, Protocardium rheticum. o 9 Pecten valoniensis, Gyrolepis Alberti. 6 Schizodus and shell-fragments. [Si minimus, Saurichthys acuminatus, Gyrolepis Alberti, 5 =; . — de Hybodus minor, Pecten valoniensis, Avicula contorta, Pro- g layer of ‘Abrous calcite on the under-surfyce; ¢ 0 8 rocardium rhaticum, Modiola minima, Sohizodus Bicaldi, B 2: ee pone” Beis L_ coprolites, and an ichthyodorulite. R & f Shales, black, sandy streaks, selenitic. Nongiley eh (EEL Ewaldi, Modiola minima, Plewrophorus elongatus, =) cup very abundant at certain horizons ..............)... Pl. angulatus, Protocardium rheticum. E 11. Shales, black, firm, thinly laminated 1 2 3 | 12. Shales, black, earthy .. 0 6 13. § Sandstone-layers & shale alternating. Sandstone, 0 8 Acrodus minimus, Gyrolepis Alberti (scales & teeth ?), 14,0 calcareous, micaceous, small quartz-pebbles ..,... Saurichthys acuminatus, and small coprolites. c is Alberti (scal id teeth ?), Sargodon tomicus, 15, Sandstone (Boxz-vap); coarse, calcarvous, Tight- Sei tGL ccundudnen sta iasa locas = RTE Grey. Sandstone, with masses of ‘Tea - grgen 0 4 Acrodus minimus, Nemacanthus (spines), Modiola, Schizo- Marl’; in spies non-conglomeratic. Micaceaus, dus (?), Uabyrinthodont-tooth, skin of Hybodus, coprolites, L quartz-pebbles a; fish-vertebrae, piece of wood. (I. ‘Tea-green Marls.’ Yellowish-green marls, with A a a hard band of marlstone . : “ a0 5 5 ET II. Red Marls, angular fracture; bluish-grey & 1 56 0 . =] lowish zones & blotches .............c2c20 eee sssnqeee 1 These could only be examined in broken blocks on the shore. 2 This and several other fossils from the Lower Lias were determined by Mr. Arthur Vaughan, F.G.S. HLA AE Ay tag Palys \ ee Pee int ta ee ‘curate wtih ¢ hughes Poa ob Meal ey ~ , | i otdihe ahha | , Wen hak a te Vol. 59.] AND LOWER LIAS OF SEDBURY CLIFF. — 395 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. Vertical section of Sedbury Cliff, on the scale of 20 feet to the inch. Discussion. Mr. Huptzsron drew attention to Bed 15 of the Lower Rheetic in the Author’s section. It was important to notice that in this area the sandstone (Bone-Bed) contained masses of ‘ Tea-green Marl.’ Since it was held by some that these ‘ Tea-green Marls’ actually formed a portion of the Rhetic, the inclusion of derived masses of the underlying bed helped to corroborate the late Edward Wilson’s view, which entirely dissociated these ‘marls’ from the Rhetic Series. Recently a paper had been read before the Society, wherein the author included the green marls,’ as a matter of course, in the Rheetic. Owing to criticisms made at the time, he (the speaker) had been assured by Bristol geologists that additional evidence was forthcoming in that district in conformity with Edward Wilson’s views, which he desired to emphasize. Mr. H. B. Woopwaxrp remarked that the previous speaker had raised a controversial matter that had been pretty well thrashed-out. The Tea-green Marls were no doubt passage-beds between the Keuper and the Rhetic. If one went alittle farther south, one would find a bone-bed in these green marls, and in going westward to Bridgend, in South Wales, one would find red marls on the horizon of the Upper Rheetic, as noted by Tawney, and lately confirmed by the officers of the Geological Survey. Red marls also occur on a similar horizon in Antrim, as observed by the late Ralph Tate. He agreed with the Author in regard to the conglomerate at the base of the Lias. In the Bristol district and northward there was evidence of erosion of the White Lias. Heregarded the Hstheria-Bed of West- bury-on-Severn as probably representing the Cotham Marble: it contained arborescent markings. Mr. Wurraker said that, so far as the Bristol area was con- cerned, he agreed with the late Edward Wilson that the Tea-green Marls were perfectly distinct from the Rheetic, and belonged to the Keuper. He cited in confirmation Hébert’s opinion as to the section at Aust Cliff, and remarked that he could not sufficiently deprecate the differentiation of beds by colour alone. + (A. J. Jukes-Browne, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. lviii (1902) pp. 281-82.] © ie) op) MR. A. VAUGHAN ON THE LOWEST BEDS [ Aug. 1903, 32. The Lowxsr Beps of the Lowrr Lras at Suppury Crier. By ArTHuR VAvenan, Ksq., B.A., B.Sc., F.G.S. (Read June 24th, 1903.) THE two chief points of interest in the Lower Lias of Sedbury Cliff, which I examined in company with Mr. L. Richardson, are, firstly, the relation of the basal conglomerate to the Cotham Marble and White Lias of neighbouring districts; and, secondly, the examination of the faunal sequence, with a view to testing the absolute value of ammonite-zones. 1. The Conglomerate. This is composed of fragments of a very compact, lithographic, argillaceous limestone, which exhibits well-marked conchoidal fracture. The large fragments are invariably tabular and lie horizontally, their vertical dimension being small compared with their horizontal extent ; all of them show internal, horizontal bands of colour which may undoubtedly be considered to have existed in the original rock-layer from which the fragments were broken. The smaller fragments lie in all directions, and many of them are rounded ; they almost invariably exhibit an outer, more deeply stained shell, the colour of which shades off inward quite uniformly and imperceptibly. There can be little doubt that this staining has been produced subsequently to the breaking and rolling of the fragments, and, most probably, subsequently to their cementation into a conglomerate. That the fragments of the conglomerate once formed part of a layer exactly similar to the true Cotham Marble of the Bristol and Sodbury areas, is almost without question, since they agree absolutely in lithological characters with specimens of that rock, though I have noticed no fragments which show the peculiar arborescent markings. It is, however, important to notice that the arborescent marking, though peculiar, does not form an essential character of the Cotham-Marble layer, being very commonly absent’; whereas some form of undulating, horizontal banding, especially near the base of the layer, is almost invariable. The resemblance of this conglomerate to the so-called ‘ False- Cotham ’” is still more striking, for the shape, colouring, and irregular lie of the thin, tabular fragments are identical in the two rocks. The main differences are that, in the conglomerate, the smaller fragments are frequently rounded, and the matrix is dissimilar in character from the fragments which it cements. In ‘ False-Cotham’ the fragments are almost invariably tabular, very * See Beeby Thompson, ‘ Landscape Marble’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. 1 (1894) p. 399. > The term ‘ False-Cotham’ was, I believe, first employed by Mr. J. Parsons, B.Se., F.G.S8. Vol. 59. ] OF THE LOWER LIAS AT SEDBURY CLIFF. 397 slightly rounded at the ends, and the matrix is usually of the same texture as the fragments which are embedded in it.’ The similarity of the two rocks can be completely explained on the supposition that both have been formed by the breaking-up of Cotham Marble’; while the differences seem to accord with the assumption that the ‘ False-Cotham’ was formed by the partial breaking-up of the Cotham Marble at intervals during a continuous phase of deposition, whereas the Sedbury-Cliff conglomerate was formed by the complete break-up of the layer of Cotham Marble after the phase of deposition which prodnced it had entirely ceased at that place. We have, then, evidence that a rock-layer lithologically similar to the Cotham Marble was laid down in the Sedbury area, but subsequently broken up and cemented into a conglomerate. The time occupied by the hardening of the Cotham layer, its destruction, and subsequent cementation into a conglomerate may be considered to correspond roughly to the time of deposition of the White Lias in the areas on the south and east. The Kelston-Station cutting, on the Midland Railway between Bristol and Bath, lies some 20 miles from Sedbury Cliff in a direction south 30° east ; and the Stoke-Gifford cutting, on the new South Wales Direct Line, lies almost exactly halfway between the two. At Kelston Station there is, above the Cotham Marble, a considerable thickness of White Lias, capped by the thick Sun-Bed *; at Stoke Gifford, the Sun-Bed lies immediately upon the Cotham Marble*; while at Sedbury Chiff the White Lias is entirely missing, and is replaced by the con- glomerate, made up of fragments of Cotham Marble. The section at Redland (a suburb of Bristol) supplies a link between the Kelston and Stoke-Gifford sections, for at that place there is less than 2 feet of rubbly White Lias between the Sun-Bed and the Cotham Marble.’ In the cutting south of Chipping Sodbury, on the South Wales Direct Line, situated about 74 miles east of Stoke Gifford, the White Lias is (as at Stoke Gifford) represented only by the Sun-Bed, which rests immediately upon a precisely similar layer of typical Cotham Marble.® Without attempting any final explanation of the exact conditions of deposition which resulted in the production of the Cotham Marble, it may, with great probability, be assumed that these conditions were practically identical wherever the rock is found. In other words, it seems probable that the whole area over which the Cotham Marble extended was, simultane- ously, at approximately the same depth and subject to 1 Tam much indebted to the kindness of Mr.W. H.Wickes for the opportunity of examining several fine specimens of ‘ False-Cotham’ from Redland, Stoke Gifford, and Aust Cliff. 2 The suggestion that ‘ False-Cotham’ was formed by the breaking-up of Cotham Marble was first made by Mr. A. Rendle Short, B.Sc. % Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. vol. x (1901) p. 35. 4 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. lviii (1902) p. 727. > Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. vol. x (1901) p. 38. © Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. lviii (1902) p. 719. 398 MR. A. VAUGHAN ON THE LOWEST BEDS [Aug. 1903, the same type of deposition: this may be expressed by saying that the whole area was in horizontal equilibrium. The actual limits of the area covered by the Cotham Marble cannot be definitely ascertained, but it certainly extended south- ward into the Radstock area. ) At Sedbury Cliff the deposition of the Cotham Marble must have been succeeded by an elevation of the floor, which produced the breaking-up of the Cotham-Marble layer in situ. It seems to me improbable that the Cotham-Marble deposit indicates any consider- able depth of water, for, in the ‘ False-Cotham,’ we have apparent evidence of one or more interruptions, when the layers already formed were partly broken up, after which the conditions of depo- sition were immediately resumed. Farther south the Cotham Marble is immediately succeeded by a fine-grained, slabby, impure limestone (the White Lias) which increases uniformly in thickness as far as the Radstock area. The constitution of the White Lias is practically the same as that of the Cotham Marble, and consequently implies little alteration in the manner of deposition. If we imagine a gradual tilt of the horizontal floor to take place, immediately after the Cotham-Marble deposition, and to have been so performed that the axis of rotation was a line running a little south of Sedbury Cliff, from west slightly south to east slightly north, the result would be a gradual and uniformly-increasing depression towards the south, and an elevation towards the north. If, further, the rate of deposition towards the south approximately kept pace with the rate of depression, we should obtain a result exactly satisfied by all the conditions of the problem. This phase, characterized by gradually-thickening deposition towards the south and actual destruction of deposits towards the north, was succeeded by a period of equal rate of deposition over the entire area, for the Pleuromya-Beds (which succeed the White Lias towards the south, and lie upon the conglomerate at Sedbury Cliff) exhibit a remark- ably-uniform lithological aspect throughout the area, and contain almost precisely the same fauna, with the same relative vertical distribution, whether they are studied at Kelston, at Redland, at Stoke Gifford, at Sodbury, or at Sedbury Cliff; the actual thickness of the beds is also very nearly the same throughout the area. Here, then, we have a second period of horizontal equilibrium. The higher beds of the Lower Lias, which compose the Pszlonotus-, Angulatus-, and Arietes-zones,’ point to a change of axis of rotation and reversed oscillation; for they exhibit gradually-increasing 1 The large, slab-like fragments, the angles of which are frequently quite sharp, prove conclusively that the conglomerate was made by the breaking- up of material on the spot, and not of material brought from any distance. ? An explanation of the conmotation of these zonal terms is given in m paper on the Lias of Keynsham, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc, vol. x (1901) pp. 14 et seqq. Vol. 59. | OF THE LOWER LIAS AT SEDBURY CLIFF. 399 thickness of deposit to the north, and diminution of deposit to the south. At Keynsham the deposits included in all three zones reach a thickness of about 35 feet, at Sodbury of about 90 feet,’ while at Sedbury Cliff no fossils characteristic of beds higher than the upper Psilonotus-zone were observed, nothwithstanding the fact that the thickness of the rocks above the Plewromya-Beds amounts to 30 feet. This may perhaps be best explained by supposing a gradual de- pression of the whole area round an axis, running nearly east and west, somewhat to the south of the Radstock area, and therefore practically coinciding with the Mendip anticlinal axis. Although the beds composing these three zones at Radstock are almost entirely made up of limestones, it cannot be deduced as a necessary consequence that the depth of the floor at Radstock was greater than in the area farther north, where the greater part of the deposit is made up of shale. The similarity of the fauna and the nature of the shale-partings, whether thick or thin, suggest the practical identity of bathymetrical conditions throughout the area. The preponderance of limestones towards the south seems merely to imply proximity to a land-area, composed of limestone- rocks, such as the Mendip ridge would naturally have supplied. 2. The Relative Faunal Sequence at Sedbury Cliff. Owing to the inaccessibility of the upper beds, we were only able to study in detail the lower 12 feet of Lias, but, since fallen fragments of all the higher beds are to be found on the shore, there is very strong negative evidence that no beds above the Psilonotus- zone are represented throughout the 35 feet of Lias in the cliff, for no fossils characteristic of the Angulatus-zone could be found. The accompanying range-diagram (p. 400) scarcely calls for ex- planation. The continuous portion of any ordinate indicates the beds throughout which the species is continuously abundant; the interrupted portions indicate those beds in which it either occurs only sparingly, or which intervene between two zones of abundance. The extremities of each ordinate simply mark the point at which the species begins or ceases to occur in sufficient numbers for its presence to be recognized without exhaustive search (so that an exceptional early-arrival or late-survivor is disregarded) ; since we are mainly dealing with species immensely prolific in individuals, there is. little difficulty in fixing the extremities of the range- ordinates. As already remarked, the fauna of the lowest beds is almost precisely identical throughout the area which includes Sedbury Cliff, Sodbury, Stoke Gifford, Kelston, and Bristol; and, moreover, the vertical distribution within those beds is remarkably similar.” ' Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. vol. x (1901) p. 22. 2 Ibid. p. 3. DIAGRAM? SHOWING THE RANGES OF Fossins THROUGH THE Lowest Beps or tur Lowrr Lras at SepBury OLiFr. ZONE OF AMMONITES PSILONOTUS. ine) ei et [| n = ‘s) fen) Og cmp OF Wy He N Feet. | see ee sw ee ee ee ee ee 2 2 2 eee Pseudodiadema sp. =e ee soe en ce | Ammonites Johnstoni, Sow. ~<— SEES ESE DAE OO | Ammonites planorbis, Sow. ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee > | Astarte ef. obsoleta, Dunk. =e ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee > Cardinia of concinna-group. 5 a; es Anomia pellucida, Terq. nn a a et a ee ee eae ee ed es > Pectens of ca/vus- and textorius-types. Lima gigantea, Sow. Lima Hermanni, V oltz. ce meme eee ee Lima peetinoides, Sow. (= L. hettangiensis, Terq.). ZONE OF PLEUROMYA CROWCOMBELA. et N an) Kaa ee ee ee ee Ee eee EE ee eB ee ee ee eee eee 2 eee Unicardium cardioides, Phil. ed Avicula cygnipes, Y. & B. x Ss E S & | ~ Bete S) bere ‘3 Faas S34.8 -= =e ic2) £393 Sg a Pp Sqg4-q og Or 3S een See ane ea ee Bess ;o g+ a =| oO oo a Vo ao lea mes Ags esl ee le ee 9 5 Rb, gly expressed objection (see Discussion that term, A graph r gram was originally described as a ‘ range-graph’ tes of a range-diagram are, of course, entirel g oS pb n as ae Adis 35 3 = S. 4 26 aq a aS ee: Bee SASS Pee ee Sear a ea a e,v’ae oS 5 aged ® op ne emin = se Vol. 59.] THE LOWER LIAS OF SEDBURY CLIFF. 40] At Sedbury Cliff specimens of Ostrea liassica, Modiola minima, and Pleuromya crowcombeia crowd the lowest 4 feet, and with them are associated, in certain layers which occupy the same relative position as at other points throughout the area, abundant specimens of Cardium rheticum and Unicardiwm cardiides. ‘The strongly-ribbed Lima valoniensis is also very common, and Avicula cygnipes occupies its usual position near the very base; Aviculw fallax is not common, and no example of Pholadomya glabra was discovered throughout the section. The succeeding beds exhibit a considerable faunal change, for Lima gigantea, L. Hermanni, and L. pectinoides* enter and imme- diately become abundant, Pectens of the calvus- and teatorius- types become common, while the shales'are crowded with Anomia and fragments of a Psewdodiadema. Of the forms which charac- terize the zone of Pleuromya crowcombera, only Ostrea lhassica and Modiola minima pass up into these beds, and here MZ. minima occurs very sparingly, while O. liassica is abundant only at the base. Hence it seems best to make the zonal division at this point, rather than to carry the lower zone up to the first entrance of Ammonites planorbis, which does not take place until some 4 feet higher, at a level that marks no other important paleontological change. The beds which contain Am. planorbis differ in no other respect from those just below, and, in particular, the shales are wonderfully uniform in their fossil contents, throughout the whole series of beds above the suggested division. If this zonal division be adopted, the best index for the lower zone is certainly Plewromya crowcombera, for the reasons suggested by me in the paper on the Keynsham Lias already referred to. This is by no means a new suggestion, for the term ‘ Pleuwromya-Beds ’ for the beds of the Lias has long been in use.” The whole of the beds above this division at Sedbury Cliff are, then, best grouped together as belonging to the Psilonotus-zone, notwithstanding the absence (or extreme rarity) of ammonites from the lowest 4 feet. A point of some interest in- the faunal sequence is the fact that, at Sedbury Chiff, the first occurrence of ammonites, in any abundance, does not occupy quite the same relative position as it does farther south. If we compare the range-diagram given in this paper with that given in the paper on the Lias of Keynsham, we see that, whereas the relative ranges of the most commonly-occurring lamellibranchs agree very closely in the two cases, Ammonites planorbis enters relatively later at Sedbury and persists relatively longer.’ 1 =L. hetiangiensis; see Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. vol. x (1901) p. 49. 2 See Tate & Blake’s ‘ Yorkshire Lias ’ 1876, chapt. vi, pp. 39-45. * I here use the name Ammonites planorbis to imply the smooth form of Aim. psilonotus which has a moderate growth-rate, as distinguished from the strongly-ribbed Am. Johnstoni with a slow growth-rate. ‘The specimens of Am, planorbis are ill-preserved at Sedbury Cliff, and especially so in the bed 402 THE LOWER LIAS OF SEDBURY CLIFF. [ Aug, 19035 ‘It may be hoped that the construction of range-diagrams dealing only with the periods during which a common species was abundant (and therefore independent of any small error in observation), will be of use in testing the value of a series of ammonite-ages as divisions of relative time. ‘The errors to which such a series seems a priore liable, are (1) irrationality or lack of proportion—that is, the ratio of any two successive ranges is not the same in two different localities; and (2) acceleration or retardation of the amm»nite- ages," when measured against the variation of longer-lived forms. Discussion. Mr. H. B. Woopwarp said that the careful observations of the Author could not fail to be of great service. With regard to the extent of the Cotham Marble, it occurred not only over the Radstock area but southward into Dorset. The CuHarrman (Sir ARCHIBALD GEIKIE) said that he would not prolong the discussion, but would like to enter his protest against the introduction of such a barbarism as ‘range-graph’ into geo- logical terminology. Men of science were sometimes censured for their indifference to literary requirements and their love of a cacophonous nomenclature, and geologists had to bear their full share of this reproach. He hoped that the Author would find some other term that would equally express his meaning, and give no cause of offence to those who would like to keep the well of English undefiled. which is crowded with them: here they occur as flattened, iron-stained casts, but the absence of any recognizable trace of ribbing and the growth-rate, so similar to that of the specimens from Watchett, make their identification almost certain. This is further confirmed by comparing the specimens from a similar horizon at Stoke Gifford, where they occur in the same abundance and in a similar ferruginous matrix, but are somewhat better preserved. Although I was not fortunate enough to confirm the observation at the time of our joint visit to Sedbury Cliff, Mr. Richardson had noted on a previous occasion the occurrence of Ammonites Johnstoni in a bed lying well within the range of Am. planorbis and in which I found undoubted specimens of the latter form. Though I have never actually observed Am. planorbis and Am. Johnstoni occurring together in the same bed, yet the early occurrence of the latter at Sodbury goes far to confirm the accuracy of Mr. Richardson’s observation. There is no doubt, however, that, at Sedbury Cliff, as in the whole of the area to the south and east, the zone of abundance of Ammonites Johnstoni occurs in the beds above those containing Am. planorbis. 1 The term ‘age’ is used instead of ‘ hemera,’ as simply implying the period during which a species flourished at any locality, without for a moment sug- gesting that this period is the same astronomical epoch at two different localities. ww. |) aol ee ~« 7 Vol. 59. | HETERASTREA RH_ETICA. 403 33. Descriprion of @ Species of HeTerastrzzA from the Lower Razxtic of GLovcestersHirE. By Roserr F. Tomszs, Esq., F.G.8. (Read May 18th, 1903.) | wavE been favoured by Mr. L. Richardson, F.G.S., of Cheltenham, with the loan of a small compound coral which he took from the Lower Rhetic Beds at Deerhurst (Gloucestershire). It is undoubtedly a species of Heterastrwa, differing chiefly from the several Liassic species in the small size of the corallum, and in the small size of its calices. Mr. Richardson writes of its locality and stratigraphical position as follows :— ‘The exposure where the coral was obtained is situated about three-quarters of a mile east-south-east of Deerhurst Church, in a deeply-cut wheel-track. The gate giving access to this track is almost opposite a barn whichis situated less than a quarter of a mile south-west of ‘The Folly.’ The Upper Keuper red marls constitute the subsoil of the fieid, and in the bank opposite the oak-tree the Tea- green Marls are visible. In the winter of 1901 the following beds were revealed by a very little excavating, but unfortunately the measurements were not taken ; now the exposure is overgrown (August 1902) :— I. Urrrr } : ; Thickness Bara | Greenish-yellow marls, PGs (Shales, black. Sandstones, hard, grey, calcareous; pene 1 CRATCUWEXOW OF | VU ARR ae cee Matar IR nIn ie II. Lowsr < Shales, black. Ruztic. | Sandstone, Bone-Bed equivalent; brown,micaceous, il 4 SehIzodUs (4), ACTOMUS MANVINUS: ss0ch.cuieoecnactac J \ Shales, firm, black. Ili. Uprsr {| Tea-green Marls. Kevurer. | Red Marls. ‘ The nearest section where details of the above deposits can be obtained is at Coomb Hill, 13 miles distant. Here the equivalent beds attain the following thickness :— Feet inches. fers veal Ss 2 So Be eae ceersia ese MR Ate sets co ects nn eee 1 0 ISSAUCSEONMEG soe nese ee re eaLict case hisdecteumuey age 0 2 Mow nie) Ever TIC Shia eS a.sii0 cc esas casera sateen ua tae use awa a aloe thes 1 6 Sandstone, BonesBedtsiige-ca. vas siccateosen aac 0 3 NUS GIES 5... 2 eetmeeanu tes Wie tata tene caer ala al ale 2 0 s ted Tea-green Marls. Urpprr Kevrer. | Bed: Mave? From the foregoing it is evident that the coral occurs only a very little way above the Bone-Bed, which there, as in many other places, is a hard micaceous sandstone. It is specifically new, and generically new to the Rhetic formation, and, as I shall presently show, has a very Jurassic relationship. I describe it as follows: HETERASTRZA REATICA, Sp. nov. (figs. 1 & 2, p. 404). The corallum, as is so commonly the case with the compound corals of the Rhetic deposits, is small, and, so far as may be determined Q.J.G.8. No. 235. 2 Fig. 1.—Heterastrea rhetica, sp. nov., showing, by the serial calices, the growth by fissiparity. X39. ¥F. H. Michael del. Fig. 2.—Heterastrea rhetica, sp. nov., showing, by the small rounded calices in the upper part of the figure, the growth by gemmation. Xo. Vol. 59.] HETERASTREA RHETICA, 405 by the much-embedded specimen, has a somewhat peduncular form, with a spreading and gibbous or lobed upper or calicular surface. There are two portions exposed which are near together, and may be taken as parts of the same corallum. The larger one consists of twenty calices (fig. 1, p. 40+) which are well defined ; and the smaller one has eight calices (fig. 2), which scarcely project above the level of the matrix, and exhibit evidence of having been worn down. A portion of the side of the corallum is exposed, showing indications of a common wall and rudimentary coste, but no epitheca. It bears great resemblance to the peduncular parts of Hlysastrea as figured by Laube.' All the calices are small and irregular, both in size and form, the largest not exceeding 2 lines in diameter, and the smaller being of only half that size. They are more or less lozenge-shaped, and there is a distinct interval observable between two of them, due to the imperfect union of the corallites. Between all the others there is a thick and prominent wall. All the calices are of medium depth. = a well-developed calyx there are six systems and three cycles of septa, with a rudimentary fourth. All the septa exhibit the peculi- arity common to several Rhetic Madreporaria, of being thin at their connection with the wall and becoming thicker as they approach the fossula. Those of the first and second cycles meet and unite in the fossula; those of the third are three-fourths the length of those of the first ; while the septa of the fourth cycle are irregular in length, as well as in their degree of development. The margins of the septa, though somewhat worn, present a rounded outline and are denticulated, the denticulations being few in number, not more than six or seven on the longest septum. There are a few dissepiments which almost assume the character of tabule. Both gemmation and fissiparity are very obvious on the upper surface of the corallum. Inches lines. Heicht of the:corallum, probably: ci...ce:.ssncteeesesetacar saben 0 Greatest diameter of the same, about...............cccsccecesscees 1 2 Diameter of the larpest single’caly x o....7.21 0.0.5 sesenscste cen es 0 2 Since the definition of Heterastrea in 1888 ° the genus has been found to extend upward into the Inferior and Great Oolite; and in all the Oolitic species there is a distinct basal or common wall which sometimes has well-defined cost, but in no instance a trace even of epitheca. In the Liassic species, on which the genus was founded, the wall and its costz are merely rudimentary. The elimination of the species of Heterastrea from Isastrea and. Latimeandra reduces the species of those genera materially, and at. the same time renders their definition, hitherto very loose and unsatisfactory, much more definite and concise. 1 «Fauna d. Schichten v. St. Cassian’ pt. i (1865) pl. v, fig. 6. (Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, vol. xxiv.) * Geol. Mag. 1888, p. 207. 2E2 406 MR. R. F. TOMES ON [ Aug. 1903, The figures of St. Cassian corals given by Laube’ have every appearance of truthful delineation, and several of the species have been determined as British. An examination of the figures of Isastrea Gumbeli and I. Haurt has led me to conclude that the former represents a true Jsastrea, and the latter a species of Heterastrea. From the former the present species differs generically, and from the latter specifically in having much smaller calices. IT avail myself of the present opportunity of adding a few remarks on some other Madreporaria from the Rhetic formation and from the basement-beds of the Lower Lias. The genus Cyathocenia was established by Duncan ? for some species from the Sutton Stone of Glamorgan, and was identified by me in 1884* as generically identical with the coral described and figured by Laube as Phyllo- cania decipiens from the Triassic deposits of St. Cassian. Subse- quently, but during the same year,‘ Duncan made Laube’s species the type of a new genus to which he gave the name of Koilocenia, under the impression that the corallites were surrounded by a second or outer wall. ‘There is not, however, any second wall, but only a break in the cost connecting the corallites; yet this is by no means a constant character. In theabsence of a second wall, there is nothing to distinguish Kotlocenia from Cyathocena. It has always been my opinion that the Sutton Stone, containing Rheetic Madreporaria, should be classed as Rheetic ; indeed, I believe that the above-named deposit is really Upper Rheetic. Postscript. [After repeated and protracted search for corals in the Sutton Stone of Glamorgan I have concluded that certain species from that district obtained by myself were undoubtedly Rhetic, and I recorded them as such in vol. xl (1884), at pp. 357-60, of this Journal, to which I now refer. I may, however, add that the species to which I especially refer are the following :— Montlivaltia perlonga, Laube. Elysastrea Fischeri, Laube. Thecosmilia rugosa, Laube. Calamophyllia cassiana, Laube. Cladophyllia sublevis, Laube. Phyllocenia decipiens, Laube. All these have been obtained by me from the bottom of the Sutton Stone, and almost in actual contact with the floor of Mountain-Limestone, but at one spot alone, and that only of very limited extent. 1 « Fauna d. Schichten v. St. Cassian’ pt. i (1865) pls. iii-vii. (Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, vol. xxiv.) 2 «Monogr. Brit. Foss. Cor.’ pt. iv, no. 1 (1867) p. 27. (Palzont. Soe. vol. xx.) > Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl (1884) p. 372. * Journ. Linn. Soe. (Zool.) vol. xviii (1885) p. 115. Vol. so. HETERASTRAA RHATICA. 407 9 Bearing in mind the very close relationship between the Upper Rheetic and Lower Liassic organisms, and the great importance of the ammonite-zones as a means of classification, it may be asked whether the zone of Ammonites planorbis should be taken as the bottom of the Lower Lias, as it most certainly is in many places in Warwickshire, namely at Harbury, Stonythorpe, and Newbold-on- Avon. At the last-named locality I have obtained specimens of Ammonites Johnstont which were lying directly upon the White Lias, indeed in absolute contact with it, and no question has ever arisen as to the latter being Upper Rhetic. At Binton, a few miles west of Stratford-on-Avon, I have collected specimens of Ammonites planorbis similarly lying upon the Ostrea-bed, but no ammonite has ever been found enclosed in it. The discovery of the present species of coral, having a thoroughly Jurassic relationship, quite low down in the Rhetic Series tends to emphasize yet further the uncertainty of the division between the Liassic and Rhetic formations.—July 21st, 1903. | Discussion. The Rey. H. H. Winwoop expressed his surprise to hear the question of the age of the Sutton-Stone Series brought up again. He thought that controversy was buried long ago. He challenged the statement that the Series contained Rheetic corals: P. M. Duncan, Charles Moore, and H. W. Bristow had satisfactorily proved that the fauna was Liassic, as at least three characteristic fossils of that formation—namely, Gryphwa imcurva, Ostrea lassica, and Lima gigantea—may be traced from bottom to top of those beds. -Mr. H. B. Woopwarp remarked that, as ammonites of the planorbis-group occurred in the Sutton Stone, and had been found by the previous speaker in equivalent beds of like character at Shepton Mallet, he could not understand the grouping proposed by the Author. The Rey. J. F. Buaxe said he thought that the Liassic age of the Sutton Stone had Jong ago been determined. 408 MR. J. PARKINSON ON THE GEOLOGY OF [Aug. 1903, 34. The Gnotoey of the Tintaeerzt and Davipstow Disrricr (NortHerN Cornwatt). By Joun Parkinson, Esq., F.G.S. (Read March 25th, 1903.) [Prats XXV—Mar. } ConTENTs. Page Tn trod ction’ « «se Recorded by Mr. W. M. Hutchings, Geol. Mag. 1889, p. 217. For deserip- tion and figure, see A. Renard, Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg. vol. iii (1884-85) p. 258 & pl. xiii, fig. 1. 3 Recorded also by Mr. W. M. Hutchings, Geol. Mag. 1889, p. 220. Vol. 59.| THE TINTAGEL AND DAVIDSTOW DISTRICY. 425 road leading from Camelford Station to Trebarwith Strand in the neighbourhood of Penpethy (1-inch map). In the Prince of Wales’s Quarry the dark phyllites split readily into thin slabs, with a silvery lustre on their foliation-surfaces. They are rather harder than the nail. The rocks consist of minute scales of a green chlorite lying in a colourless ‘ base.’ The latter frequently frees itself from the less translucent mineral, producing a mottled aspect in the slide. Minute flakes cf white mica can be detected by means of their higher polarization. Specks of iron- oxides (hematite and ilmenite) are important constituents, and rutile, zircon, and tourmaline * are not uncommon. In many instances the last-named has exceptionally perfect erystal-faces. Elongated fibrous crystals of a brown colour, not pleochroic and with no effect on polarized light, are common, and appear to be authigenous. They are often surrounded by a fringe of chlorite. Microscopically the rock of Condolden Quarry (between Penpethy and Waterpit Down) is identical with that of Higher Pendavey Quarry described below. A grey grit occurs to the west of Lower Penpethy, composed of a mosaic of quartz-grains—subangular and interlocking, no doubt through secondary additions—in which lie flakes of green mica and sericite. I have noticed no felspar-remnants. Since the micas are clearly not detrital, the rock provides evidence of a considerable reconstruction. Flakes of ilmenite are a common accessory, and some of hematite. The Slaughterbridge Beds. The rocks of this group are black or bluish to greyish-black phyllites, locally greatly crushed, and in some places altered as though by contact-metamorphism, as, for instance, in the cutting south of Villaparks and on Griggs’ Down. In the majority of thin sections of the dark phyllites collected near Trekeek, Villaparks, and Slaughterbridge, a close resemblance can be traced to some member of one of the overlying series; that is, these rocks possess no very definite characteristic of their own. In the phyllites from Villaparks, Higher Pendavey, and around Slaughterbridge, minute fibres of a greenish chlorite, intermingled with a variable quantity of white mica, constitute the major portion of the slides. Through this groundmass larger stumpy crystals of white mica and rods of micaceous ilmenite are scattered. At Villa- parks, as to the north of Tregrylls, white spots characterize the hand-specimens, but are often ground-out in thin slices. In the quarry at Griggs’ Down, Davidstow Moor, a phyllite is found, closely resembling in its general structure the rocks around Slaughterbridge, in that it consists of a closely-knit intergrowth of minute flakes of chlorite and mica, through which are scattered 1 See A. Renard, Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg. vol. ii (1883) p. 182. The form of the tourmaline-crystals from Penpethy is the same as that which the late Prof. Renard described. 426 MR. J. PARKINSON ON THE GEOLOGY OF [Aug. 1903, larger flakes of the last-named mineral. Evidence of contact- metamorphism is, however, shown by the presence of shadowy patches, rather more opaque than their surroundings, and pro- ducing little effect between the two nicols. Associated with these spots are numerous much smaller ones * of an orange-yellow colour, which exhibit no definite microscopical characters, and do not appear distinctly marked off from the larger spots when they are included by them. There can be little doubt that these represent incipient staurolite. By the stream-side near Higher Trefrew (north of the word Slaughterbridge on the l-inch map) a greatly-crushed rock of igneous origin has been worked in a few shallow pits, but as it is surrounded by moorland its relation to the slates has not been made out. A thin section shows the remnants of felspar, secondary biotite, flakes of a green mica, and a mosaic of crushed quartz and felspar. The biotite is of a rich brown, aggregated patchily in groups, members of which were occasionally strong enough to form boldly across the foliation. The mineral suggests by its appearance that it underwent pressure, which was followed by some mineral revival. The original rock, whether pyroclastic or not, was of an acid composition. The Upper and Lower Blue-Black Slates. These may be subdivided into two types. ‘The first are soft and not banded ; in the second well-marked lamine are conspicuous, and the rocks are sufficiently hard to resist a knife-blade. Both appa- rently contain carbonaceous particles. The second type occurs characteristically above the Volcanic Series, but the first are found on that horizon at Tregulland, at Davidstow, in cutting No. 90 of the London & South-Western Railway,and elsewhere. The brittle rocks of the second type consist almost entirely of subangular or irregular quartz-grains~; these form a fine mosaic, through which are scat- tered carbonaceous particles and minute flakes of greenish-white mica. Although in a different crystalline condition, these rocks recall some of the radiolarian cherts from the Lower Culm.’ The Greenstones (Epidiorites). In a small pit near Stone Cross, west of St. Clether, is quarried a peculiar rock which answers to the ‘ epidiorites’ of Gumbel. Augite is entirely absent, the ferromagnesian constituent is an actinolitic hornblende, the crystals of which are arranged in clumps and tufts. The felspar shows no definite structure, but is, on the contrary, blotched by clouds of kaolin, and between crossed nicols is cryptocrystalline. Large patches of ilmenite—usually replaced by 1 Averaging ‘002 inch across; the larger patches are about ‘015 inch in length. 2 Referred to by Mr. W. M. Hutchings as ‘ very fine-grained quartzites,’ Geol. Mag. 1889, p. 220. 3 For an opportunity of examining a large number of sections of these rocks. I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Howard Fox, F.G.S. i? Vol. 59. ] THE TINTAGEL AND DAVIDSTOW DISTRICT. 427 leucoxene and associated with a little sphene—apatite, and chlorite, are the remaining minerals. In the rock from the field to the east of King Arthur’s Hotel, Tintagel, the hornblende forms large plates doubtless replacing augite. The felspar is converted into an aggregate of decomposition-~ products, but appears to have crystallized before the original augite. Epidote is common, and impure granular sphene is present in quantity (ilmenite is absent). CoNncLUSIONS. The contents of the preceding pages may be embodied in the following conclusions :— 1. That from St. Clether, as far as the coast south of Boscastle, the Upper Devonian Beds (with Spirifera Verneurlir) have a fairly uniform strike from east-south-east to west-north-west, with a northerly dip; but that along the coast in asoutherly direction, from the Rocky Valley to Trebarwith Strand, the higher beds again appear, a result attained partly by north-north-easterly faults, partly by an alteration of strike (see p. 409). 2. That, the beds having acquired their present dip, subsequent pressure resulted in great brecciation and contortion of the harder strata, and in a general though less obvious compression of the softer members: such pressure being locally relieved by differential movement parallel to the dip (see pp. 409, 410). 3. That the most distinctive rocks of the district are a series of ashes and basic lavas, usually greatly altered, and not infrequently entirely reconstructed, with the development of chlorite, white mica, actinolite, sphene, epidote, allanite, etc.; and that these were deposited, at least in part, in a sea in which limestone was forming (p. 417). These are called the ‘ Volcanic Series ’ (pp. 411 & 414). 4, That, with the exception of intrusive epidiorites,' the remaining rocks of the district are sedimentary, and closely resemble the phyllites of the Ardennes described by the late Prof. Renard. 5. That these phyllites are distinguished by petrographical features according to which they may be subdivided. These subdivisions are :—-Comparatively thin beds of Blue-Black Slates—including quartzose beds—above and below the Volcanic Series ; the uppermost of these overlain by soft greenish-grey or dark-grey phyllites containing a mineral resembling orthoclase in the western part of the district; the lower underlain, in descending sequence, (a) by banded phyllites, locally quartzose and containing clinochlore (Hallwell-Cottage Beds) ; (6) by soft silvery-grey phyl- lites, locally harder and darker, and sufficiently cleaved to be used for slates, occasionally with quartzose bands (Penpethy Beds): and (c) by black, bluish, or greyish-black phyllites, locally containing various contact-minerals (Slaughterbridge Beds). * I except here also the rock described on p. 426 from Higher Trefrew, and igneous recks which occur locally above and below the Volcanic Series, as near Tintagel. @. 3.6.8. No 235: Dorr 428 THE GEOLOGY OF THE TINTAGEL District. [Aug. 1903. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. Geological map of the Tintagel and Davidstow District, on the scale ot 1 inch to the mile. Discussion. Prot. Bonnny expressed his sense of the value of the paper, upon which he knew that the Author had expended great pains, for he had seen the work at more than one stage in its progress. He quite agreed that there was evidence of pressure and in some parts of contact-metamorphism, although no granite was seen above ground. He had thought that the obscure white spots were probably a secondary felspar, and enquired whether the mineral named ‘ clinochlore ’ might not be ottrelite. Mr. H. H. Tuomas congratulated the Author on his discovery of staurolite in the metamorphosed sediments ; although this mineral was by no means rare in other similar localities, it had (to the speaker’s knowledge) only once before been mentioned from either Devon or Cornwall. The occurrence had been noted by the late R. N. Worth, in Devon. This was therefore an interesting addition to the list of Cornish metamorphic minerals. Mr. Tratt said that the subdivision of the great Killas formation of Cornwall was attended with considerable difficulty, in con- sequence of the general absence, over large areas, of any sharply- defined lithological horizons. The re-survey which was now in progress was approaching the area in question, and he had no doubt that the Author’s detailed mapping, coupled as it was with caretul descriptions of the rocks, would prove to be of consider- able service. He was glad that the Author had preceded the Geological Survey, and had found at least one group of most interesting rocks which could be mapped with comparative ease. The AurHor, after thanking the Fellows for the kind manner in which the paper had been received, said, in reply to a question from the President, that the only indubitable instances of contact- metamorphism were from the south-eastern part of the district; but that, if contact were not responsible for the changes wrought in the Volcanic Series, he was at a loss to assign a cause. These changes were at least as great on the coast as in the inland part of the district. So far as he knew, the metamorphism was unlike that of rocks as yet described from other parts of Cornwall or from Devon ; it recalled, however, in one or two instances the schists of the Start district. In reply to Prof. Bonney’s question, concerning the dis- tinction between the clinochlore shown on the screen and ottrelite, he said that the former mineral was softer, had a lower specific gravity, and also lacked the bluish element in the pleochroism. Commenting on Mr. Teall’s remark as to the usefulness of the Voleanic Series for mapping, the Author stated that he thought it probable that these rocks were continued south-westward, but that he believed that their metamorphic character was not maintained. nart. Journ, Geol Soc. Vol. LIX, Pl. XXV. Lesnewth Slates Piedorn Beds Upper Blue-black Slates Volcanic Series Lower Blue-black Slates Hallwell Cottage Beds Penpethy Beds Slaughterbridge Beds 4 ‘Greenstone’ ig ; weuqa awe Faults 7, Wee cow © Can.e OG Railway : = a0 66 Cec ey Road a : “pglasta (eS ‘Abbott's : = - Hendra ° on Quart. Journ, Geol Soc, Vol. LIX, Pl. XXY. Lesnewth Slates Trevalga Lesnewth Tredorn Beds Upper Blue-black Slates Volcanic Series — Otterham Lower Blue-black Slates Hallwell Cottage Beds Penpethy Beds Hallworthy Slaughterbridge Beds ee Ee = Head i, ‘Greenstone’ =seee Faults me merm Railway Trebarwith Strand Treglasta ; :Abbott’s Gxotocioan Map or tue Tiytacet AnD Dayipstow Disrricr. ee Vol. 59. | DEVITRIFICATION IN GLASSY IGNEOUS ROCKS. 429 35. On Primary and SeconparY DEVITRIFICATION in Gitassy IenEouUS Rocks. By Prof. T. G. Bonnzy, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., and Jonn Parkinson, Esq., B.A., F.G.S. (Read June 10th, 1903.) [Puare XXVI.] A ¥ew prefatory words are needed in explanation of the form of this paper. The authors have frequently discussed its subject, the elder of them having kept it in view since 1877*; while the younger has enjoyed favourable opportunities of studying large spherulites, especially those in the obsidian of the Yellowstone, which the other knows only from hand-specimens. When they had agreed upon a joint paper, each wrote a draft, one of them having undertaken to fuse them together. But he found this impractic- able ; for, while their conclusions were practically identical, the paths followed were very different, so the papers, after substituting cross-references for some passages common to both, are now pre- sented as separate chapters. : Part I.—By Joun Parxrnson, Hsq., B.A., F.G.S. The excellent account and figures published in the Memoirs of the United States Geological Survey by Prof. J. P. Iddings? render superfluous any general description of the well-known spherulites of Obsidian Cliff in the Yellowstone Park. Nevertheless some mention, however brief, must be made of a few facts, as these are closely connected with the general problem of devitrification. Excluding microliths, the first-formed crystallizations are the ‘granophyre-groups’ of Prof. Iddings. These are intergrowths of felspar and quartz built with extreme delicacy, two or more crystals of felspar entering into the composition and forming rectangular or rudely spherical outlines. The greater the number of felspar-indi- viduals the closer is the approximation obtained to a spherical form. As Prof. Iddings states, it is clear that these microscopic ‘ grano- phyre-groups,’ together with the trichites and microliths, formed before the lava came to rest. Crystallizations apparently of this type appear in most stan sections of the obsidian, but their fibrous structure is barely capable of resolution into components. The fibres are directed at right angles to the containing surfaces. Crystallization then proceeded on the more strictly spherulitic plan. According to Prof. Iddings the first of this type to form were minute colourless spheres, ‘ their finely-fibrous structure’ made evident only by the employment of ‘highly-converging light.’ 1 See his paper ‘On certain Rock-Structures, as illustrated by Pitchstones & Felsites in Arran’ Geol. Mag. 1877, p. 499. — * 7th Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. (1885-86) pp. 249-95 & pls. ix-xviii ; see also Monogr. U.S. Geol. Surv. vol. xxxii (1899) pt. ii. @ ce 6. No. 2386. Di, 430 MR. J. PARKINSON ON DEVITRIFICATION [ Nov. 1903, The second product of spherulitic crystallization was the larger variety, blue in a hand-specimen, but brown by transmitted light in a thin section. Mention is made of the fact that the fibres which form these spherulites ‘ are in sectors and do not radiate from a single point, and from the resemblance ‘in structure and optical behaviour’ to the ‘fibrous granophyre-groups,’ the inference is drawn that the composition is essentially the same. Finally, a description is given of the characteristic ‘ porous spherulites.’ An account recently published’ renders additional notice unnecessary at this point. The foregoing order of crystallization affords a simple basis for classification. In the first place the minute colourless spheres, often, or indeed usually surrounded by a crack which forms a boundary, appear te have been produced as a result of strains set up in the cooling rock, as Mr. Rutley has described.2, Frequently a microlith forms a central nucleus. When these spherulites lie within the fibrous brown type no boundary-crack is visible, nor does the latter, in any case, necessarily surround the spherulite completely. The fact is noteworthy that the formation of the fibrous brown spherulites has not disturbed the orientation of the black microliths, whereas in the small colourless spheres they le tangentially. It is of interest to find that perlitic cracks may appear in the neighbourhood of the small colourless spherulites, unconnected with any sign of radial growth; hence we may infer that the spherulites were antecedent rather than subsequent to the formation of the cracks, and may indeed have caused them as above suggested. Occasionally, an additional crack appears concentric with, but entirely external to, the spherulite. Here then the latter appears to be the earlier structure. On the other hand, if this suggestion of strain is true, it is not easy to understand why such isolated areas should occur in the midst of the fibrous brown spherulites. The finely-fibrous structure which Prof. Iddings records suggests mineral differentiation, rather than mere strain in a homogeneous substance. Under a second heading may be placed the compact and fibrous brown spherulites which occur, not merely at Obsidian Cliff, but in the devitrified rocks of Pontesford, Wrockwardine, Boulay Bay, and the Prescelley Hills. It is of interest to note that in these examples—pre-Cambrian and Palzozoic—the matrix in which the spherulites lie affords clear evidence, by the abundance of its perlitic cracks, that it solidified as a glass. This type of spherulite would appear to form a criterion of secondary devitrifi- cation in the adjoining matrix. The ‘porous spherulites’ constitute a third subdivision. Little remains to add to what has been already written regarding 1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. lvii (1901) p. 211. 2 Ibid. vol. xxxvii (1881) p. 396. Vol. 59.| IN GLASSY IGNEOUS ROCKS. 431 them; except to call attention to the peculiar feathery crystals, especially characterizing those patches of the rock in which a radial growth is inconspicuous. When most perfectly developed, this peculiar structure is but a large variety of the branching rods of felspar of which a good figure is given in pl. xvul, fig. 2, of the 7th Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. (1885-86). In the type under consideration the rods are broader, in com- parison with their length, than those figured ; and, while more curved in outline, exhibit branches which are more stumpy and less con- spicuous (Pl. XXVI, fig. 1). Although this mineral is often free from the scattered black microliths, yet not uncommonly an example is crossed by regularly-spaced rows of these earliest of crystallizations, frequently arranged with a slight outward convexity, suggesting a forward pushing of foreign substances, which, finally, were perforce engulfed. Often, when most irregular in outline, these crystalliza- tions are composite, breaking up into a granular mosaic as the stage is slowly turned, extinction proceeding in consecutive and regular jerks from grain to grain for the entire length or width of the area under consideration. I regard this as implying that the molecules of the various component grains are orientated in nearly similar directions, each being surrounded by a zone of doubtful polarization in which the change takes place from the direction of orientation of the molecules of one grain to that adopted by the molecules of the adjacent grain. Flow-structure often complicates the crystallization of the rock. A comparatively-coarse translucent mineral—no doubt usually tridymite—commonly enters largely into the composition, while in an occasional instance of the ‘ granophyre-groups,’ the black microlith and a confused mass of small spherulites form the rest of the field. The ‘ feathery growth’ appears locally, and con- stitutes a semispherulitic patch or an entire band in the rock. As in other spherulites, a slight line of discontinuity apparently favours growth. As regards the origin of these ‘feathers,’ their occurrence in the ‘porous patches’ associated with tridymite forcibly suggests a connection with superheated steam. Their shape curiously re- sembles the frosting of glass or pavements; and their similarity to the branching felspar-rods, figured by Prof. Iddings, suggests a com- munity of origin. We both consider the structure as a result of resistance to growth, and it is discussed at greater length in Prof. Bonney’s part of this paper. Conditions which favoured Primary Devitrification at Obsidian Cliff. The fact that the spherulites formed in far greater proportion in the upper part of the lava-flow which now makes Obsidian Cliff, points to a low pressure with active water-content, an initially- high temperature and rapid fall, as being physical conditions requisite to their production. This disposition of the spherulites, among which the hollow variety is conspicuous, is very marked in looking at the exposure as a whole, especially as the columnar 212 432 MR. J. PARKINSON ON DEVITRIFICATION [Nov. 1903, structure which characterizes the lower compact obsidian fades away in the upper scoriaceous layer. Since an eutectic favours crystallization, the inference is clear that, either obsidian-glass is not an eutectic, or is an eutectic of soda-felspar (albite or oligoclase), potash-felspar, quartz, and water suddenly cooled. Specimens taken from the lowest part of the cliff and from the centre of the columns, where it is safe to assume that cooling pro- ceeded most slowly, show no sign of primary devitrification in a thin section. Moreover, it must be exceedingly rare for a magma devoid of porphyritic crystals (which might utilize constituents in excess) to possess eutectic proportions. Hence we may conclude that the latter condition did not obtain. Types of Primary Devitrification. The types of primary devitrification and the causes which govern their formation are discussed by Prof, Bonney in Part II of this paper, so that one or two special examples are all that need be mentioned at this stage. In two slides, I believe that I detect an arrangement of minerals which suggests that an eutectic zone may follow the crystallization of an overplus of quartz.'. In one case the main part of the rock consists of secondarily-devitrified glass; in the other ( ‘ porphyry- pitchstone ’ from Spechthausen) it is composed of small spherulites, and here the so-called ‘ eutectic zone’ has a spherulitic appearance, differing from the surrounding material merely in being slightly coarser, ; In this slide the ‘eutectic’ structure usually forms isolated patches, or a band, of more or less micrographic material, in which either quartz or felspar may predominate, surrounded by a more homogeneous matrix. Ina third instance, from Anne Port (Jersey), the structure closely resembles an illustration given by Mr. J. E. Stead * which shows three contiguous grains of a metal-ingot con- taining 1°8 per cent. of phosphorus. A triangular patch of eutectic occurs in the space between the three grains. In the Anne-Port slide the resemblance is heightened by the body of the rock, which surrounds the semi-micrographic patch, breaking up between crossed nicols into the mosaic of grains (referred to on a later page as ‘patchy devitrification *) which simulate the components forming the grains of the ingot. Another instance from the same island (south of Vicart Cliffs) presents similar structures (Pl. XXVI. fig. 2). In this the early crystallization of the superfluous silica is well shown, bordered by an intergrowth of quartz and felspar, crystals of the latter pro- jecting into the central grain or group of grains. In the body of the rock the differentiation of the constituents is barely perceptible, 1 That is, a zone with a micrographic arrangement of parts, in this instance not strictly marked off either from the quartz on the one hand, or from the outer rock on the other. 2 Journ. Iron & Steel Inst. vol. lviii (1900) pl. iii, no. 2. Vol. 59.| IN GLASSY IGNEOUS ROCKS, 433 and between crossed nicols it breaks up into the ‘ patchy’ type of devitrification.* In one or two slides (Bonne-Nuit Bay and Anne Port, Jersey) a spherulitic structure is more or less perfectly developed, and the spherulites are surrounded by the minute quartz-felspar inter- growth. In the slice cut from the Bonne-Nuit Bay specimen the spherulitic portion is Darely perceptible. Both slices exhibit patchy devitrification. In a paper on the ‘ Microchemistry of Cementation’ by Prof. J. O. Arnold, in the Journal of the Iron & Steel Institute,? a number of plates are given showing close analogies to sundry rock-structures. Two of these figures are of supersaturated steel in which the surplus cementite occurs either as ‘ heavy streaks’ having a tendency to form regular meshes, or in well-laminated patches. The ground- mass of the bar consists of ‘normal pearlite.’’* The irregular streaks mentioned bear a close resemblance to the streaked or gnarled structure of such rhyolites and obsidians as those figuted by Mr. Rutley in the Quarterly Journal of this Society in 1881" _ Secondary Devitrification. The rock-structures produced by secondary devitrification may be arranged under two heads :— (a) Those produced solely by such crystallization, and (6) Those in which secondary have been imposed on primary crystallizations. (a)—An examination of a pitchstone from Carlitz, and study of numerous English examples in which the changes are much greater, suggest that secondary devitrification begins by hydration of the glass in the neighbourhood of perlitic cracks.’ The latter, outlined by a belt of greenish altered glass, are familiar in most devitrified perlites. In addition, in some Hungarian examples a feeble granulation can be faintly discerned between crossed nicols, favouring the neighbourhood of perlitic cracks in its distribution. The presence of water in the perlitic cracks has, no doubt, been an active agent in producing the devitrification. Evidence that the glass was not homogeneous when it solidified may be found in the variable proportions of the green hydrated material, the dusty grains of felspar, and the clearer grains of quartz. Small variations in the amount of the dusty substance (kaolin) do not appear to affect the perfection of the granular mosaic; if, 1 Where such separation is apparent, it would seem that the body of the rock solidified as a fine-grained eutectic, the time possibly being insufficient for coarser structures to form. 2 Vol. liv (1898) p. 185, pls. xiii, xiv, xvii, & xix. The last two are those above referred to. * Op. cit. p. 190. Cementite is a definite carbide of iron, Fe,C. Pearlite is an eutectic mixture of ferrite (that is, of particles of nearly. or quite pure metallic iron) and cementite, the two being usually interlaminated. Pearlite forms in slowly-cooled steels. See Ency. Brit. 9th ed. vol. xxix, p. 572. 4 Vol. xxxvii, pp. 406 & 407. > [On this point I feel uncertain.—T. G. B.] 434 MR. J. PARKINSON ON DEVITRIFICATION. [ Nov. 1903, however, it is present in such quantity as to render the slice almost opaque at that point, the grains tend to lose distinctness of outline. (6)—Those in which secondary structures have been superposed on primary. Of these the most familiar example is the irregular mosaic of grains—referred to as ‘ patchy devitrification.’ ’ The patches which become apparent between crossed nicols appear | to be formed by the crystallization, or recrystallization, of a residual mineral. In the case of a spherulite, this is the substance left over after the recrystallization of the radial fibres of felspar. The stresses which acted on the rock before solidification affect it after solidification ; for the ‘ patches’ are elongated, radially in the case of a spherulite, parallel to the direction of flow in a rhyolite show- ing marked fluxion-structure. In the Boulay-Bay nodules, the dimensions and definition of the ‘ patches’ vary considerably in the same example, and at times appear better formed near the periphery. Many of the Boulay-Bay nodules exhibit a kind of segregation, no doubt primary, which gives rise to a sponge-like network, the interspaces being occupied by more translucent areas, as apparent in ordinary light as between crossed nicols. Under the latter con- ditions each of these oval spaces is occupied by material with definite and uniform polarization, differing but little from an isolated individual of the more common type of ‘ patchy devitrification.’ In regard to the relation between the ‘ patchy devitrification ’ and the granular mosaic produced by this secondary devitritication of a perlitic rock, see Part II, p. 440, by Prof. Bonney, to whom I am greatly indebted for help and suggestions made from time to time, the results of which are embodied in the foregoing pages. ft Excluding spherulites, we may make the following summary :— PRIMARY STRUCTURES. (a) Glass containing no primary devitrifications. | Homogeneous throughout. (b) Glass containing no primary de- vitrifications. Not homogeneous throughout. (c) Rhyolite containing some primary devitrifications, as, for example, bands or patches of eutectic, and crystallizations (gnarled struc- ture and the like) representing separation of a constituent in excess ; and some original glass. (d) Rbyolite not glassy in any part. SECONDARY STRUCTURES. Granular secondary devitrification uniform over a small area (that is, over a single slide). Granular secondary devitrification not uniform over asmallarea. Vari- ability in composition traceable in a single slide. Secondary structures 0 and d com- bined. Secondary superposed on primary de- vitrification, of which ‘patchy devitrification ’ is the type. ' For a discussion on this structure see F. R. C. Reed, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. li (1895) p. 165. [A slightly-different explanation of this structure is offered in Part II of the present paper, p. 441.—T. G. B.] Vol. 59. | PROF. T. G. BONNEY ON DEVITRIFICATION. 435 Part IJ.—By Prof. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. The solidification of a mass of given chemical composition is a question of temperature, its crystallization of environment. We may regard a glass as a mixture of molecules, each endowed with polarities enabling it to join in building a crystal belonging to a particular group, but at present associated without the orientation which is essential for the existence of a crystal.’ «But in a solution crystallization may involve not only change in orientation, as when opal is converted into chalcedony, but also change of place, an ageregation of certain molecules which previously were mixed up with others. This is illustrated by the ‘clarification’ of a tachy- lyte when the ultra-microscopic particles of iron-oxide in the brown glass begin to collect together in visible granules, by the formation of feathery groups of crystallites (hornblende) from the surrounding dusty glass in some of the Arran pitchstones, and in all holo- crystalline rocks consisting of two or more minerals. This grouping of like with like is due to an attractive force which, under certain circumstances, though to a more limited extent, can also act in a body while it remains solid ; as when, in some stalactites, minutely- crystalline calcite becomes coarsely crystalline, or steel and other metals become crystalline under pressures and vibrations,” and glass softened by heat is devitrified. Any local discontinuity, such as the existence of an outer surface or of an included solid, is favourable to crystallization, because that is a process like building, and thus is facilitated by a ready-made foundation. Moreover, as heat is generally lost by radiation from the outer part of a mass, crystal- lization naturally begins here, at the coolest part. When the con- ditions in the neighbourhood are uniform, then, if crystallization starts from a (non-mathematical) point within the mass, it will proceed uniformly in all directions and produce a spherulite ; if from a line, an axiolite; if from a surface, some dependent form. In the case of a plane (such as the outside of a piece of glass) the crys- tallites might be arranged like a mass of parallel rods, but more usually, since certain spots in it afford slight advantages, they form tufts diverging from centres, which are occasionally so far separated as to produce ‘ hemispherical spherulites.’ As crystallization usually requires time,’ a slow fall of tempera- ture is favourable to it, and indirectly to the reduction of a solution supersaturated with one or more minerals to an eutectic, because thus the constituents in excess are separated out. Here we often meet with apparent anomalies, such as the separation of both quartz and felspar from an acid magma, or that of both felspar and augite from a basic one. These may be explained, either by slight * The optical effects of strain in a colloid indicate a temporary orientation ot its molecules. ? Journ. Iron & Steel Inst. vol. liv (1898) p. 185 & vol. lviii (1900) p. 60. 3 Mr. J. E. Stead remarks, Journ. Iron & Steel Inst. vol. liii (1898) pp. 151- 52, that ‘the crystallization of steel requires a certain amount of time as well as a certain degree of heat,’ 436 PROF, T. G. BONNEY ON DEVITRIFICATION [Nov. 1903, differences in the composition of the minerals present as conspicuous crystals and in the groundmass, or by variations in the amount of water in the mixture, for that also must produce some effect on the conditions of consolidation. Before proceeding farther we shall find it convenient to give a brief summary of the different types of structure. These may be classified (more for convenience than as implying hard-and-fast divisions) as the linear and the granular. The linear may be subdivided into (a) the rectilinear, (6) the curvilinear. Linear Structure. (a) The rectilinear.—For this a mere mention will suffice : its earliest stage 1s the formation of microliths like the felspars in an andesitic glass, its latest that of the porphyritic crystals often found in holocrystalline rocks. The augites from near Predazzo, the leucites of Somma, the felspars of the Mairus porphyroid and the Lamorna granite (to quote a few conspicuous instances) probably imply that the magma in which they formed was at one time super- saturated with the constituents of a particular mineral, which were not indeed wholly removed by erystallization, but were, so to say, reduced by it, so that they could be kept in check by the represen- tatives of other minerals—for I apprehend that the formation of an eutectic is equivalent to a temporary deadlock in a struggle for priority. (>) The curvilinear, into which we have virtually been led in the last few words. It is represented in its first stage by tri- chites, but is usually found in groups, as in some spherulites and in the micrographic, or micropegmatitic structure,’ of which that long known as graphic is only a variety. We shall find, I think, that so far as there is any difference between these two structures, it depends very largely on the nature of the obstruction offered. Spherulitic structure in its simplest stage is apparently no more than a radial grouping of molecules,? as perhaps in some of the clear, almost structureless spherulites which on crossing the nicols give rather distinct black crosses; but it is generally associated (as taking place in a ‘mineral mixture’) with some amount of separa- tion. Occasionally this is extrusive, as (to a slight extent) in ordinary banded spherulites, and more conspicuously in the holo- crystalline spherulites of orbicular granite or corsite—but commonly the magma separates into two minerals (exclusive of minute iron- 1 Now commonly designated the ‘granophyric.’ Apart from the fact that the word itself, like all but one ending in ‘phyre’ or ‘phyric, is nonsense, Vogelsang, its author (as I believe), used it in ancther and partly-appropriate sense. ? This must be the case in the spherulitic structure occasionally found in chalcedony. Vol. 59. | IN GLASSY IGNEOUS ROCKS, 437 oxide) of which one acts as a kind of matrix to the other.’ At first, the ecrystal-growth in a spherulite is simply radial ; but, after a time, the interstices between the growing ‘stems’ become sufficiently wide to allow them to throw off side-branches. These in some cases contrive to interlock and form a kind of mat of rectilinear branches,” but more commonly they interfere, with a result some- what resembling that observed when trees in a wood are ‘ drawn’ by being planted too closely. But, as the history of the ordinary spherulite has been traced by Mr. Parkinson, I need say no more than that my conclusions accord with his, and that I regard the ordinary ‘graphic’ or ‘ pegmatitic’ structure, whether on a minute or a large scale, as the result of a struggle for independent crystallization between two minerals (commonly felspar and. quartz), one of which has gained a very slight advantage over the other in freezing. The crystals thus formed are skeleton-crystals, the intervening parts being occupied by a more or less continuous definite mineral, instead of by magma or aggregates such as iron-oxides; but we sometimes find that the one mineral, either in the outer part of a spherulite or a pegmatite, assumes (b) the curvilinear or a root-like growth. This is also a result of obstruction, but of a slightly-different kind; and its history I think can be inferred from a remarkable and suggestive experiment in the formation of colloid silica, described several years ago by Messrs. J. PTAnson & E. A. Pankhurst.? A certain amount of an alkaline carbonate was mixed with a strong solution of an alkaline silicate, and then some strong sulphuric acid was slowly discharged from a pipette at the bottom of the vessel containing the liquid. Bubbles of carbonic-acid gas formed immediately and rose upward, carrying with them some of the other acid. This on its part decom- posed the alkaline silicate, causing precipitation of the silica, so that in a few minutes a tube of it was formed, reaching from the bottom to the surface of the solution. Its walls at first were very thin, but as the acid percolated through them the process of decomposition and deposition was maintained, and it continued so long as the agent was supplied, thus forming a hollow ‘stalactite.’ These stalactites, to quote the authors’ words, ‘do not grow up by any means in constantly straight regular forms, but assume irregular and branched ones, more like those of coral than anything else, according to the direction in which the bubbles of gas or the acid escape from the end, or from points of least resistance in the sides, of the tube.’ 4 I can see no other explanation of this wavy structure than a slightly- variable opposition to the passage of the disturbing agent; and thus regard the coralloid or root-like structure of a mineral in a rock as ? Though the two minerals are often hardly to be distinguished under the microscope, the published analyses of spherulites show that free quartz must be present as well as felspar. * So far as my observations go, this is more usual in artificial glasses. ? Min. Mag. vol. v (1884) p. 34. + Op. cit. p. 36. 438 PROF. T. G. BONNEY ON DEVITRIFICATION [ Nov. 1903, indicating that the material of the one which it appears to penetrate, was in a rather more gelatinous condition than when the ordinary ‘hebraic’ type is produced. Mechanical resistance, as I have already pointed out,' facilitates an actinolitic growth in the direc- tion of the strongest force of crystallization. If a crystal in development encounters an insurmountable obstacle, it is either diverted or compelled to fork; and, if the obstacles be both small and numerous, the process is repeated again and again. This, as has already been pointed out, is the explanation of frost-fronds, dendritic markings, and the like; and the more minute and nume- rous the obstacles (as on a roughened surface) the more the branches appear to curve (for a curve, to use mathematical language, is the limit of a polygon). Thus, the fact that spherulites often assume a lobed or root-like growth in their outermost parts, may be ex- plained by the increasing viscosity of the glass from which they are being formed. When crystals (for example, microliths) are forming in a magma, these will continue to be enlarged, provided the temperature remains high enough, until the necessary constituents are exhausted. The residual magma is then either a single mineral, such as augite in one case or quartz in another, or more often a mixture which, by the process of crystallization, has gradually become richer in water, and the presence of this last may itself determine whether a compound ” is eutectic. When such an one has been formed, the temperature will fall for awhile without producing further crystallization ; and this, when it occurs, will not come about by the gradual separa- tion of a single mineral, but by simultaneous formation of all the components. A mineral cannot be idiomorphic without having < had its own way’ during crystallization, so that a rectilinear and a curvilinear (or irregular) outline to the mineral constituents of a cooled rock mean differences in the history of solidification. Divergent groups of crystals, as we have seen, are indicative of opposition, the nature of which is implied by the character of the branching. Whether the latter be microscopic or megascopic probably depends on whether crystallization commences independently from many centres (that is, whether the conditions throughout the mass are very uniform), or whether growth begins around certain nuclei—such as previously- formed crystals of felspar, quartz, etc., and the fact that a pegmatitic or graphic structure is so often a ‘groundmass characteristic’ must not be overlooked. Granular Structure, We come next to the different forms of granular structure. In this also, so far as the boundaries are concerned, there is a recti- linear and a curvilinear type. When the former occurs, the 1 See my remarks in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlvii (1891) pp. 105-105. 2 Thus a subsequent loss of water would mean supersaturation by the other minerals, and might account for their separation. Vol. 59. | IN GLASSY IGNEOUS ROCKS. 439 conditions of solidification must have given one of the constituent minerals, commonly the felspar, a very slight advantage over the other, and this structure generally belongs to both microgranites and ordinary granites. The curvilinear type, however, is seen in many compact felstones and in a large number of granitoid rocks, especially in that group (generally of pre-Cambrian age’) which were formerly supposed to have undergone metamorphism. I regard these curvilinear boundaries as signifying that the tempera- ture remained steady at a height which, in a normal granite of corresponding coarseness, would have allowed felspar to separate from the residual quartz in the usual way, but that owing to some disturbing factor (probably an increased viscosity) the latter mineral had a greater power of resistance; so that a rectilinear boundary was impossible, because neither could definitely overcome the other. Thus, as we shall presently see, the significance of curvi- linear boundaries to grains in a granular rock is very similar to that of root-lke or wavy structure as opposed to rectilinear in a ‘graphic’ rock. I do not forget that in holocrystalline igneous rocks a granular structure has been attributed to movement in the act of cooling, which has rubbed off the angles of crystals already formed by the resistance of the viscous residue. This is obviously a possibility, and I believe that conspicuous crystals are sometimes thus treated,” but we must remember that the residual magma which this expla- nation requires to be present would either crystallize independently as a groundmass (as in the cases just mentioned), or would be used up in augmenting, and thus repairing, the damaged crystals. In the more compact felsitic rocks we not unfrequently find a slightly-variable structure, some patches being a little coarser than others—spherulites being restricted to particular bands, etc.: see Pl. XXVLI, fig. 3. These may be attributed to slight local variations in chemical composition, with which we are familiar in ordinary fluxion-structure.° Some compact felstones, when examined under the microscope, exhibit a close association of spherulitic, micrographic, and granular structures (the second being often root-like, and the third curvilinear in outline), the one apparently passing almost insensibly into the other: see Pl. XXVI, figs. 4,5, & 6. The relation of the first to the second has already been noticed, and that which it bears to the third is shown by studying sections. As these become more nearly tangential, the radial is replaced by the granular structure, and the more crowded 1 In these, as I have more than once pointed out, the structure often closely resembles that of a quartzite. * This, as I have explained in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlvii (1891) pp- 483-90, accounts for an occasional ‘augen-structure’ in rocks wherein there is evidence of tension but none of pressure. * Something of the kind also occurs, as has been frequently noticed, in holo- erystalline rocks. Often it is indicative of a partial melting-down of one rock by another, but sometimes is more suggestive of differentiation (prior to the movement) in a magma. 440 PROF, T. G. BONNEY ON DEVITRIFICATION [ Nov. 1903, the crystallites in the former, the more irregular are the outlines in the iatter. The three structures have much the same origin, but in two of them crystal-building, owing to local circumstances, has proceeded on a rather more definite plan than in the third ; and we observe that the more root-like the micrographic structure the more irregular are the granular outlines. Thus.the departure from a rectilinear habit in the components of a de- vitrified rock is ameasure, figuratively speaking, of the severity of the struggle between them. Secondary Devitrification. We pass now to secondary devitrification. Here also the prin- ciples which we have endeavoured to establish may be applied. Although it would perhaps be rash to assert that the occurrence of spherulites invariably signifies an elevation of temperature almost enough to melt the glass, this is certainly most effective in producing them. We may even say that, in secondary devitrification (at ordinary temperatures, so far as we are aware), not only is the ‘ trachytoidal ’ (microhthic) structure unknown, but also, apart from spherulites, any form of rectilinear structure is rather rare ; indeed, the circum- stances under which we most commonly find the latter are them- selves suggestive. It is associated with a perlitic structure (itself a very strong presumption in favour of the rock having once been a glass), and in close relation, as Mr. Parkinson and I have inde- pendently observed, with the perlitic cracks. To these the lines separating the quartz and felspar are often rudely perpendicular, so that the interval between two concentric cracks may be occupied by an alternation of these two minerals, while in uncracked portions of the slice they may appear as ordinary curvilinear grains. Naturally- devitrified rocks, without any perlitic cracks, commonly exhibit a speckly, rather minute, and irregularly-outlined structure, resem- bling that frequent in cherts. This might be expected, because the material of the latter probably crystallizes under constraint ; for, in some cases, it was originally a colloid and subsequently became microcrystalline, in others the crystals in forming had to deal with mechanical obstacles (particles of clay, etc.). We sometimes find this speckly structure restricted to parts of a slice which are rendered less translucent by the presence of minute dust (probably ferruginous), while the clearer are more coarsely granular; or to parts which are free from perlitic cracks, the ‘grain’ becoming coarser when these appear. The fact that curvilinear, more or less ragged-edged, granulation is the normal type in the secondary devitrification of a glassy rock points in the same direction, and is confirmed by the fact that annealed steel often shows the same structure.” 1 See figures in Mr. Stead’s paper on the ‘ Crystalline Structure of Iron & Steel’ Journ. Iron & Steel Inst. vol. liii (1898), one or two of which might serve for outline-drawings of some felstones. Here the steel had been heated to a temperature rather above 750° C., and the coarseness of the granulation mainly depended on the time for which this had been maintained. Vol. 59.] IN GLASSY IGNEOUS ROCKS, 44] The devitrification of a volcanic glass implies, however, a stage beyond that of the formation of a chert. In the latter certain groups of adjacent silica-molecules have only to arrange themselves in a definite order!; but in the former a kind of sifting process is necessary—a change of place as well as of position—the silica- molecules gathering around one centre and those of an alumina- alkali-silicate around another, although the mass itself remains practically solid.” A special type of this latter devitrification might be termed ‘patchy or ‘splotchy’ (though perhaps poikilitic, as being less English, will be more generally acceptable). Init a number of molecules, perhaps already separated as in a spherulite, are locally re-arranged, so that a granular is superposed on a radial structure. In the absence of a spherulite we may regard this as merely a variety of the granular structure ; although I suspect it to be even then secondary, the rock having already been very minutely devitrified. But when it occurs in a spherulite (sometimes making this far less distinct under crossed nicols than with ordinary transmitted light) we cannot doubt that it is not a primary structure. Here the formation has probably been facilitated by the fact that the component crystallites in small portions of the spherulites (as in a cone with a narrow angle) are already lying nearly parallel, so that only a small change in position is needed to bring them into line as parts of a crystalline grain. - But if so, we may be asked why a spherulite is not converted into a series of radiating crystals showing in sections as isosceles tri- angles. The most probable answer is, that even in these spherulites the structure is not perfectly symmetrical ; the radii may throw off side-branches (this is often very strongly marked in artificial glasses and slags) which cause confusion, or they may be modified in direc- tion by the shape of the nucleus from which they have started whether that be a crystal previously formed or a cavity. Absolute symmetry is likely to exist but rarely, and this crystallizing force (if I may so call it) may be restricted in its effects within compara- tively small limits, so that even if the apical part of a triangle (in sections) form one crystal, the basal may have to break up into two or three. Moreover, we have no reason for supposing this re- arrangement to begin at the centre of a spherulite and proceed outward. It is more likely to be set up at a series of independent points, where the slightest difference in conditions may suffice to initiate it. One point in secondary (and in some cases also of primary) devitrification has often struck me as remarkable. When a granular structure is moderately coarse, the quartz is easily distinguished from the felspar ; but often in spherulites, and almost invariably in the ‘patchy’ devitrification, the former mineral is hardly visible, 1 As we might imagine eggs in a basket arranging themselves with all their longer axes parallel. >The possibility of such a movement was demonstrated by the late Sir William Roberts-Austen in his experiments on the migration of gold into lead Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe. A, vol. elxxxvii (1896) p. 383. i 442 PROF, T. G. BONNEY ON DEVITRIFICATION [Nov. 1903, though a chemical analysis proves that there must be a considerable amount of free silica present. For instance, in a spherulite from the Yellowstone Park, the felspar is in it roughly as 169 to 100 ; in one from Corriegills shore (Arran), as 194 to 100; and in one from Boulay Bay, as 182 to 100.’ In the first case Mr. Parkinson suggests a very probable explanation of the invisibility of the silica ; but in the second, third, and other cases of secondary devitrification that I have examined, [ have observed that under a high power one . of the apparently-felspathic grains or patches, instead of appearing homogeneous, as in ordinary primary devitrification, either seems to be speckled with a material which acts but feebly on polarized light, or sometimes even suggests the presence of an almost ultra- microscopic graphic structure, so that I suspect the apparent felspar to be really a compound of that mineral and quartz. Eutectic Structures. Mr. Teall pointed out, in his most suggestive Presidential Address,” that, in accordance with Mr. J. EK. Stead’s experiments on alloys, eutectic compounds are especially favourable to the formation of spherulitic and graphic structures; and I have spent some time in calculating from rock-analyses the proportion of felspar to quartz, in order to see whether the ratio which obtained in one case (163: 100) generally held good. The results, however, as might be inferred from the figures quoted above, are not very satisfactory, and I am not sanguine of success, with our present data. In a rock the problem usually is much less simple than in an alloy, for it consists in finding the eutectic mixture, not of two minerals, but of three or four ; since at least two species of felspar must often be present, besides quartz and water, while in regard to the last the amount now present affords no indication of what was originally dissolved in the magma. We might obtain trustworthy results from analyses containing only potash or soda, but these are extremely rare, and even though the substitution of a small quantity of the one alkali for the other may not alter the species of the felspar, yet it may produce some effect on the crystallizing temperature of the mineral, and must, I think, modify that of the eutectic. . But that any eutectic is particularly favourable to the formation of spherulitic and peg- matitic structures, may now, I think, be taken for granted; also that the coarseness or fineness of this structure is a question of tempera- ture and time® (which is to some extent applicable even to secondary devitrification). Moreover, as 1 hope that I have made clear, a rectilinear or a curvilinear type of growth is probably dependent on 1 That is to say, the free silica is always more than one third of the mass. In each case the felspar is of two species, orthoclase and albite—the latter pre- dominating in the second case. 2 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. lvii (1901) p. Ixxv. 3 As this makes it a function of two variables we must remember that (within limits) an increase in the one may compensate for a decrease in the other. Quart.Journ.Geol.Soc Vol. LIX,P1.XXVI. FH Michael del et hth. Mintern Bros.imp.- EY DEVITRIFICATION IN GLASSY IGNEOUS ROCKE= Vol. 59. | IN GLASSY IGNEOUS ROCKS. 443 the amount of resistance offered to the mineral which takes the lead in crystallizing. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI, Fig. 1. Obsidian Cliff. The feather-like crystals characteristic of the porous patches or spherulites. Crossed nicols. x 20. 2. Vicart Cliffs (Jersey). Example of primary devitrification, in which the early crystallization of superfluous silica has apparently been followed by an eutectic. Ordinary light. x 20. . From Cadhat Plain (Sokotra). Shows slight fluxional, with consequent modification of spherulitic, structure: the latter in parts of the slice passing into a more or less root-like or speckled structure (small scattered grains of quartz and felspar). A compact quartz-felsite, which probably was so from the first. Crossed nicols. » 20. 4. From Tan-y-maes (Caernarvonshire). Spherulitic structure, often rather tufted and growing round felspar-crystals (less definitely connected with the quartz). Small spherulites occur in the matrix of the rock, which sometimes exhibits a more or less root-like struc- ture, apparently connected with the other, and sometimes seems to be simply speckled, but occasionally approaches micrographic. A spherulitic quartz-felsite. Crossed nicols. x 20. 5. North-western end of Girgha range, near Hadibu Plain (Sokotra). The matrix exhibits a sort of ‘vermicular’ structure, which here and there (as in the north-eastern corner of the drawing) is grouped into a rather irregular spherulite with root-like branches. A compact quartz-felsite. Crossed nicols. X about 70. . Base of the cliff, Corriegills shore (Isle of Arran). This rock (see Geol. Mag. 1877, pp. 506-509) is here and there slightly spherulitic, and one some distance away, probably corresponding with it, is markedly so. It is also slightly fluxional, and exhibits conspicu- ously the root-like structure shown in the figure. The rock is from the base of a rather compact felsite, softened or locally melted by an intrusive pitchstone. Crossed nicols. X about 100. oh) (or) Discussion. The Cuarrman (Mr. TEatz) said that he was extremely glad to see attention directed to the work of those specialists who were engaged in the study of alloys. Many of their results would probably be found applicable to rocks. At the same time, caution was needful in drawing conclusions from one set of phenomena to another. Messrs. Haycock & Nevill, whose results were not yet fully published, had shown that, after complete solidification, very important changes took place in copper-and-tin alloys, so that the structures and the compounds produced at earlier stages of con- solidation disappeared, to be replaced by later products. It was not improbable that similar changes would be found to have taken place in many rocks, even in such as differed totally in composition from felsites or pitchstones. Prof. G. A. J. Core congratulated the Authors on continuing to add new observations to those brought forward on devitrification during the last thirty years. The question of eutectic association of yarious minerals might possibly be pushed too far, since the con- ditions prevalent in the earth’s crust might allow one pair of minerals 444 DEVITRIFICATION IN GLASSY IGNEOUS ROCKS. [ Nov. 1903, to form such an association, and yet exclude other associations. Quartz and an alkali-felspar very commonly occurred in suitable proportions, as the Chairman had pointed out ; but conditions might never arise such as would permit the entry of molecules of a third or fourth mineral into the quartz-felspar associations, as the Authors appeared to have suggested. Prof. Jupp expressed his agreement with the many points which had been brought out so clearly by the Authors, and concurred with the Chairman in valuing the high importance of Messrs. Haycock & Nevill’s researches. Hxperimenters with alloys were able to regulate at their pleasure temperatures and proportions; on the other hand, petrographers had the advantage of being able to use polarized light. Prof. Sottas congratulated the Authors on their accurate and logically-consecutive description of the phenomena. He thought that the investigation of mixtures of transparent salts would afford more valuable information than that obtained from the study of alloys. With regard to the use of the term ‘ devitrification, that appeared to postulate the previous existence of glass, yet many of the phenomena described might be due to direct crystallization from a molten magma. Mr. Parxtnson thanked the Fellows for the way in which his remarks had been received. Prof. Bonney expressed his thanks to the Fellows of the Society for their kindly reception of his paper. He was glad to use the opportunity of acknowledging the help which he had received trom the Chairman’s Presidential Address, and from the work on alloys of Messrs. Stead, Haycock, Nevill, and others. He explained, in reply to Prof. Cole, that he laid no stress on the possible presence of a ferromagnesian mineral in an eutectic of a granitoid character. Even without it we had an indeterminate equation of four variables. In reply to Prof. Sollas, he said that Miss Raisin had formerly made some experiments of crystallization in a colloid, but had not been able to carry them far. He admitted that the term ‘ devitrification ’ had to be used rather vaguely, but thought that the inclusive sense was defensible. Vol. 59.| THE TOARCIAN OF BREDON HILL. 445 36. The Toarcran of Brevon Hitt,’ and a Comparison with DEposits ELSEWHERE. By S. §. Buckman, Esq., F.G.S. (Read May 27th, 1903.) Contents. Page PER GRCOLO GY | Fics o cose. coos ease ce onacns qepasooanaiadls Miuduneneaepmemece emcees 445 II. Comparison with the Cotteswolds ...............:ececerenesctoeesveee 448 ITI. Comparison of the Cotteswolds and Dorset ................20ee00e 451 Vere omparison’ with Normandy.’ Aen is ses eo i sive tac doeesonlecssacsnntes 452 WeaCbronometry of the Toarciani 2. esstdcc5 ce. cont senclsactee sk eae noscee 455 Pe COSICE bie. vccansicsins ns ttot naeeneaes nee a ceeaeaeiemuceracuabinee spongec aay 456 Ree Comparison’ Of Terms: oie gcc. ed cee atcuiesaciiee becctclenss sc cmanaesies 457 PMR SU STMTIND Yio is sais se ose cistmpgede ne Meroe: tulcing ears eaeis stemassinsieitelnaale’ ptnartet 458 I. Gxoxoey. THE ioe Lias (G3) of Bredon Hill is shown on the Geological- Survey map as more than 300 feet in thickness. It is said to be as much as 380 feet thick, whereas at W otton-under-Hdge, some 36 miles to the south, it is said to be only 10 feet.? But at the former locality the Inferior Oolite (G 5) is represented as resting directly on the Upper Lias (G3); at the latter locality there is shown, between Inferior Oolite and Upper Lias, a development of some 150 feet of strata called ‘ Midford Sand’ (G 4)—the Cotteswold Sands overlain by the Cephalopod-Bed. The question often presented itself to my mind— Were the two so-called ‘series’ of Upper Lias the same, or was not the Upper Lias of Bredon Hill really much more than the Upper Lias of Wotton, so that there was not a true comparison ? Was it not an argillaceous condition of the sands and the overlying Cephalopod-Bed ? Some few years ago I was able to answer this question partly in the affirmative. On the north slope of Bredon Hill, I found in some argillaceous stones in a gateway, many feet below the yellow limestone of the Inferior Oolite, portions of ammonites indicative of beds contemporaneous with the Cephalopod-Bed of the Cottes- wolds: they indicated strata of the hemerz Moorei, dispansi, and Struckmannt. When the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Field-Club visited Overbury on the south side of Bredon Hill, in 1902, the members found in the grayel-pit many ammonites confirming my discovery. Ata subse- quent visit, which I paid with Mr. L, Richardson, F.G.S., other confirmative fossils were found. From them there was evidence not only for strata contemporaneous with the Cephalopod-Bed, but also with the Cotteswold Sands; these evidently formed part of the so-called ‘Upper Lias’ at Bredon Hill. But as the specimens were only obtained from the fallen blocks in a gravel-pit, the actual thickness of the deposits could not be ascertained. + Bredon Hill is partly in Worcestershire, and partly in Gloucestershire. For an account of the Aalenian deposits of the hill, see L. Richardson, ‘ Inf. Oolite at Bredon Hill’ Geol. Mag. 1902, p. 513. * See, for instance, H. B. Woodward’s ‘ Geology of England & Wales’ 2nd ed. (1887) p- 276. Q.J.G.8. No. 236. 2k 446 ' MR. 8. 8. BUCKMAN ON THE [ Nov. 1903, It seems desirable to state exactly the nature of the evidence obtained. The stones in the gateway were typical ‘ Upper Lias’ nodules ; the gateway itself was on ‘ Upper Lias’ Clay. Anyone who knows how a farmer will take the least possible trouble to obtain materials to harden a field-gateway, especially one where there is no cart-traffic of importance, can judge that these nodules were picked up close to the gate, and that they are, in every probability, within a few feet of their vertical position. Then the hill is com- pletely isolated: the stones were about on the 800-foot contour- line, which is a steep climb of some 650 feet up from the yale. As regards the finds in the gravel-pit, the material of this pit is the scree or talus of the hillside. It is angular gravel, not worn, and it has not been, in a strict sense, transported. It is material that has slid down from the hill, and is comparable to the -talus so often seen at the foot of a quarry or escarpment, or of a railway- cutting. Its value as evidence for what is in the hill above is the same as that of tumbled blocks found in such places as quarries, or cuttings ; but it does not indicate the exact position, nor does it give the actual thickness. But the relative sequence of fossiliferous blocks may be known by the sequence which has been ascertained elsewhere. To show what the finds at Bredon Hill indicate, the following Table is given, stating the sequence of hemerz, and indicating the various deposits made, in the Cotteswolds, during those times, TaspiE I.—HEMERAL AND STRATAL SEQUENCE. Hemere. Deposits in the Cotteswolds. Stages. ISCISSE ..inagine sp eee ne Sandy Ferruginous Beds. | Opaliniformts ......+6005- Hard capping to the | $ Aanenran,? Cephalopod-Bed. | AGICNSIB: . 2s iscwenseanwctes i WMGOVEE aeons es «apeesea: | Dupnortieri@ .....000008 Cephalopod-Bed. | DISUSE oe on oe sane see Struckmanné ......00.+0- | | Striatult ........ Re re ) ‘ Toarcran.! VORIGHIUNS .cnndasssledas | Tah, LA Ae | Cottesrolie yar: ! LI POMIIS: © waren jeacenates | | | Haleifert gett j Uppe a el 1 The term ‘ Aalenian,’ as now used, replaces in part the term ‘ Upper Toarcian’ employed in my paper on ‘The Cotteswold, &c. Sands’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlv (1889) pp. 473, etc.; and the term ‘ Toarcian’ is almost equal to the term ‘ Lower Toarcian’ in that paper (see below, p. 457). Vol. 59. | TOARCIAN OF BREDON HILL, 447 At Wotton the strata of the hemere bifrontis—falciferi are called Upper Lias (G 3), and the other Toarcian strata, Midford Sand (G4). At Bredon, strata of the hemerze Moorei to falciferi are all termed Upper Lias (G3). To take the evidence :—To indicate strata of the hemera Jill, there is a specimen of Hildoceras semipolitum, S. Buckm.' (B) ; for hemera variabilis the specimen named Denckmannia bredonensis (B), and a species of Brodiceras (B); for hemera Struckmann, species of Pseudogrammoceras (A & B)*; for hemera dispanst, several spe- cimens of Phlyseogrammoceras dispansum, Lycett (A & B); for hemera Dumortierice a specimen of Catulloceras Dumortieri (Thioll.), found by me some years ago in a gravel-pit at Beckford, near the south flank of the hill*; for hemera Moorei, two specimens of Rhynchonella cynica, 8. Buckm. (B), and specimens of a fine-ribbed Dumortieria (A). The matrix in which these species are found is of somewhat the same general facies—a greyish, or bluish-grey argillaceous stone; but there are certain characters which are easily recogniz- able as distinctive of particular layers. So, although the thickness of the deposits be not known, the following may be given as the stratigraphical sequence :— Tas.e II.—Toarctan oF Brepon Huu. Hemere. Character of Deposit. | IMBGRCO® ciesec ss va ndasniees Grey, somewhat sandy stone. | Dumorticrie@ ......10004. Light yellow, argillaceous. BOSPOUSE oe sciaweaseceees Greyish-yellow argillaceous stone, with many ~ comminuted shell-fragments. | Struckmanni .......0.44- Grey argillaceous stone, with someshell-fragments and many small shells. i OMIBUIIS” so. ce dena s aces Greenish-grey stone, almost made up of commi- nuted fragments which have a greenish tinge. IEG ia pan ana 2 ie bicladetene Darkish-grey argillaceous stone. } | In breaking the stones of the gravel-pit, many specimens of Orbiculoidea were found. ‘There are apparently three or four species. From the lithic characters of the matrices tabulated above they can be dated, with some certainty, as follows :— Mooret (/). Small species (perhaps two?). Numerous; a score of speci- mens on a surface of 4 square inches. Dispansi. A small species, rather conical. Struckmanni. A flattish species, much larger, about 10 mm. in length. Lilli. A small species. These species are new to this country. ‘There is only one species of Orbiculoidea (olim Discina), recorded by Davidson * from a similar horizon: that is certainly distinct. 1 See ‘Emendations of Ammonite-Nomenclature’ p. 4, Cheltenham, 1902. (A) indicates the stones on the gateway ; (B) those from the gravel-pit at Overbury. 3 The gravel in this case is stream-transported, and is in the vale, about a mile from the hill. 4 «Monogr. Brit. Foss, Brach.’ vol. iv, pt. ii (1878) Suppl. p. 233. (Pal. Soe. vol, xxxil.) 2K 2 448 MR. S. S. BUCKMAN ON THE [Nov. 1903, The Upper Lias at Bredon Hill, then, may be said to be, on the fossil evidence obtained, equal not only to the Upper Lias of the Cotteswolds— Wotton-under-Edge, for example—but also to the overlying Cotteswold Sands and Cephalopod-Bed. If the thickness of these strata in the Cotteswolds be compared with that of the Upper Lias at Bredon, it will be found that they are not so dissimilar, That is the comparison which should be made; but as the statement stands in the maps and text-books, it seems as if only the strata of the hemere bifrontis—falcifert, which are 10 feet thick at Wotton, had increased to become 380 feet at Bredon. The evidence obtained at Bredon makes against that—it indicates that there are strata of more than the two hemere. IL. Comparison WITH THE CoTrESWOLDS. Opportunity may now be taken to compare the Toarcian deposits of Bredon Hill with those of certain Cotteswold localities, places famous for the Cephalopod-Bed and Cotteswold Sands ; the more so as certain supplementary measurements of the latter deposit can now be given. These measurements are the result of work with the level, taken, in two cases (Frocester Hill and Coaley Wood), with the help of Mr. Charles Upton. They supplement, and to a certain extent correct, the data given by me in ‘ Monogr. Inf. Ool. Ammon.’ pt. ii, Pal. Soc. vol. xli (1888) pp. 48-47, and in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlv (1889) pp. 440-474. The following table embodies the information concerning four Cotteswold localities. TaBLe I] I.—Tun Corrnmswotps.— THICKNESSES OF CERTAIN DEPOSITS IN PASSING FRoM Nortu To SourtnH. _ Standish | | Toarcian Beacon. | Frocester| Coaley | Stinchcombe | R i deposits. | (* Hares- | Hill. | Wood. | Hille ie |) eld 2)." | | eet. “|e eet. | Feet. Feet. 1 Alternative read- | | ing : Cotteswold | | | Sands 210 feet ; Cephalopod- | | Clay 110. bas oe! 4, | 2 8 | Bh oi [8|* | 2 Cotteswold Sands | | | ==variabilis 106 Cotteswold | | ft.; Lille 188 ft. | Sands... 190 | Q44? 1863) 45) 195 3 variabilis 72 ft. ; | | Lilli 114 feet. | Upper Lias | 4 Estimates. Glaiy, 2.6 | 180 64 | [40]4 18 ° Stinchcombe Hill is 3 miles from Wotton - under - | Edge. Total ... 322 316 | 2295 221 Coaley Wood :—Amend section given in Quart. J ourn. Geol. Soc. vol. xlv (1889) p. 444, thus: Beds 9 to 13, 61 feet. Beds 16a & 17, 39 feet. Bed 18, 75 feet. Vel 59. | TOARCIAN OF BREDON HILL. 449 | The division between sand and clay must not be regarded as a definite horizon. The passage is to a certain extent gradual, and in most cases is only shown by the spring-level, which again is variable according to locality and to season. Nor must it be supposed that at the base of the Sands commence the strata of the Zilli hemera. If this happen at one place, it may not at another. The clay-level is known to rise higher northwards : near Cheltenham Mr. L. Richardson found evidence of the strata of Lally hemera in so-called ‘ Upper Lias’ clay’; and eastwards, at Chalford, clayey conditions and the water-level rise to the top of the variabilis-beds. In the foregoing measurements one noticeable point is that the Cotteswold Sands work out to a much greater thickness than had been supposed, especially at Frocester Hill. To make just comparison between these localities and Bredon Hill, not merely the Upper Lias Clay is to be taken, but the total Toarcian deposits. Thus we get at Bredon (Toarcian) a thickness said to be 380 feet, and these Cotteswold localities working out from 221 to 322 feet. Stinchcombe Hill may stand well enough for Wotton. Instead of the Upper Lias at Wotton being 10 feet, if should read as 220 feet to compare with Bredon’s 380 feet. The Toarcian deposits do not maintain their full sequence from Bredon Hill to the Frocester district of the Cotteswolds ; like other Jurassic beds, they show evidence of anticlines and penecontem- poraneous erosion. At Standish Beacon there is non-sequence, by erosion pre-Dumortieric, post-variabilis—the effect perhaps of the Birdlip anticline, noticeable in the Bajocian Denudation.* Towards - Birdlip the Cotteswold Sands thin considerably; at or before Birdlip they fail. What are mapped as Midford Sands (G4) on the Geological-Survey map in the district north of Birdlip, are not the Toarcian or Cotteswold Sands, as to the south of that place, but Aalenian Sands, the equivalent of the Northampton Sands—the strata of the sciss: hemera (G5). And near Cheltenham these strata rest directly upon clays of the date of Zilli hemera—100 feet perhaps of deposit as compared with Standish are gone; but shales of Lilli hemera are replaced by sands at Standish. 7 At Bredon Hill the sequence is complete, or nearly so, again. But Bredon, it may be noted, lies exactly in the line of the Cleeve- Hill syncline, so conspicuous in connection with the Bajocian Denudation. The persistence of synclines is here illustrated. A small syncline formed in about Toarcian times saved the Toarcian strata of Bredon Hill: a more pronounced syncline in Tertiary times saved Bredon Hill itself. + *A fragment of a whorl of Lillia, most probably Lzd/7, was obtained from a hard nodule embedded in clay, in the ridge connecting the spur of Wistley Hill overlooking Vineyards Farm with the main hill-mass.’—L. Richardson, in litt. 2 §. 8. Buckman, ‘ Bajocian & Contiguous Deposits in the North Cotteswolds Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. lvii (1901) pl. vi. "yO9J OSZ =YOU! I ‘499; or = uw I ‘eorII A, Z “So sap Y = yout 1 ‘yezuozro0 Fy TS TNL ®TPPH ‘BEIT TSC an eee eer ng ON See fe 5a | oes ; It =Tlaote g= -sTriuolliag — OS > = | See R JL aa sieges fe ee ee eee 5 Renee. 8. Bes : ee a == souls = eee plomseqqog | Pineal = =a SS eee ec : “Key9- e131] SS ge (‘au04g souameaT) ‘ ua Seared a aes ; es yt ‘peg -podojeyday Miiniseec: ‘e Saar = oe : ~s SSS ee : eon ees ; ) sta Ap i i : : | -nisag Apueg, | Mm i | %i “uooveg: 1 = *CAITpar ‘me Yyte9[ot : bal ystpuryg : bile ee . < Ss ‘NI “HSIGNVIG OL TTIAL Noadaugq Woud VIVULG AHL JO NVYSVICQ7—’AT GItvy, Vol. 59.] THE TOARCIAN OF BREDON HILL. 451 The appended diagram (Table IV) probably represents the rela- tions of the Toarcian to the Aalenian strata, from Bredon Hill to Standish Beacon—interpreting the evidence of a non-sequence in the Cheltenham district as indicating an anticline in the neigh- bourhood, and suggesting that such anticline probably coincides with the Birdlip axis, noted in connection with similar anticlines in Bajocian and Aalenian strata.’ The diagram also shows the vary- ing lithic facies of the strata in question ; and that the lithological planes run somewhat obliquely in regard to the paleontological horizons. Somewhere in the Birdlip neighbourhood the Aalenian Sands may be expected to rest directly upon the Toarcian or Cotteswold Sands—a curious result, which would give an apparently- lateral continuity of sandy deposits, when it is really superposition and a non-sequence. III. Comparison oF THE CoTTESWOLDS AND DoRsET. While upon the subject of the development of sands, it may be useful to compare certain Toarcian (and some Aalenian) strata of the Dorset coast with those of the Cotteswolds. The Bridport Sands of the Dorset coast are much later in date than the Cottes- wold Sands; they did not begin to be deposited until some time after the Cotteswold Sands had ceased—they are, in fact, four hemerze later. I took the opportunity, some years ago, of measuring them with the level, in the same way as I had done the Cotteswold Sands ; and also, where possible, I measured them with the foot-rule up road-cuttings, examining the different layers of nodules. They yield sometimes a very fine series of ammonites, but a fauna quite distinct from that of the Cotteswold Sands. The sequence which they show is of particular interest: the manner in which the strata with the aalensis-type of ammonite follow those with fine-ribbed Dumor- tiertce of the Moorei-type is especially noticeable. This can be appreciated in the thick deposits of the Dorset coast, whereas in the thin strata of the Cotteswold Cephalopod-Bed the sequence is difficult to recognize. Table V (p. 452) embodies a comparison of the Cotteswold and Dorset strata, with some remarks. It may be noticed that the periods of maximum and minimum deposits just interchange in the two areas. During the hemere falciferi to variabilis, thick deposits of clay and sands were being laid down on the Cotteswolds, but thin deposits of limestone in the Dorset coast-area. During and after the time of Dumortierie, however, the state of affairs is just the reverse, thin limestones prevailing in the Cotteswolds, thick sands and elays in Dorset. This is a matter of some biological importance. Morris & Lycett, looking at the Cotteswold Cephalopod-Bed, considered that the 1 « Bajocian, &c. in the North Cotteswolds’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. lvii (1901) pl. vi. 452 — MR. S. 8. BUCKMAN ON THE [ Nov. 1903, TaBLeE V.—TuE CoTteswouDs AND DorsetT.—ComPARATIVE THICKNESSES OF DEPOSITS LAID DOWN DURING SIMILAR TIMES IN THE TWO AREAS. Cotteswolds:— Donen | Hemere. approximate wea Remarks. average. Chideock. Feet. Feet, Yeovil Sands =strata of Opaliniformis Moorei and Dumortierie and | 2 3o” hemere. Aalensis. Bridport Sands=strata of opalini formis-Mooret he- mere and part Dumor- Mooret | tierte. and 6 ISY) Upper Lias Clay of Dawn Dumorticrie. | Cliffs, Dorset Coast = strata of Dumortierie ee hemera (in part). | 2 a few inches. | Strata of dispanst hemera Str Pon | as sands in Somerset, attain the thickness of age | perhaps 50 feet. | 300 a few inches. | Strata of Struckmanni he- Fale ‘fer i. | mera as Midford Sands at Bath, attain a thickness of abate 70 or more feet. | Cotteswold Sands=strata | of variabilis and Lilli hemerze. Upper Lias of Bredon= strata of Moorei to fal- cifert hemere, and per- haps earlier. ammonites were overwhelmed by inundations of mud, and that, therefore, the time taken to deposit the bed was small.t When, however, this Cephalopod-Bed is analysed into some six divisions, each with its particular fauna, and when the strata are found to increase perhaps a hundredfold in thickness in other localities, it is seen that the Cephalopod-Bed was a slow deposit, and that the number of specimens in a thin band of rock is not due to any swarming of individuals at the time, but to long-continued accumulations of shells where there was a great paucity of sediment. IV. Comparison witH NoRMANDY. While the subject of the Toarcian deposits 1s being considered, it may not be uninteresting to make a comparison with an exposure in Normandy. There is a section at Tilly-sur-Seulles (near Caen) which is very interesting, because it shows in a few feet a sequence * ‘Monograph of the Great Oolite Mollusca’ p. 3. (Pal. Soc. vol. iv, 1850.) See also my ‘Monogr. Inf. Ool. Ammon.’ pt. ix, p.446. (Pal. Soc. vol. xlviii, 1894.) Vol. 59. | TOARCIAN OF BREDON HILL. 455 from Lower Lias to Inferior Oolite. It is a place where paucity of accumulation obtained for a long time. Its Toarcian deposits show a thickness of only some 23 feet, and yet the faunal sequence is nearly complete. The lower 15 feet have great resemblance to the Toarcian deposits of North-West Gloucestershire, as, for instance, those at Dumbleton, even to showing the fine paper-shales ; only the thickness at Dumbleton is much greater—it must be 100 to 150 feet. Lappend a description of the section. Section No. 1 ar Titiy-sur-Seuuues (CaLvaDos). [From a diagram drawn for me on the spot by Dr. Louis Brasil. My own notes are in square brackets. | ( 3 Flint-nodules with Murchisone. Sih mucosa gah i | | Opalinus. {Opalinoid.| a Nodules with Moorei. & ee 4 Dumortieria. 3 | Striatulwin. rs | Variabilis. | Clay with bifrons and conmunis. Bifrons, ; L if af = | “— ! Falciferum. & Annulatus. 8 ! [ Paper-shales like Dumbleton. | & | Bhynchonella pyginea. Spinatus. ( (Rock-Bed.] [ Rhynchonella tetrahedra. | [ Rock-Bed. | Middle Lias. Lig. planicosta=|Liparoceras capricornu and Microceras gagateum. | Wald. numismalis. Spiriferina pinguis. Upper part of Lower Lias. Rhynch. Thalia. Gryphea Maccullochi. [About 20 feet. ] (SS SS ——_-—-— -A 454 MR. S. 8S, BUCKMAN ON THE [Nov. 1903, I had time to investigate in some detail the strata in this section which are equivalent to the Cotteswold Sands and the Cephalopod- Bed. The following is the result :— Section No, 2 av Truty-sur-Snuiius (Catvapdos). July, 1895. Hemere. TOARCIAN. Thickness in f . Nodules. Ft. ims. Ft. ams. | wClay ..ace ot ko Rees about 6 0 4 . Clay. Terebratula of the punctata- \ | Stok: s.5.csn2s eee from base | Aalensis ....2..0. Ammonitesct.aalensis-group ,, | MOCTLE Vacaien> Numerous species of Dwmortieria in | the lower 2 feet. Compressed Du- b | ) Cobo Aalenian. mortierté at a higher level thanthe Dumortierie. more inflated forms—confirmed by Dr. Brasil. Dumortieria ef. prisca in lower 6 inches ............ Dispansi (2). 4. Fragment of Hammatoceras (!) on top of stone, with no other fossils found. © 4. sescunsesconeatqed erence 0 4 Struckmanni. 5, Stone with Pseudogrammocerata of the fallaciosum and Bingmanni- type, and cf. derniense ..........4. 0. 5 Striatuli. 6. Stone with Grammoceras striatulum common, and Haugia Hsert ...... 0 5 6a. Clay and claystone, chiefly the latter; Grammoceras striatulum common, 1 0 6 6. As above, and with a doubtful frag- ment of the Pseudogrammoceras Or oo SAM GCIOBUM-BYOUP, . wcisasevciedeosens ns 1 9 o ae Variabilis, 7. Clay with Haugia aff. navis at bottom ~~~ OG Bifrontis. 8. Blue earthy stone, with Aildoceras bifrons and Dactyliocerata ......... 10 Here I found just. the same faunal sequence as I had noted for Gloucestershire, which in the main had been already observed by Dr. Louis Brasil, who took me to the section. But he had not separated the strata with the fallacioswm-type of ammonite (Pseudogrammoceras) from the beds with the striatulum-type (Grammoceras). However, I found that here, as in Gloucestershire, there was the same sequence—Pseudogrammoceras certainly above the chief horizon of striatulum. The persistence of clay in this section right up into what we are accustomed to speak of as ‘Inferior Oolite’ is interesting ; it shows the little value of distinctions founded on lithic features. And the ‘ Midford Sands’ one may look for in vain, though the fauna is well shown.’ 1 The ammonites of the genus Dumortieria are particularly noticeable. The bulk of them are of the type of Dumortieria subundulata (Branco), as delineated in my ‘ Monograph of the Inf. Ool. Ammon.’ pt. vi, pl. xlv. (Pal. Soc. vol. xlv, 1892.) Vol. 59. | " TOARCIAN OF BREDON HILL. 455 The interesting stratal feature, however, in comparison with Dorset and the Cotteswolds, is that here the Toarcian is thin altogether ; it is not thick at the beginning and thin at the end, as in the Cotteswolds, nor thin in the beginning and thick at the end, as in Dorset. At another section near Caen, the Toarcian was much more reduced. There was only about 8 inches of it, and that in pockets in Caradoc Sandstone. It was limestone (and most of it crinoidal limestone), resting on conglomeratic sandstone with crinoids, belong- ing, on Dr. Brasil’s authority, to the zone of Ammonites mar- garitatus. The following is the sketch that I made :— Diagram of an exposure at May-sur-Orne (Calvados). July, 1895. Bradfordensis and Murchisonae, 4 feet 4 7 ae outeiaieeee bole | MUS ap, SSS eG Ee. ED RC RE ie PES TY : Falciferum ~/////// Falciferum 6 inchesj /oarcian . ar iff Life rs Yj iif 6 ins. [The top Mh the striatuluwm-bed was Tl V. CHRONOMETRY OF THE TOARCIAN. In some districts—East Gloucestershire for instance—only a few feet of Toarcian are found separating the Inferior Oolite (Aalenian) from the Middle Lias (Pliensbachian), But what is the true time- intervalinsuchacase? In West Gloucestershire —the western slope of the Cotteswolds—there were some 300 feet of strata laid down during this time-interval. This is not, however, the full measure of work accomplished: all but a few feet of these 300 belong to the early part of the Toarcian Stage. The thin deposits of the later part of the Toarcian Stage in the Cotteswolds give no true value for time- measurement; but a juster estimate can be obtained from the thick deposits of the Dorset coast, which belong to the later part of the Toarcian. So, in order to obtain a more correct estimate of the amount of work accomplished in the way of deposition, it is necessary to take the times during which the strata of the Toarcian Stage were laid down, and see how much work was accomplished during each one of them. The south-west counties of England yield the follow- ing results, so far as investigations have yet proceeded :— 456 MR. 8. S. BUCKMAN ON THE [Nov. 1903, Tasue VI. Approximate maxima of Hemere. deposits a in feet. ooret Pte t Dee EL 199 Dispaist \ ich ce dbic. We acs cee eter eaeeee 50 SUGUCK INURE nh ee eee 70 DEPUGEULE. 250k yaa ee nes Cee 20 V OTUGUUUIS. co oi sac bana he 100 DMG i EE ES See 130 Bifrontis Pelerfor \ RNA ee Cie 150 Totalee cee 719 Taking, therefore, the various maxima of deposits in the South- West of England, it is seen that the work accomplished during the time of the Toarcian Stage is represented by a deposition of some. 700 feet of strata. The time during which this work was performed is divided into about nine hemere, so that the time-value of a hemera, on this evidence, is equal to the time taken to deposit about 80 feet of strata on an average.’ VI. ReEtrosPeEct. Now that the faunal contents of the various Sands are definitely known, the old, much-debated question, whether the Sands are Liassic or Oolitic, may be considered as settled. In different localities the Sands are of different dates. Sometimes they are contemporaneous with what is called Inferior Oolite elsewhere, sometimes with what is called Upper Lias a few miles away. Taking the Toarcian Stage to include strata up to the deposit dated hemera MJoorez, and calling this ‘ Upper Lias’ in a general sense, and taking the Aalenian Stage for deposits of later date = Lower Inferior Oolite, then it may be said that the Northampton Sands and the so-called ‘ Midford Sands’ (G4) of the North Cotteswolds are early Aalenian; the Bridport Sands are in part Aalenian, in part Toarcian ; the Yeovil Sands are Toarcian; the Midford Sands of Midford (Bath) are Toarcian, but post-str iatuli; the Cotteswold Sands, so-called ‘Midford Sands (G 4)’ of the Mid- and South Cotteswolds are Toarcian, but pre-striatuli. The Harford Sands of the eastern part of the Cotteswolds are late Aalenian. It seems desirable to drop the term ‘ Midford Sands’ in its wide sense. It suggests, as between strata of different localities, con- temporaneity where there is sequence; in other cases, sequence where there is contemporaneity. The local names for the Sands may be retained as useful, colloquial, stratigraphical terms. Where 1 Strata of hemera acuti have not been considered—they are not definitely developed in the districts investigated. Vol. 59. ] TOARCIAN OF BREDON HILL. 457 it is desirable to note a local sandy development of Upper Lias, as in the case of the Cotteswold Sands, which are of earlier date than the Upper Lias (G 3) of the Dorset coast, but are now called Midford Sands (G 4)—then they might be distinguished as G3 with certain marks to denote the lithic change. The following emendations in Prof. Renevier’s ‘ Chronographe Géologique,’ C.R. Congrés Géol. Int. (6™° Session, Lausanne, 1894) 1897, p. 647, may be made-with regard to these entries :— ‘ Micaceous Sands=Grés jaune des Cotteswold-Hills (Angleterre). Basoctmn inférieur.’ For this read :— ‘Micaceous Sands=Grés jaune du cdté oriental des Cotteswold Hills, Angleterre (Harford Sands). AALENIEN supérieur. ‘Micaceous Sands=Grés jaune du cété occidental des Cotteswold Hills (Cotteswold Sands). Toarcisn, pr e-striatuli.’ ‘Midford Sands=Grés ferrugineux 4 Rhynchonella cynocephala’ de N. An- gleterre. AALENIEN inférieur.’ , For this read : — ‘Midford Sands=Grés jaune des environs de Midford (Bath) Somerset, S.O Angleterre. Toarcien, post-striatult. ‘Midford Sands, sensu dato=Grés jaune de 8.0. Angleterre (G4). AALENIEN et/ou ToARCIEN.’ VII. Comparison oF TERMS. The following Table shows the correspondence between the terms used in a communication on the Cotteswold, etc. Sands published in vol. xlv of this Journal (1889) and those employed in the present paper. It will enable the remarks made in the present communi- cation to be understood, with reference to the various sections there given. It will also be useful as showing the present interpretation of the stratigraphical names used in regard to sections in the early parts of my Monograph on the Inferior-Oolite Ammonites (Pal. Soc.). Taste VIT.—Comparison or Terms. ‘Cotteswold, &c. Sands.’ Quart. Journ. Present paper. Geol. Soc. vol. xlv (1889) pp. 440-74. a ‘ icsion Ste : leur: ( Opalinum-beds =° 1 iv ( Go oiaifortes > (iadvagiae E | oe | Moorei-beds = { ie \ “ie d ge). : | ( Dumortieria-beds. : ee oe | qo Jurense- | YEO RES { | Serica Toarcian Stage S See | Striatulum-beds. = Striatult. > eae = Pat ay A Variabilis-beds. are | (zone. =| Biome, | 1 Ehynchonella cynocephala, in a strict sense, is a species of the Aalenian. For dates of Ehynchonelle of the cynocephala-group, and their specific distinctions, see my paper on the ‘ Mid-Cotteswolds’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. li (1895) p. 448. 2 Read for =, ‘equal to strata deposited during hemera.’ The hemeral names used for stratigraphical purposes would designate the respective fauni- zones. 458 THE TOARCIAN OF BREDON HILL. [Nov. 1903, VIII. Summary. The evidence of the fossils found on the flanks of Bredon Hill indicates that the so-called ‘ Upper Lias’ (G 3) of that eminence is equivalent in date to the Cephalopod-Bed, Cotteswold Sands (G 4), and Upper Lias (G3) of the west flank of the South and Mid- Cotteswolds. In that case, to the thickness of the Upper Lias (G 3) of Wotton- under-Edge must be added the thickness of G 4 of that locality, to make comparison with G3 of Bredon. Then the contemporaneous strata at the two places, instead of being 10 feet and 380 feet thick respectively, become approximately 220 and 380 feet thick. G 3, and G 4 in part, are the strata of the Toarcian Stage. The paper gives details concerning the character and development of these strata in the Cotteswolds, on the Dorset Coast, and in two localities in Normandy. [For the Discussion, see p. 462. | Vol. 59. ] TWO TOARCIAN AMMONITES, 459 _ 37. Two Toarcran AMMONITES. By 8. S. Buckman, Esq., F.G.S. (Read May 27th, 1903.) [Prarns XXVIT & XXVIIT.] Two ammonites belonging to the family Hildoceratide have been found by members of the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Field-Club, and have been given to me to name. Both happen to be new forms ; and they are of particular interest—one for the geological informa- tion which it gives, the other from a biological point of view. The allies of both these species have been figured in my Monograph on the Inferior-Oolite Ammonites (Pal. Soc.)—particularly in the Supplement thereto; but as I have passed the place where they should have been included, I deem it desirable to lay them before the Geological Society. That they are both new species, and that one of them is particularly distinct, shows that in spite of the number of species described, new forms still crop up, and much work yet remains to be accomplished. DENCKMANNIA BREDONENSIS, sp. nov. (Pl. XXVII, figs. 1-46.) Description. — Platy - subleptogyral’; subangustumbilicate : whorls bullate (on inner margin), rursi-subflexicostate ; septicari- nate, parvicarinate ; periphery subtabulate ; subdensiseptate, with superior lateral lobe broad and subtrilobulate. Remarks.—Degenerative changes are marked after about 50 mm. diameter. After that the ornament declines, till in another half- whorl costz and bulle are nearly lost, expansion of the umbilicus begins, and the subtabulate periphery declines to convexi-fastigate. Affinity and Distinction.—This species is nearest to Denck- manna torquata, S. Buckm.,* but the degenerative changes begin at an early age, consequently it soon shows marked decline of ornament, of which that species gives little indication. The small carina distinguishes it from species of Haugia. History of Figured Specimen.—Found by Surgeon-Major Isaac Newton in a gravel-pit at Overbury (Worcestershire) on the south side of Bredon Hill, when the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Field- Club visited that locality. The materials of this gravel-pit are portions of Marlstone, Upper Lias, and Inferior Oolite, derived from Bredon Hill: consequently there is a mixture of species of the Pliensbachian, Toarcian, and Aalenian Stages. Date of Existence.— Probably hemera variabilis, Harpo- ceratan Age (Toarcian Stage). CHARTRONIA COSTIGERA, Sp. nov. (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 1-4.) Description. — Subplatyleptogyral, sublatumbilicate; rursi- rectiradiate, costate to pauci- and obscuri-costate ; carinate (? septi- carinate); subornatilobate, densiseptate. © Remarks.—The specimen has a practically-complete body- chamber, although the actual mouth-border is not preserved. The 1 See Note on Technical Terms, p. 461. 2 ‘Monogr. Inf. Ool. Amm.’ pt. x, Suppl. i, pl. ili, figs. 4-6. (Pal. Soe. vol. lii, 1898.) 460 MR. S. S. BUCKMAN ON [ Nov. 1903, length of the body-chamber is just over half a whorl, and this last half-whorl shows a tendency to excentric coiling ; there is conse- quently a somewhat quick expansion of the umbilicus. The orna- ment is obscure naturally; more so by deficient preservation. In the inner whorls are coste——the important point as to whether they show any nodi is not determinable. On the last whorl the coste are few and distant, and tend to become obscure. The carina, which is small but distinct at the commencement of the last whorl, degenerates to a mere ridge at last. It is presumably hollow, that is a septicarina; but the evidence is not conclusive. It is set on a narrow rounded periphery. The inner margin of the whorls is steeply truncate—more so in the early whorls than later. Affinity and Distinction.—The present species is quite unlike any other with which I am acquainted. The difficulty is not to separate it, but to say with what other species it can have any genetic connection. My suggestion is this:—It is a platygyral costate degenerative of Chartronia binodata*; the inner whorls should be the morphic representations of that species: the outer whorls show a costate stage, which is the general rule of decline from a tuberculate stage. History of Figured Specimen.— Found by Mr. Charles Upton in the Dispansum-Bed, a portion of the Cotteswold Cepha- lopod-Bed, at Buckholt Wood, near Stroud (Gloucestershire). The deposit belongs to the Toarcian Stage. Date of Existence.—Hemera dispansi, Harpoceratan Age. Brotoercat Nore. Instances of degenerative decline (catagenesis) from the bi- tuberculate to the costate stage are found in the genus Zurcheria, of which the different species show the phases of a catagenetic costate stage becoming more and more pronounced, while the bi- tuberculate stage declines to an unituberculate stage, and is in time practically lost.? Similar catagenetic development may be seen in Paltopleuroceras. In its acme Paltopleuroceras may be said to be trituberculate. The species show stages of decline to simple costate.° Deroceras is another genus which shows catagenetic development from the bituberculate to the costate stage. In many species of this genus the unituberculate stage is the conspicuous feature ; in other species catagenesis ‘from the unituberculate to the costate stage is shown. The unituberculate stage, however, is not directly developed from a prior costate stage, but from a preceding bituber- culate stage. A specimen from Lyme Regis, which is either Dero- ceras armatum or a close ally thereof (Pl. X XVII, figs. 5 & 6), shows the bituberculate stage, and how the outer tubercle is gaining at the expense of the inner one. Therefore Deroceras is derived from a bituberculate form; and its ancestor is either Microderoceras Birch, * «Monogr. Inf. Ool. Amm.’ pt. x, Suppl. i, p. xvi, & pl. i, figs. 11-15. (Pal. Soe. vol. lii, 1898.) 2 See ‘Monogr. Inf. Ool. Amm.’ pt. vi, p 294. (Pal. Soc. vol. xlv, 1892.) * See some remarks on these species in ‘ Descent of Sonninia & Hammato- ceras, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlv (1889) pp. 653, 654, under Plewroceras. Wol- so. | TWO TOARCIAN AMMONITES. 461 or a species which is the morphic equivalent thereof. The inner whorls of the specimen figured are a good morphic representation of M. Birchi. Thus in the phylogenetic history of Deroceras would be found the stages smooth, costate, unituberculate, bituberculate, unituber- culate ; though ontogeny of the usual D. armatwm may often show no more than smooth, costate, unituberculate—the bituberculate stage having, as it were, been squeezed out by tachygenesis between its pre- and post-unituberculate stages. The smooth, costate, and unituberculate stages which lead up to the full bituberculate deve- lopment of Microderoceras Birchi are well shown in the ontogeny of that species. What two of the stages would have been like as separate species may be learnt from Ammonites planicosta and Am. xiphus, which show the costate and unituberculate stages respectively. These species cannot be the actual ancestors of Microderoceras Birch, because they are later in date; but they are the morphic equivalents of those ancestors: they show what those ancestors would have been. They are the anagenetic stages. These anagenetic stages show that, by analogy, there is good reason to suppose that species having similar features will be found leading up to Chartronia binodata ; or, at any rate, that that species passed through such stages to arrive at its present condition. The cases of degenerative development from bituberculate to costate stages, which have been cited above, indicate that a costate species like this costagera may be placed as a catagenetic development from Chartroma binodata, and be quite in accordance with the develop- ment shown in other series. Notre on Tecunicat TrErms. Concerning the technical terms here used the reader is referred to ‘ Monogr. Inf. Ool. Amm.’ Suppl. i. (Pal. Soc.). But, in order to secure so far as possible an uniform value for these terms, it has been found advisable to use a more definite standard. This is fur- nished by the radius, that is, the length from the centre to the periphery. This being taken as 100, the percentage of other dimen- sions may be approximately stated as follows :— Wo V7 per canto s.ce ce: Perstenogyral. Perleptogyral. Perangustumbilicate. From 17 to 34 per cent.... Stenogyral. Leptogyral. Angustumbilicate. From 34 to 50 per cent. ... Substenogyral. Subleptogyral. Subangustumbilicate. From 50 to 66 per cent.... Subplatygyral. Subpachygyral. Sublatumbilicate. From 66 to 83 per cent.... Platygyral. Pachygyral. Latumbilicate. From 838 to 100 per cent... Perplatygyral. Perpachygyral. Perlatumbilicate. Q.3.G.8. No. 236. 21 462 MR. S. S. BUCKMAN ON (Nov. 1903, When the dimensions exceed 100 per cent. they may be denoted by affixing the word extreme. ‘Thus certain species might be extreme-pachygyral, with further modifications by per, or sub, when necessary. There is a certain arbitrariness about this method, as when a slight difference on each side of a dividing-line gives a different designation, while more difference (if falling towards beginning and end of a division) does not, although such may be necessary in specific distinction. When a dimension falls on the dividing-line, it seems desirable to take the lower denomination as the term. A proportional triangle, such as that given by Pierre Reynés in the forefront of his Monograph on Ammonites (1879), is suitable for taking the measurements. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXVITI & XXVIII. [The specimens are drawn of the natura! size. | Pirate XXVII. Variabilis hemera. Denckmannia bredonensis, 8. Buckman, sp. nov. Fig. 1. Side view. 2. Peripheral view. 3. Suture-lines. Figs. 4a & 4b, Radial curves. The specimen is from the gravel-pit at Overbury (Worcestershire), and is in the collection of Surgeon-Major Isaac Newton. Armati hemera. Deroceras sp. Fig. 5. Side view, showing the bituberculate stage, with the outer row of spines gaining at the expense of the inner. See Biological Note, p. 460. 6. Peripheral view. The specimen is from the Lias of Lyme Regis [Pliensbachian], and is in my collection. It illustrates the phylogeny of Deroceras armatum (Sow.). Pirate XXVIII. Dispansi hemera. Chartronia costigera, S. Buckman, sp. nov. Fig. 1. Side view. 2. Peripheral view. Figs. 3a & 3b. Suture-lines, Fig. 4. Radial curve, This specimen is from the Dispansum-Bed of the Cotteswold Cephalopod-Bed (Toarcian) of Buckholt Wood, near Stroud (Gloucestershire), and is in the collection of Mr. Charles Upton. Discussion (ON THE TWO FOREGOING PAPERS). The Cuarrman (Mr. E.T. Newron) remarked that he could say little as to the Bredon-Hill section, except that a map executed 50 years or so ago naturally required considerable modification. Mr. Huptzston, referring exclusively to the first paper, had very Vol. 59. ] TWO TOARCIAN AMMONITES, 463 little doubt that, on the whole, the Author was correct as to what he called the ‘Toarcian’ of Bredon Hill. The question was one as to whether paleontology or simple lithology was to be our guide in the making of maps. The Author had often insisted on similar points, and it was for the officers of the Geological Survey to reply as best they could. But was not the Author slaying the slain in his present onslaught? He had already proved that the so-called ‘Midford Sands’ were one thing in one place, and another thing in another. In Gloucestershire the term ‘Cotteswold Sands’ would be more appropriate. The speaker admitted that it was some years since he had worked at this subject, but as regards the position of his ammonite-zones he had always found the Author correct. Mr. Wauiraker, in regard to Bredon Hill, pointed out that the Survey-work in that area was done 40 or 50 vears ago, and a Survey-map did not profess to theorize about fossil-zones, but to constitute a record of lithological facts. No one in those days had heard of ‘ Toarcian,’ or even of ‘ Midford Sands.’ The section which the Author built up from the Survey-map was not one that a surveyor would have drawn. The Midford Sand of one place was not necessarily the Midford Sand of another. The Rey. J. F. Brake remarked, with reference to the general scheme of ammonite-development propounded by the Author, that what with two series, an ascending and a descending one, and the power assumed of skipping any stage or stages, it was not difficult to fit any ammonite into such a scheme; but the great majority of ammonites had nothing to do with spines—and the theory would make them allimmature. In fact they completed their development in many other ways—spines appeared to be only abundant at certain epochs of the Earth’s history—and a too exclusive attention to the ammonites of any one such epoch might lead to the idea that spines formed an essential feature in their development. For the rest, the early and late stages of smoothness and lineation were nothing but the natural concomitants of youth and age, as witnessed even in human beings. With regard to the mapping criticized in the other paper, the speaker yielded to no one in his appreciation of the importance of paleontological zones; but where these were said to be non-coincident with the boundaries of strata of particular litho- logical character, two courses were open—they might map the zones, and describe the changes of lithology; or they might map the strata, and describe the zones. The latter course he would prefer, as giving more scope for details onthe more important subject. But they must remember that the Geological Survey based its justi- fication on the economical importance of its work, and not upon its discrimination of zones, and it was hard that they should be blamed for doing their duty by their paymasters. Dr. F. A. Barwer accepted the previous speaker’s comparison of the stages of ammonite-growth and decline to those shown by the human hair, and his statement that they were equally natural. But if so, how could they be of no value in deciphering the history 464 TWO TOARCIAN AMMONITES. [ Nov. 1903. of an ammonite-race? The stages to which the Author had just drawn attention always followed a regular sequence: a stage might be omitted, or it might never be reached; but those that were observed were always in this sequence. If they could occur anyhow, as suggested by the previous speaker, then, considering the enormous number of ammonite-genera and species, the odds against the sequence always being the same were very heavy indeed. This was a matter of great importance, because if the principles of ammonite-growth and evolution held by the Author and many others were correct, then we were presented with an evolution that appeared to follow regular laws of growth—neither fortuitous, nor governed by contemporaneous cycles of external physical change. This did not appear consistent with evolution by natural selection alone. Further, this origination of new forms, whether species or muta- tions, was of a very gradual nature, precisely similar to the growth of an individual. This did not appear consistent with a theory of evolution by discontinuous variation alone. Facts such as these were, therefore, opposed to the DeVriesian no less than to the Darwinian scheme. The AvrHor, replying to the statements that the Geological- Survey maps were only meant to be lithological charts, of use to agriculturists, said he was afraid that even on these points they had failed ; for those purposes the superficial deposits should have been mapped first, instead of last. In solid geology, where Liassic clay passed laterally into sands, it would have been easy to show both contemporaueity and lithic change by the same colour dotted. Now, the maps said that the sands were of later date than the clay, which was incorrect. In quoting Ammonites sublevis as having no spines, Prof. Blake was most unfortunate. It had a spinous young stage, and was a miniature Blagdeni. It was one of the best species to illustrate those phenomena of cyclical development to which the Author had drawn attention. ro 6, = : i S =) v : md 5 = Z co i O > = z Qu, ie) wo U) ly u ws 3 : Z Fe + jaa 2 ao es oO = = Be a = | cq) & < Z, a S M4 3) q A 3 ia) 2 EH Michael del AND DEROCERAS,sp. Quart. Journ.Geol.Soc Vol. LIX Pl. XXVIII. FH Michael del.etlith. NGantern Bros.mp. CHARTRONIA COSTIGERA, sp.nov. GENERAL INDEX TO THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Aalenian Denudation, 3885; Aalenian of Cotteswolds, &c., 446 e¢ seqq. ; use of term, 446. AsgorT, G., the Cellular Magnesian Limestone of Durham, 51. Abyssinia (S8.), petrology of, 292-306 & pl. xxi (map). Acrolepis Molyneuxt, sp. noy., 285- 86 & pl. xx. Actinolite-schists in Jona, 101. Addis Abbeba (S. Abyssinia), 296 e seqq. Anvpison, P. L., 21. Aigirine in Abyssinian rocks, 298, 299. Age, special use of term, 402. Ahiafedge (Abyssinia), andesitic pitch- stone, &e. of, 304-305. Air-Balloon Inn (Gloucest.), sect. near, deser., 384. Alces machlis in Thames Valley, 80- 90 & pl. v. Alethopteris decurrens, 15. Serli, 10. All Hallows Pit (Aspatria), 23, 24. Allanite enclosed in epidote, 416, 419 figs. Ais, Jake-basins betw. Jura and, ci. Alsop-en-le-Dale (Derby), anticlines & synclines in Carb. Limest. at, 341 & pl. xxii. Auton, W. L. [chem. anal. of water fr. hot spring in 8. Abyssinia], 305- 306. Ami, H. M., Bigsby Medal awarded to, xliii—xlv. Ammonite-nomenclature, 461-62. @. J. G.S8. No. 236: Amponites Johnstoni disting. fr. A. pélanorbis, 401-402. -mammillatus zone, 246, 248. planorbis, range of, 400, 401; definit. of, 401-402. psilonotus-zone, fauna of, 400- 401. Amphibole in Tiree Marble, 100 & pl. vil (microscop. sect.) ; see also Horn- blende. Ampthill Clay, boulder of, nr. Biggleswade, 375-81 & vert. sect. Andesites (& porphyrites) of 8, Abys- sinia, 300-301, 305. Anprews, ©. W., 111; [on Doveholes mammal.], 151. Aneimites ovata, 26, 28. Annual General Meeting, ix. Annularia sphenophylloides, 6-7. Awnson, F. H., 40. Anthracomya Williamson, horizon of, Anticlines in Carb. Limest. at Alsop- en-le-Dale, 341 & pl. xxii; anticline in Birdlip area, 385 et segq., 449,451. Apatite, blue, in Tiree marble, 96 & pl. vii (microscop. sect.), 100-101 ; apatite absent fr. Cligga - Head greisen, 155. Arser, H. A.N., the Fossil Flora of the Cumberland Coalfield, & the Palao- botanical Evidence in regard to the Age of the Beds, 1-22 & pls. i-i; [reply to Dr. Kurtz’s remarks on his N.S.W. paper], 26-28; Notes on some Foss. Plants coll. by Mr. Molyneux in Rhodesia, 288-90. 2M 466 Archean rocks of Rhodesia, 266, 271, 272, 277, 283 et seqgg.; of S. Abys- sinia, 293. Armorican highlands, ancient, source of Bunter pebbles, 322. ARNOLD-Bemrosez, H. H., Geol. of the Ashbourne & Buxton Branch of the L. & N. W. Ry. :—Crake Low to Parsley Hay, 337-46 & pls. xxii- XXxili. Artesian wells in Queensland, 48. Ash, volcanic, fallen in Barbados, ci. Ashbourne & Buxton Ry., geology of, 337-47 & pls. xxii—xxiii. Aspatria (Cumberland), C.-M. la- mellibrancbs from, 23, 24. Assets, statement of, xxxvili. Assudn (Egypt), flow of Nile at, 67, 14,75 Astronomy in relat. to geology, Ixvii- lxxii. Auditors elected, vi. Augitite of Semna, 72-73 & pl. iv (microscop. sect.). Avespury, Lord, Prestwich medal awarded to, xly—xlvi; on an Experi- ment in Mountain-Building, 348- 53 figs. Awards of medals and funds, xxxix-li. Bajocian Denudation, interpretation of, 382-89 & map, 449. Balance-sheet for 1902, xxxiv—xxxv. Balephetrish (Tiree), geol. maps of neighbourhood, 92, 93; marbles of, 93 et segg. ; figs. of same, 94, 95. Batu, J., the Semna Cataract or Rapid of the Nile: a Study in River- Erosion, 65-77 figs. & pls. iii-iv, 78-79. Banding in I. of Rum rocks, origin of, 207-208 e¢ segg. Bank House (Derby), 342. Barbados (W. I.), volcanic ash fallen in, Ci. Barkeval Pass (I. of Rum), sect. to Kinloch Castle, 198. Barkway, nr. Royston, disturbed Chalk, &c. N. of, 367-68 fig. ; views in pit 2bzd., 366. Barley, see Pinner’s Cross. Bar.ow-J AmEson Fund, list of awards, XXX. Barras Nose (Cornwall), altered lava, &e. of, 421-22. Basalt-flows in Patagonia, 165-67 ; basalt-dykes, &c.in I. of Rum, 191- 93; basalts in 8S. Rhodesia, 268, 270; do. in S. Abyssinia, 295-97, 304-305; in Iceland, 356 et seqq. GENERAL INDEX. [ Nov. 1903, Batusr, F. A., receives Lyell-Fund Award for S. 8S. Buckman, I-li. Bedding-planes, so-called, in granite & greisen of Cligga Head, 147, 148. Bedfordshire well-sections, 49. Beinn nan Stace (1. of Rum), over- thrust rocks at, 201; sect. at, 202. Belemnites found at Shenley Hill, 244-45. BetinFants, L. L., Wollaston-Fund Award to, xlvi—xlvii. Benacre (Suffolk), well-section at, 41. Bewnett, F., 34, 48, 44, 45. BIBBINGTON, 8., 105. Bibliographies, of Cumberland Coal- field, 21-22; of Permo-Carbonif. plants, 26; of elk-remains in Bri- tain, 88-89 ; of Patagonian geology, 160; of Mesozoic floras, 240-32; of Rhodesian geology, 284-85; of Bunter Pebble-Beds, 311-14. Biggleswade (Beds), boulder of Ampt- hill Clay near, 375-81 & vert. sect. BiasBy medallists, list of, xxxi. Bilo (S. Abyssinia), 297, 298, 300, 301. Biology in relat. to geology, Ixxv— Ixxvil. Biotite in Cligga-Head granite, 149; tourmaline derived from, 151, 152, 153; biotite in Bossiney-Haven rocks, 417-20 figs. Biotite-granite in Patagonia, 164, 165. Birdlip (Gloucest.), anticline in neighbourhood of, 385 et seqq., 449, 451. Bituminous constituents of soils, 136, 139, 140. Buake, Rev. J. F., his catal. of Museum, x. Brianrorp, W. T., ii; [on Mesozoic floras], 232-33. Blue-Black Slates, Upper & Lr., 412, 426. Bolivia (N.), specims. from, vi. Bone-Bed (Rhetic), at Sedbury Cliff, 391-93 & pl. xxiv. Bone-cave at Doveholes, 105-32 figs. & pls. viii—xil. Bonney, T. G., receives Prestwich medal for Lord Avebury, xlv—xlvi ; [on Cox.1e’s specims. fr. Desolation- Valley Glacier], c-ci; on the Mag- netite-Mines near Oogne (Graian Alps), 55-62 figs.; communicates Miss Raisin’s paper, 292; [on Grés de May & Bunter pebbles], 321-22, Wal. 59. ] 324-25; quoted, 315, 317, 408, 420; (& J. Parkinson), on Primary & Secondary Devitrification in Glassy Teneous Rocks, 429, 435-43 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sects.). Boring at Caythorpe, 29-32 figs. ; at Mapani Pan, 273; see also Well- sections. Bornholm (Baltic), Mesozoic flora of, 222-26, 228-29. Bossiney Haven (Cornwall), biotite & epidote-bearing rocks of, 417-20 figs. Epi vodendron minutifolium (2), 13. Boulder of Ampthill Clay nr. Biggles- wade, 375-81 & vert. sect. Boulder-Clay, shelly, in palagonite- format. of Iceland, 356-61 figs. ; B.C. (& Chalk) nr. Royston, 362- 74 figs.; Ampthill Clay in B.C. nr. Biggleswade, 375-81 w. vert. sect. Boulge (Suffolk), well-section at, 41— 42. Bowman, H. L., 156. Brachiopoda fr. Shenley Hill, ci, 249- 62 & pls. xvi-xvili; of Keisley Limest., in Peel Sandstones, 308- 309. Bransty Cliff (Whitehaven), 3 e¢ seg. Brasiu, L., 454, 455. Breccias (palagonite-format.) of Ice- land, 356 et seqq. Brecciated limestones of 8S. Abyssinia, 303. Bredon Hill, Toarcian of, 445-58 figs., 462-64. Brettenham Park (Suffolk), well-sec- tion at, 42, 47. Brickhill, Great & Little (Beds), 234. Bridport Sands, age of, 451, 452, 456. Brimpsfield (Gloucest.), sects. near, deser., 386, 387. Britain, geography of, in Plioc. Period, 126-28 w. map British Association, geol. photographs, c. BrockBank, W., quoted, 16-17. Bropiz, Rev. P. B., quoted, 393. Buckholt Wood (Gloucest.), Char- tronia from, 459-60 & pl. xxviii. Buckman, 8. S8., Lyell-Fund Award to, 1-li; quoted, 382 ef seqg.; the Toarcian of Bredon Hill, & a Com- parison w. Deposits elsewhere, 445—- 58 figs.; two Toarcian Ammonites, 459-62 & pls. xxvil—xxvili. Buckmani-Grit ur. Cowley, &c., 383, 384. GENERAL INDEX. 467 Budleigh Salterton (Devon), pebble- bed of, 314-18; view of West Cliff, 316. Buenos-Aires Lake (Patagonia), igne- ous rocks near, 164, 165; map & descr. of lake, 172, 173-76. Bulandshofdi (Iceland), sect. near, descr. & fig., 358-59. Bulawayo (Rhodesia), gold-belt of, 267 ; main sect. to Zambesi R. from, fig. & deser., 267-69 & pl. xix. Bungay (Suffolk), well-section at, 42- 45. Bunter Pebble-Beds of S. Devon & the Midlands, 311-33 w. map & sect. Bussé Series, 269, 278, 283 ; Acrolepis from, 285-86 & pl. xx. Buxton (Derby), Plioc. ossif. cavern at Doveholes, 105-52 figs. & pls. vili-xil ; Buxton & Ashbourne Ry., geology of, 337-47 & pls. xxii- XXill. Calamites (Calamitina) approximatus, 5 & pl. i. —— ( ) varians, 6, 11. — (Stylocalamites) Cisti, 6, 12. — (-—) Suckowi, 6, 12. sp. (Tuli Coalfield), 289. Calamocladus equisetiformis, 6, 12. Calcite, lenticles of, in Bossiney- Haven rock, 417-18 fig. California (U.S.A.), soluble humus & nitrogen in soils of, 135. Catuaway, C., Murchison Medal awarded to, xl—xli. Camas Pliasgaig (I.of Rum), Torridon. sandst. on shore at, 191 fig. Canada, geol. map presented, iv. Carbon, organie (& nitrogen), in clays & marls, 123-41. Carboniferous Limestone, Plioc. ossif. cavern in, at Doveholes, 105-32 figs. & pls. viil—xii; Carb. Limest. of Frizington, Solenomorpha from, 335-36 fig. ; Carb. Limest. betw. Crake Low & Parsley Hay, 337-47 & pls. xxii-xxiii. Cardiocerus excavatum, range of, 376, 380. Carne, J., quoted, 142. Caskin Low (Derby), 343. Cassiterite & tourmaline, 53-54; cas- siterite in Cligga-Head greisen, 150. Cataclastic structure in Tiree marbles, 94, 98, 103 & pls. vi-vii (microscop. sects. ). Catagenesis in ammonites, 460-61, 463-64. 2u 2 468 Catalogues of Library & Museum, x. Caupolican district (N. Bolivia), specims. from, vi. Caythorpe (Lincs), new bering at, 29-32 figs. Cellular Magnesian Limest. of Dur- ham, 51-52. Cephalopod-Bed of Bredon Hill, &c., 445, 446 et segq. Cervus dama & C. elaphus-remains at Youveney, 82. Cervus etueriarum (?), 120-21. giganteus contrasted w. Alces machlis, 83, 84, 85. Chalk, disturbances in, nr. Royston, 362-74 figs. Chalk-Marl, carbon & nitrogen in, 138, 139. Chalk-Rock, nr. Royston, 363. Chalky Boulder-Clay, orig. of, 370- 74, 380. Chance’s Pit (Shenley Hill), 237. Chartronia costigera, sp. nov., 459-60 & pl. xxviii. Cheapside (Derby), sect. deser., 342. Cheltenham (Gloucest.), sect. at Cow- ley near, 382-89 & map. Chepstow (Monmouth), Rhetic & Lr. Lias of Sedbury Cliff near, 890-402 fig. & pl. xxiv (vert. sect.). Chert (w. sponge-spicules) fr. 8S. Abys- sinia, 804; chert in Carb. Limest. of Ashbourne & Buxton Ry., 3388 et seqq. Chico-de-Chubut Valley (Patagonia), quartz-porphyry in, 164; basalt- flows in, 165. Chideock (Dorset), Toarcian of, 452. Chishall, Great, see Great Chishall. CuarkE collection of foss. plants fr. N.S.W., 25-28. Clays (& marls), nitrogen & organic carbon in, 183-41 ; ‘ clay-partings’ at Cold Eaton, &c., 337, 341-42, 343, 346; clay-galls in Chalk nr. Royston, 367, 368. Claystones in 8. Abyssinia, 301. Cligga Head (Cornwall), granite & greisen of, 142-59 figs. & geol. map. Clinochlore in Halwell-Cottage Beds, 423-24 fig. ‘Clunch,’ 362. Clypeus-Grit at Cowley, 383; nr. Brimpsfield, 386. Coaley Wood (Gloucest.), Toarcian, &e. of, 448. Coalfields of S. Rhodesia, 281-82. Coal-Measures (Middle), of Cumber- land Coalfield, 18, 19. Cosson, EH. S., 44. Coccolite in Tiree Marble, 99. GENERAL INDEX. [ Nov. 1903. Cogne (Graian Alps), magnetite-mines. nr., 50-68 figs. Coire Dubh (I. of Rum), crush-breccia of, 199-200. Cold Eaten (Derby), sect. deser., 341-— 42; oolitic Carb. Limest. of, 345, 346-47 & pl. xxiii (microscop. sects. ). Colhuapé, Lake (Patagonia), 176. CoLurzn, —, specims. collected by, c-Cl. Couuins, A. L., obituary of, liv. Couuins, J. H., exhib. specim. of tin- capel, iv. Colonial Department, communicats. from, i-i1. Conglomerate, basal Liassic, of Sed- bury Cliff, 394, 395, 396-97. Contact-phenomena in Tiree rocks, 96-97. CoomAraswaAmy, A. K., Observats. on the Tiree Marble, w. Notes on others fr. Iona, 91-103 figs. & pls. vi—vii (microscop. sects.). Coomb Hill (Gloucest.), sect. deser., 403. ‘Coprolite white sand,’ 42. Coralloid pattern in Magnes. Limest., Cordaites principalis, 10, 15. sp. (fr. Whitehaven), 10. Coronation celebrations, x. Corriegills (Arran), devitrified rock from, 439 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sect.). Cossyrite in Abyssinian rocks, 298, 299) Cote St. Pierre (Canada), Tiree marble analog. to rock of, 104. Cotham Marble at Sedbury Cliff, 394, 397-98. Cotteswold Hills (Gloucest.), Toarcian of, comp. w. that of Bredon Hill & Dorset, 446, 448-52 fig. Cotteswold Sands of Bredon Hill, &c., 445, 446 ez seqg. Council, nominations for, invited, iv ; report of, ix; Council & Officers elected, xxii. Cowley (Gloucest.), sect. at, 382-89 & map. Gnction Farm (Derby), 338. Cranham Wood (Gloucest.), sects. near, descr., 387-88. Crinoid-stems, fr. Keisley Limest., in Peel Sandstone, 309; in Carb. Limest. of Ashbourne & Buxton Ry., 346. Croft Pit (Whitehaven), 3, 20. Crush-breccias in S. Rhodesia, 271, 274, 279. Vol. 59.] Crush-conglomerate, W. of Port Ab- huinn, 98, 99 fig.; of Monadh Dubh, 195; of Coire Dubh, 199-200. Crushing, effects of, shown in I. ot Rum rocks, 191-93, 194 e¢ segq. ; do. in Tintagel & Davidstow district, 409-10 e¢ segq. Crystalline rocks of S. Abyssinia, 293- 95; eryst. limest. of Ashbourne & Buxton Ry., 345. Cumberland Coalfield, foss. flora of, 1-24 & pls. i-ii. Cumnor Hill (Berks), disturbed strata at, 373. Curvilinear rocks, 436. Cycadophyta, use of term, 220-21. ‘ Cypris- & Plant-Bed, see Hstheria- Bed. structure in devitrified DaniEL-Pipcreon Fund, award from, cil. Darwin, Horace, 348. Davidstow (& Tintagel) district (Corn- wall), geology of, 408-28 figs. & pl. xxv (geol. map). Dawkins, W. B., on the Discovery of an Ossif. Cavern of Plioc. Age at Doveholes, Buxton (Derbyshire), 105-29 figs. & pls. vili-xii; com- municates Gill’s paper, 307. Ds tA Becue, Sir Henry, Ilxxxiy- lxxxv. Deerhurst (Gloucest.), Heterastrea fr. Rhetic of, 403-407 figs. Degenerative changes in ammonites, 459 et seqq. Denckmannia bredonensis, 459 & pl. xxvii. Deroceras sp. (Lias), 460 & pl. xxvii. Desolation-Valley Glacier (Canada), specims. from, c-—ci. Devitrification, primary and second- ary, in glassy igneous rocks, 429-44 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sects.). Devon, S. (& Midlands), Triassic pebble-beds of, 311-33 w. map & sect. Devonian (Upper) of ‘Tintagel & Davidstow district, 408, 409, 427. Diabase of S. Abyssinia, 295. Dibidil (I. of Rum), brecciated gneiss, &e. of, 204, 206. Disey, G. E., Lyell-Fund Award to, xlix. Dickson, H. N., 182. Dictyonema-like organisnis, xcix. Dictyozamites, occurr. of, in England, &e., 217-33 & pl. xv; definit. of genus, 221. Jalcatus, 222 & pl. xv. sp. nov., GENERAL INDEX. 469 Dictyozamites Hawelli, sp. nov., 221- 22 & pl. xv. Differentiation, magmatic, and the genesis of iron-ores, 61-65. Diorites, foliated, of S. Abyssinia, 294. Disturbances in Chalk nr. Royston, 362-74 figs. Dolomites of S, Abyssinia, 302-303 ; of Ashbourne & Buxton Ry., 344, 347. Donan, Miss J., 23. Donors to Library, lists of, xiii—xviil. Dorset, Toarcian & Aalenian of, comp. w. that of Cotteswolds, 451-52. Doveholes (Derbyshire), Plioc. ossif. cavern at, 105-32 figs. & pls. viii— xil. Drainage-system of Patagonia, 173- 76 Durr, W. B., 81; quoted, 82. Dumbleton (Gloucest.), 453. Dun Dugaidh (Iona), marble of, 101. Durham, cellular Magnes. Limest. of, 51-52. Durness Limestone, fragments of, at. Monadh Dubh, 194, 195. Dynamic phenomena, evidence of, in Tiree rocks, 97-98 & pls. vi-vii (microscop. sects.). Earth, figure of the, 180-88 figs. Karth-knowledge, education in, xc— xclii; maps as means & symbols of, xcili-xevi. Hast Bergholt (Suffolk), well-section at, 43. Economics, geology and, Ixxxv-lxxxvi. Education, geology and, lxxxix—xevi. Election of Auditors, vi; of Council and Officers, xxii; of Fellows, i, 111, iv, V, Vi, Vil, xcviil, xC1x, ¢, Cli, ClV; of Foreign Correspondents, ¢, civ. Kiephas meridionalis, 119 & pl. x. primigentus, associat. of elk with, 87, 89, 90. Elk, in Thames Valley, 80-90 & pl. v. Ellenborough Colliery (Cumberland), 5 et seqq. Encrinital limestones of Ashbourne & Buxton Ry., 346. England, Mesozoic flora of, 222-26 ; see also Birdlip, Davidstow, & other place-names. Entrance Point (Patagonia), vert. sect. at, 162; do. deser., 161-63. Epidiorites of Tintagel & Davidstow district, 413, 426-27. Epidote-bearing rocks S. of Tregrylls ‘Farm, 415-16 figs.; at Bossiney Haven, 417-20 figs. 470 Hquilibrium, horizontal, periods of, in Lr. Lias, 397-98. Equus Stenonis, 120 & pl. xii; H. ca- ballus contrasted w. same, 120 & pl. xii. Erosion, fluviatile, in Nile Valley, 65-79 figs. & pls. iii-iv. Eruptions of St. Vincent Soufriére, 1-11. Escarpment, the Great, of S. Rhodesia, 268-69, 270, 278. Estheria-Bed (Rhetic), at Sedbury Cliff, 393-94. Estimates for 1903, xxxii—xxxiii. Hstuarine fishes, Carboniferous, chro- nolog. value of, 24; estuar. beds (Tertiary) in Patagonia, 163. Estuarine Series (Ool.) of Marske, Dictyozamites from, 217. Eutectic structures in devitrified rocks, 432-33, 442-43 & pl. xxvi (micro- scop. sect.). Evans, Sir Joun, communicates Mil- ler’s paper, 133. Evans, J. W., exhib. specims. fr. N. Bolivia, vi. Evolution in 463-64. ammonites, 460-61, ‘False Cotham’ comp. w. basal con- glom, of Sedbury Cliff, 396-97. Feathery crystals in porous spheru- lites, 431 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sect.). FEIStMANTEL, O., quoted, 218. Felis leo & F. spelea contrasted w. Machairodus, 114, 115. Fellows elected, i, ili, iv, v, vi, vil, XCVill, XC1Xx, ¢, cil, civ; number of, iX, Xix; names read out, Ciil, Civ. Felsites, porphyritic, in I. of Rum, 200, 201, 205. Felspar, kaolinized, in Cligga-Head granite, 149; see also Orthoclase, Ve. Fibrous granophyre-groups, 429-30. Figure of the earth, 180-88 figs. Filon Licone (magnetite-mines nr. Cogne), 55 et segg. & figs.; Filon Larsine (ibid.), 55, 58, 60. Financial report, xxxii-xxxviii. Fishes, Carboniferous estuarine, chro- nolog. value of, 24. Fert, J. S., 158, 408. Flimby (Cumberland), 11 e segg. Floras, fossil, of Cumberland Coal- field, 8-24 & pls. i-ii; (Mesozoic) European & Eastern, 217-33 fig. & ie xv; foss., of S. Rhodesia, 288— 0. GENERAL INDEX. [Nov. 1903,. Folds more accentuated in Ir. part of mountain-ranges, 349, 354. Foraminiferal limestones of 8. Abys-- sinia, 303-3804. Foreign Correspondents elected, e, civ; list of, xxiv; number of, ix, sXe Foreign Members, lst of, xxiii; num- ber of, ix, xix. Forest-Bed of Cromer, age of, 122, 131. Forest Sandstones (S. Rhodesia), 278. Forsterite in Tiree Marble, 94 fig., 95 fig., 100 & pl. vii (microscop. sect.). Forsyth Masor, ©. 1) ii siliom Doveholes mammalia], 130. Freestone, Upper, nr. Cowley, &c.,. 384 et seqq. Frizington (Cumberland), Soleno- morpha trom, 330-36 fig. ; Frizing— ton Hall. 8) 16; Je : Frocester Hill (Gloucest.), Toarcian, &e. of, 448. Gabbro-intrusions in I. of Rum, 191, 203, 206; gabbro, hornblendie, of S. Abyssinia, 294-95. ‘Galls’ of clay in Chalk nr. Royston,. 367, 368. Garantiane hemera, 385, 384. Garden Cliff (Gloucest.), specims. from, cill. Garhwal (India), 64. Garnet found at Cligga Head, 155. Garside’s Pit (Shenley Hill), 237, 240. Garwoop, EK. J., elected Auditor, vi. Gault-Clay, carbon & nitrogen in, 138, 189; Gault at Shenley Hill, 237, 238, 245-46 ; ur. Biggleswade, 375, 377, 379, 381. Gebbe Hill (Abyssinia), vole. rocks of, 305. Gerikiz£, Sir ARCHIBALD, 138. Geography in relat. to geology, Ixxvii— Ixxix, Geological photographs (Brit. Assoc.), c Geological Survey maps presented, iii, V, viii, xcix, Cili. Geology, the relations of, Ixvi—xcevii. Gewaba (Abyssinia), basalt, &e. of, 305. Grpzoys, O. T., 41. Gipson, W. [bibliography of Rhode sian geology |, 284-85. Gilbertite in Cligga-Head greisen 150. Wals 59: | Git, E. L., Note on the Occurr. of Keisley-Limest. Pebbles in the Red Sandstone-Rocks of Peel (I. of Man), 307-310. Glacial origin of disturbances in Chalk nr. Royston, 365, 369-74. Glaciation in Patagonia, evidences of, 165, 167, 169, 175 e¢ segg., 179; older, in Iceland, 356 e¢ scqgq. Glassy igneous rocks, primary & secondary devitrification in, 429- 44 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sects.). Glaucophane-eclogite, specims. exhi- bited, v. Glossopteris Browniana, 288-89. Gneiss of Semna, 69-70 fig.; of Bale- phetrish, 93, 98; inclusions of, in marbie ibid., 95-96 ; gneisses assoc. w. overthrust Torridonian of I. of Rum, 189-216 figs. & pl. xiv (geol. map); basement-gneiss of 8. Rho- desia, 271, 272; gneisses of S. Abys- sinia, 293-94. Granite (& greisen) of Cligga Head, 142-59 figs. & geol. map; granites in Patagonia, 164, 165; in S. Rho- desia, 271, 273; in S. Abyssinia, 295. Granophyre-groups, microscopic, 429— 30. Granopbyric, misuse of term, 436; granophyric rocks of I. of Rum, 209. Granular (or oolitic) limestones of Ashbourne & Buxton Ry., 345, 346-47 & pl. xxiii (microscop. sects.); granular structure in de- vitrified rocks, 438-40 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sects. ). Grauson, Vallon de (Piedmont), 55, Gray, Mrs. EH., Murchison - Fund Award to, xlvii—xlvili. Great Chishall, nr. Royston, disturbed Chalk at, 365. Green schists, Alpine, are pressure- . modified diabases, 56. Greensand (Lr.), fossilif. band at top of, nr. Leighton Buzzard, 234- 65 figs. & pls. xvi-xviii; Lr. Gd. nr. Biggleswade, 375 et seqq. Greenstones (epidiorites) of Tintagel & Davidstow district, 413, 426-27. Greisen (& granite) of Cligga Head, 142-59 figs. & geol. map. Grés de May of Normandy (& its assoc. rocks), 318-22. Guisz, Sir W. V., quoted, 390. Gunn, W., obituary of, liv—lv. GwinynELL, W. F., exhib. specims. fr. Westbury-on-Severn, ciii. GENERAL INDEX. 471 Hadleigh (Suffolk), well-sections at, Halwell-Cottage Beds, 412-15, 422- 24 fig. Hancock, W. C., 100, 101. Hand Dales (Derby), Carb. Limest. of, 343. Harford Sands, age of, 456. Harker, A., the Overthrust Torridon. Rocks of the I. of Rum, & the Associated Gneisses, 189-215 figs. & pl. xiv (geol. map). Harpoceratan Age, 457; Hildocera- tide of, 459, 460. Harcuer, J. B. [classif. of Patago- nian strata], 161. Hawe tu, Rev. J., 217. Hawains, C. E., 35, 39. Heathcote (Derby), sect. deser., 342— 43. Helln Pot (Yorks), 111, 112 figs., 125. Hemeral names, stratigraph. use of, 457. ‘ Hemispherical’ spherulites, 435. Heterastrea rhetica, sp. noy., 403- 405 figs. Hawart, Marsnatt, 75. Hick, Jr., —-, 105. Hinprertu, Rev. Cuaruss, 304. Hit, Rev. Epwin, exhib. specims. fr. Cogne, v; [on Brettenham Park well-section], 42, 47; quoted, 44, 5d. Himalayan region of United Prc- vinces, 64. Hino, Wueeiton, Note on some Dictyonema-like Organisms fr. the Pendleside Series of Pendle Hill & Poolvash [title only], xcix; [on lamellibranchs fr. Cumberland Coal- field], 25; Notes on some Lamellibr. Mollusca obt. by Mr. Molyneux fr. the Sengwe Coalfield, 287; on a New Species of Solenopsis [ Soleno- morpha] fr. the Pendleside Series of Hodder Place, Stonyhurst (Lanes), 334-36 figs. Hiypz, G. J., 303-304, 417. Hitchain Street (Suffolk), well-section at, 44. Hodder Place (Lanes), Solenomorpha from, 334-385 fig., 336. Home, H., on a Transported Mass of Ainpthill Clay in the Boulder Clay at Biggleswade (Beds), 375-78 & vert. sect. Honeycomb pattern in Magnesian Limestone, 51. Hoosfield (Herts), carbon & nitrogen in barley-soil of, 134, 472 Horizontal equilibrium, periods of, in Lr. Lias, 397-98. Hornblende-granite in Patagonia, 164, 165; hornblende-schist of Semna, 72; do. of S. Abyssinia, 294; horn- blende-gabbro & pyroxenite zid., 294-95 ; see also Amphibole. Horner, L., quoted, 65. ‘Horst,’ origin of, 355. Hutt, E., quoted, 16. Hume, W. F., quoted, 69. Humus, soluble, in Californian soils, 135. Hunter, W.(& R. E. Mrppuetoy), v, Hyatt, A., obituary of, lii-liii. Hyena arvernensis (2) fr. Doveholes, 115. Hyzena-den, mammalia introd. into Doveholes Cave by water from, 123-25. Hypersthene, abundant in E. Pata- gonian sediments, 165, 179. Tl’ Anson, J., quoted, 437. Iceland, sheliy Boulder-Clay in pala- gonite-format. of, 356-61 figs. Igneous rocks in Patagonia, 163-65 ; glassy igneous rocks, primary & secondary devitrification in, 429- 44 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sects.). See also Basalt, Granite, ¢c. Illenus Bowmani, var. brevicapitatus, 308. Illogan (Cornwall), near, ly. India, geol. of United Provinces, 64; Mesoaoie flora of, 217-19, 222-26, 227-28 fig. & pl. xv. Inferior Oolite of Marske, Dictyo- zamites from, 217; see also Aale- nian § Toarcian. Inagoup, G., 46. International Catal. of Sci. Lit., x. ‘Intervening beds’ of Cowley, &c., 382, 384. Iona (Hebrides), 102, 103, 104. Ipswich (Suffolk), well-sections at, 44, 45. tin-capel from ‘marble’ of, 101- Tron-Grit Bands (? Neocomian) of Shenley Hill, 240-41. Tron-oxides in syenite-porphyry of Semna, 71 & pl. iv (microscop. sect. ). Istzr & Co., 34, 36, 37. Jack, R. L. [on artesian wells in Queensland, &e.], 48-49. Japan, Geol. Surv. maps presented, GENERAL INDEX. [ Nov. 1903, xcix; Mesozoic flora of, 219, 222- 27 Jeans, J. H., 187. Junnines, A. V., obituary of, lyv—lvi. Jensen, A. 8. [on foss. in Icelandic Boulder-Clay], 359. Jessbeck (Schleswig-Holstein), peat of, 136. Jibuli or Gibeli (S. Abyssinia), 293, 294. Jigjiga (S. Abyssinia), 301, 303, 304. Joint-planes, erosion along, 78, 79. Jonss, T. R., 394 JuKEs-Brownz, A. J. [on disturbed Chalk nr. Royston], 372. Jura, lake-basins betw. Alps and, ci. Jurassic Period, distrib. of Déctyo- zamites in, 219; > see also Aalenian, Lias, fc. Kalabsha (Lr. Nubia), 75. Kaolinized felspars in Cligga-~Head granite, 149. Keisley Limestone, pebbles of, in Peel Sandstone, 307-10. Kenpauu, J. D., 3, 16. Kaunpatt, P. F. [on Keisley-Limest. pebbles in Peel Sandst.], 310. Kerlingarskard (Iceland), wreck of volcano near, 360. Kessingland (Suffolk), well-section at, 40. Keuper at Sedbury Cliff, 391 & pl. xxiv, 895; at Deerhurst, 403. ‘Khors’ or side-valleys, 79. Kripston, R., 17, 20, 21. Killas of Cligga-Head district, 143- 4D. Kimmeridge Shale, carbon & nitrogen in, 188, 189, 141; K. Clay, dis- turbed, at Shotover & Cumnor Hills, 373. Kingena arenosa, 258. lima, 257-58. ——- Newtonii, sp. nov., 258-59 & pl. xviii. Kinloch Castle (I. of Rum), sect. to Barkeval Pass, 198. Krrent, F. L. [on Ostrea discoidea], 378-79. Kuen, C., elected For. Corresp., Cc. Kertiitz, R., rocks coll. in 8. Abys- sinia by, 292-304 & pl. xxi (map). Koilocenia not disting. fr. Cyatho- cenia, 406. Kumaon (India), 64. Kumna (Nubia), 66 e seqq. Kurtz, F., Remarks upon My. H. A. N. Arber’s Communication : on the Clarke Collection of Foss. Plants fr. N.S.W., 25-26. Vol. 59. | Lagenostoma, viii. Laxg, Pu., 169. Lake-basins betw. Alps & Jura, ci; of Patagonia, 173-76. Lamellibranchiata fr. Cumberland Coalfield, 23, 24; fr. Sengwe Coal- field, 287; see also Anthracomya, &e. Lampxuen, G. W. (& J. F. Waker), present brachiop. fr. Shenley Hill, ci; ona Fossiliferous Band at the Top of the Lr. Greensand nr. Leigh- ton Buzzard (Beds), 2384-65 figs. & pls. xvi-xviil. Lanpon, J., obituary of, lvi-lvii. Lapworth, C., re-elected Pres., xxii; addresses to medallists and recipi- ents of funds, xxxix e¢ segg. ; obitu- aries of deceased Fellows, &c., lii- lxvi; on the Relations of Geology, lxvi-xevii ; illness of, cii. Larsine, Filon de (Cogne magnetite- mines), 55, 58, 60. Lean Low (Derby), 345. Ledbeg Marble, unconnected w. Tiree marbles, 103-104. Lzeeranp & Surcuirr, 42, 43, 44, 47. Leighton Buzzard (Beds), fossilif. band at the top of. the Lr. Green- sand near, 234-65 figs. & pls. xvi- XViii. Leitu, Mrs. Disney, 361. Leon, Monte (Patagonia), sect. at, fig. & descr., 162, 163. Lepidodendron aculeatum, 7 & pl. i. lycopodiordes, 12 & pl. il. Worthen, 12 & pl. iu. Lepidophloios (Halonia) sp., 8. Lepidophyllum sp., 8. Lesnewth Beds, 413. ‘ Leystalls’ of London area, 89. Lias at Caythorpe, 29 et segg.; (Lr.) clay, carbon & nitrogen in, 138, 139; (Lr.) & Rhetic of Sedbury Chiff, 390-402 fig. & pl. xxiv (vert. sect.) ; (Upper), so-called, of Bredon Hill, &e., 445-46, 448, 458, 464. Library, lists of donors to, xiii—xviii; new catal. of, x. Library & Museum Committee, report of, xi~xiii. Lickey (Worcest.), Bunter pebbles in Drift of, 323-24. Licone, Filon de (Cogne magnetite- mines), 55 et seqq. & figs. Limburgites of S. Abyssinia, 296. Limestone, fossilif. lenticles of, at top of Lr. Greensand of Shenley Hill, 241-43 ; limestones of S. Abyssinia, 302, 303-304 ; dolomitic, &c. limest. of Ashbourne & Buxton Ry., 344- GENERAL INDEX. 473 46 & pl. xxiii (microscop. sects.) ; limest. in Vole. Series of N. Corn- wall, 417. Linear structure in devitrified recks, 436-38 et seqq. Lithia-mica of Cligga Head, 156. Lithodomus-borings in Upper gonia-Grit, &c., 383, 384, 386. Liver-coloured quartzite-pebbles, 321, 325, 331-33. Lurwe.yn, Sir R. B., ii. London Clay, carbon & nitrogen in, 138, 139. Longchurn Cavern (Yorks), 112 figs., 125. Tri- Lovat, Lord, rocks coll. in 8. Abys- sinia by, 304-505. Lowestoft (Suffolk), well-sections at, 37-39. Lussock, H., 29. Lubu Coalfield (Rhodesia), 282; sect. to Zambesi R.., fig. & deser., 270-72 & pl. xix. Ludwigian Age, 457. Lydianstone=tourmaline-grit, 322. Lyx Geological Fund, list of awards, XXX. Lye medailists, list of, xxix. Lyme Regis (Dorset), Deroceras from, 460-61 & pl. xxvii. MacAtistsr, D. A., on Tin & Tourma- line, 53. Maccutocn, J., quoted, 91, 189. Machairodus crenatidens, 111-15 & pls. vili, ix, x1. Macloutsie (Rhodesia), sect. to near Mokoro, fig. & deser., 272-73 & Albsabe MacManon, Lt.-Gen. C. A., 408. Macpuerson, J., obituary of, lvii-lx. Madeira River (8S. Am.), specims. from, v1. Mafungabusi Coalfield (Rhodesia), 281. Magas (¢) latestriata, sp. nov., 254 & pl. xvii. orthiformis, 254-55 & pl. xvii. Magmatic differentiation & the genesis of iron-ores, 61-63. Magnesian Limestone, cellular, of Durham, 51-52. Magnetite-mines nr. Cogne, 55-63 figs. Main Band (Coal-seam), 10 e¢ seqq. Magsor, see Forsytn Magor. Mammoth, associat. of elk with, 87, 89, 90. Man, geology and, lxxxvi—lxxxix. Manitoba (Canada), carbon & nitrogen in prairie-soil of, 138. 474 Manset-Pinyps.., J. C., obituary of, lx. Mapani Pan (Rhodesia), boring at, 273. Maps presented, iii, iv, v, Vi, Vii, Vill, XCiX, Ci, cili; maps as means & symbols of earth-knowledge, xcili— XCV1. Marbles of Tiree & Iona, 91-104 figs. & pls. vi-vii (microscop. sects.). Mariopteris latifolia, 14. - muricata, 14. -—- sp. (fr. Flimby), 14 & pl. i. Marls (& clays), nitrogen & organic carbon in, 133-41. Martine, S. S., & Sir W., 390. ‘Marling,’ practice of, 140, 141. Marske-by-the-Sea (Yorks), Dictvyo- zamites found near, 217. Maryport (Cumberland), i eé segq. Massabi Coalfield (Rhodesia), 282. Mastodon arvernensis, 116-19 & pls. Vill—Xxi. Matobola Beds, 269, 270, 280, 281, 283; lamellibr. from, 287; plant- remains from, 289-90. Mavahlid (Iceland), sect. descr. & fig., 307. May-sur-Orne (Calvados), Grés de, & its assoc. rocks, 318-22; sect. at, 455. Megaceros contrasted w. Alces machlis, 83, 84, 85. Melton (Suffolk), depth of Chalk at, Vo. ‘ Mercerat, A. [classif. of Patagonian strata}, 161. Mesozoic floras, European & Eastern, 217-33 fig. & pl. xy. Microcline-perthite of Cligga Head, 156. Mippueron, R. E. (& W. Hunter), v, 82. Midford Sands, so-called, of Bredon Hill, &e., 445, 446 et segg., 456-57, 463. Midlands (& S. Devon), ‘Triassic pebble-beds of, 311-33 w. map & sect. Miter, N. H. J., the Amounts of Nitrogen & Organic Carbon in some Clays & Marls, 133-40. Miusr, T., 45. Millstone Grit (?) of Cumberland Coal- field, 20, 23, 24; of Black Edge, &c., 107. Millyeat (Cumberland), Newropteris from, 3. Mineralogy in relat. to geology, lxxiv— Ixxv. Miocene (?) age of Abyssinian lime- stone, 304, GENERAL INDEX, (Nov. 1903, Moat Low (Derby), Carb. Limest., &c. of, 340. Mokoro (Rhodesia), sect. to Maclout- sie, fig. & descr., 272-73 & pl. xix. Motynevx, A. J. C., the Sedimentary Deposits of S. Rhodesia, 266-85 w. map & pl. xix (sects.). Monadh-Dubh overthrust (I. of Rum), 193-96 fig. Monte Leon, &c., see Leon, Monte, &c. Moresby (Cumberland), 11 e¢ segq. Morris, Sir Danren, xii, xiii, ci. Morris, J., quoted, 228. Mountain-building, an experiment in, 348-55 figs. Mountain-Limestone, sce ferous Limestone. Mvrcuison Geological Fund, list of awards, xxviii. Muorcuison medallists, list of, xxvii. Muscovite in Cligga-Head rocks, 149. Museum, catal. of, x; annual report of Committee, xiii; donations to, ci.’ Mussaite, 57. Musters, Lake (Patagonia), 176. Mylonite of Monadh Dubh, 195. Mylonized limestone of Tiree, 98, 99 fig. & pls. vi-vii (microscop. sects.). Carboni- Names of Fellows read out, ciii, civ. Namkanya Mts. (Rhodesia), 270, 271- 72. Nature-knowledge lxxxix-xe. Neocomian, use of term, 265. Nettly Low (Derby), 341. Neuropteris gigantea, 15. —— heterophylia, 14. obliqua, 4, 22 & pl. i. — Scheuchzeri, 9, 22 & pl. i. tenuifolia, 9, 15. sp. (fr. Millyeat), 3. New Inns (Derby), Carb. Limest. of, 340. New South Wales (Austral.), foss. plants from, 25-28. Newsell’s Park, nr. Royston, disturbed Chalk, &. S.W. of, 367-68 fig. ; views in pit zbid., 366. Newton, H. T., 249, 259, 378, 408; [on Red Crag foss. fr. Lowestoft], 39; on the Elk (Alces machiis, Ogilby) in the Thames Valley, 80- 89 & pi. v; [on Ampthill & Gault- Clay foss. fr. Biggleswade], 375, 377. Newton, Surg.-Maj. I., 459. Newton Grange (Derby), Carb. Limest., &e. of, 3388-40, 344. Nile Valley (Egypt), river-erosion in, 65-79 figs. & pls. ili-iv. & Nature-study, Vol. 59. | Nine-Acre Pit (Shenley Hill), 259. Nitrogen (& organic carbon), in clays & marils, 133-41. Nkoka’s Kraal (8. Rhodesia), 280, 282. Noss, J. E., 29. Neggerathiopsis Gepperti, 26, 27. Hislopi, 25, 27. Nomenclature of ammonites, 461-62. Nominations for Council invited, iv. Normandy, Toarcian of, comp. w. that of Bredon Hill, &e., 452-55 fig. North-West Provinces (India), see United Provinces. Northampton Sands at Caythorpe, 29, 30, 32. ‘Northern Sediments’ of 8S. Rhodesia, 267-75 & pl. xix (sects.). Nubian Sandstone at Jebel Barka, 69. Number of Fellows, &ce., ix, xix. Obituaries, lii-lxvi. Obsidian, fr. Jigjiga, 301. Obsidian Cliff (Yellowstone), primary devitrificat. at, 431-382; feather- like crystals in porous spherulites of, 431 & pl. xxvi. Offa’s Dyke (Chepstow), step-fault N. of, 391, 392 fig. Officers & Council elected, xxii. Olafsvikur-enni (Iceland), 357. Ouiver, F. W., viii. Olivine-basalt of S. Abyssinia, 295-96. Oolite-Marl at Cranham Wood, 388. Oolitic (or granular) limestones of Ashbourne & Buxton Ry., 345, 346- 47 & pl. xxiii (microscop. sects.). Ophicalcite of Iona, 102. Ordovician fauna in Bunter Pebble- Beds, 317, 326 et seqq.; see also Keisley Limestone, gc. Organic carbon (& nitrogen) in clays & marls, 133-41. ‘ Organized accidents,’ 52. Orthidz of Keisley Limest. in Peel Sandst., 308-309. Orthis budleighensis, occurr. of, 320, 326, 328, 332. Orthoclase. blue tourmaline derived from, 151, 152; orthoclase (?) in Tredorn Beds, 414. Ossiferous cavern of Plioc. age at Dove- holes, 105-82 figs. & pls. vili—xii. Ostracoda in Rheetic of Sedbury Cliff, 394 & pl. xxiv. Ostrea discoidea, 378-79. Ottrelite, disting. fr. clinochlore, 428, 428. Oulton Broad (Suffolk), well-section near, 39-4U. Overbury (Worcest.), 445; Denck- monnia frova, 499 & pl. xxvii. GENERAL INDEX. 475 Overthrust Torridonian of I. of Rum (& the assoc. gneisses), 189-216 figs. & pl. xiv (geol. map). Ovifak (Greenland), iron-ore of, 61,62, 63. Oxford Clay, carbon & nitrogen in, 138, 139; disturbances in, 373. Pachytesta, viii. Paleomutela Keyserlingt, 237. —- sp. (Rhodesia), 287. Paleontology, position of, sciences, Ixxvi-lxxvii. Palagonite - formation of Iceland, shelly Boulder-Clay in, 356-61 figs. Palapye Kopjes (Rhodesia), 273. Pankuurst, H. A., quoted, 437. Parxinson, J., the Geology of the Tintagel & Davidstow District (N. Cornwall), 408-28 figs. & pl. xxv (geol. map); (& T. G. Bonnny), on Primary &Secondary Devitrification in Glassy Igneous Rocks, 429-34, 445 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sects.). Parsley Hay (Derby), dolomitized Carb. Limest. of, 344. Passage-beds, supposed necessity for, 249! Patagonia (S. Amer.), geology of, 160— 79 figs. & pl. xiii (map). Patagonian Beds, 161-68. Patchy devitrification, 434, 441-42. Pear-like shape originally possessed by the earth, 186, 187, 188. Peat, false, of London area, 89; peat, composit. of, at var. depths, 1386. Pebble-bed (!éhuelche) of Patagonia, 167-73; (Triassic) of 8. Devon & Midlands, 311-33 w. map & sect. Pebbly Carb. Limest. of Cold Eaton, 345 & pl. xxiii (microscop. sects.). Peel (I. of Man), Keisley-Limest. pebbles in red sandstones of, 307- 310. Pegmatitic structure, orig. of, 436-37. Pendle Hill (Lanes), Dietyonema (¢) from, xcix. Pendleside Series of Hodder Place, Solenomorpha from, 334-35. Penning, W. H., obituary of, lx—lxi ; quoted, 362, 365, 367, 372. Penpethy Beds, 413, 424-25. Peridotite-intrusions in I. of Rum, 191, 203. Perlitie assoc. w. rectilinear structure, 440, Permo-Carboniferous (?) age of Sisi Shales, 289. Perranporth (Cornwall), geol. map of, 144. among 476 Phonolites (& allied Abyssinia, 297-300. Photographs, geological (Brit. Assoc.), rocks) of S. ¢. Phyllites of Tintagel & Davidstow district, 409-10, 411 et segg., 427. Physics in relat. to geology, Ixxix— ikea) Pipgron Fund, award from, cii. ‘ Pietre verdi, not a geol. horizon, 56. Pinner’s Cross nr. Royston, disturbed Chalk, &c. at, 365; view & sect. of pit at, 364. Pinnularia sp. (fr. Flimby), 12. PrrBrigHt, Lord, obituary of, lxvi. Psrtursson, H., on a Shelly Boulder- Clay in the so-called ‘ Palagonite- Formation’ of Iceland, 356-61 figs. Planolites ()), fr. Desolation-Valley Glacier, ¢-ci. Plant-remains fr. Cumberland Coal- field, 3-24 & pls. i-11; Mesozoic, 217-33 fig. & pl. xv; fr. Rhodesia, 288-90. ‘ Plastic clay ’ of Brettenham, &c., 47, 49-50. Platyceras verisimile, 309. Pleistocene age of part of Icelandic palagonite - formation, 360-61 ; Pleistoc. gravels of Oxon & Berks, 373, 374. Pleuromya crowcombeia, fauna of zone of, 400, 401. Pliensbachian = Middle Lias, 455. Pliocene ossiferous cavern at Dove- holes, 105-32 figs, & pls. viii—xii. Pluvial Period in 8. Europe, 374. Pneumatolytic action on acid rocks, 158. Pocock, T.7,..Si. Polishing of sand-grains, 239-40. Poolvash (I. of Man), Dictyonema (¢) from, xcix. Porous spherulites of Obsidian Cliff, &e., 450-31 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sect. ). Porphyrites (& andesites) of S. Abyssinia, 300-301, 305. Port Abhuinn (Tiree), pink marble of, 94; crush-conglomerate W. of, 98, 99 fig. Port St. Helena (Patagonia), quartz- porphyry dyke at, 163-64. Portlandia arctica from Iceland, 309. Potholing of gneiss at Semna, 69-70 fig.; potholing as a measure of erosion, 76. Potton (Beds), 234. PowELL, H., letter on erupt. of St. Vincent Soufriére, i-ii. GENERAL INDEX. [ Nov. 1903, Powett, J. W., obituary of, lii—tiv. Practice, geology and, lxxxii—lxxxix. Prairie- soil of Manitoba, organic carbon & nitrogen in, 138. Preiizr, C. 8S. Du Ricuz, The Age of the principal Lake-Basins between the Jura & the Alps [¢it/e only], ci ; presents topogr. map of Switzer- land, ci. Preston H., on anew Boring at Cay- thorpe (Lines), 29-32 figs. | Prestwicu medallist, xxx. Primary (& secondary) devitrification in glassy igneous rocks, 429-44 & pl. xxvi (microscop. sects.). Primitia Maccoyit, 308. Prior, G. T., 101, 298, 300, 408, 414. Productive Measures of Cumberland Coalfield, 2, 10 e¢ segg.; age of same, 19-21. Ptilophyllum cutchense, 227-28 fig. Puchwara Pass (India), Dictyozamites from, 217, 222 & pl. xv. Pumiceous mudstones (Santa Cruz Beds), 163; pumiceous tuffs in 8. Abyssinia, 302. Purbeck Clay, carbon & nitrogen in, 138, 139. Pyroxenes in Tiree marble, 95, 96, 99-100 & pl. vi (microscop. sect.). Pyroxenite of 8. Abyssinia, 295. Quartz in Cligga-Head rocks, 149, 157 ; secondary do. ibid., 150, 154- dd. Quartz-felsites in I. of Rum, 200, 201, 205. Quartz - mica -diorite in Patagonia, 164, 165. Quartz-porphyries in Patagonia, 163— 64 Quartzites of 8. Rhodesia, 272, 273, 274; of S. Abyssinia, 302; quart- zite-pebbles in Bunter conglom., 316 et seqg., 321-22, 323-25. Queensland (Austral.), artesian wells in, 48 Radiolarian cherts, rocks reminiscent of, 426. Rafinesquina deltoidea, 309. Raisin, Miss C. A., 408; Petrolog. Notes on Rocks fr. 8. Abyssinia, coll. by Dr. R. Keettlitz, 292-306 & pl. xxi (map). Rajmahal Hills (India), Dictyozamites from, 217, 222 & pl. xv. Range-diagram, of Lr. Liassic foss., 399, 400 ; ‘ range-graphs,’ 400, 402. Reading (Berks), quartzite - pebbles from, 325. Vol. 59.] Rectilinear structure in rocks, 436, 440 et seqq. Red Crag fossils fr. Lowestoft, 39. Reep, F. R. C., 308. Reed (Herts), disturbed Chalk, &c. N. of, 368-69 fig. Rein, C., 37, 38, 40. Repton (Derby), Bunter pebbles from, 323, 324-25. Rhacopteris inequilatera, 26, 28. Rhetic (& Lr. Lias) of Sedbury Cliff, 390-95 fig. & pl. xxiv (vert. sect.) ; (Lr.) of Deerhurst, Heterastrea from, 403-407 figs. Rhinoceros etruscus, 119-20. Rhiptozamites Gepperti, 25, 27. Rhodesia (S.), sediment. deposits of, 266-85 w. map & pl. xix (sects.), 291; foss. fr. same, 285-90 & pl. xx. Rhynchonella antidichotoma, 261. cynocephala, horizon of, 457. —— dimidiata, 261. Grasiana, 259-60; var. shenley- ensis nov., 260 & pl. xviii. latissima, 261. leightonensis, sp. nov., 261 & pl. xviii. lineolata, 260; (?) var. mirabilis nov., 260-61 & pl. xviii. Ricuarpson, L., 445, 449; on a Sect. at Cowley, nr. Cheltenham, & its Bearing upon the Interpretat. of the Bajoc. Denudat., 382-88 w. map; on the Rhetic & Lr. Lias of Sedbury Cliff, nr. Chepstow, 390- 95 fig. & pl. xxiv (vert. sect.) ; [on Rheatic, &e. at Deerhurst], 403. Riebeckite in Abyssinian rocks, 298, 299. Rigby Harris's Pit (Shenley Hull), 237 ; sect. at N. end of, 238. Rio Madeira, sce Madeira. River-erosion in Nile Valley, 65-79 figs. & pls. ili-iv. River-valleys of Patagonia, 176-78. Robin Hood Pit (Flimby), 11 ez seggq. Rosrensuscu, H., Wollaston Medal awarded to, xxxix—xl. Rothamsted (Herts), carbon & nitro- gen in soils of, 133, 137. Rounding of sand-grains, 239-40. Royston (Herts), disturbances in Chalk near, 362-74 figs. Rupuzr, F. W., elected Auditor, vi; Lyell Medal awarded to, xli-xliii. RurrorD, P. J., obituary of, xi. Rum J. (Hebrides), overthrust Tor- ridonian & assoc. gneisses of, i89- 216 figs. & pl. xiv (geol. map). Ruttey, F., xiii. devitrified GENERAL INDEX, 477 Sabi-River coal (Rhodesia), 282. Sahlite in Tiree marbles, 95, 96, 99- 100 & pls. vi-viili (microscop. sects. ). St. Agnes (Cornwall), granite, &e. of, 143, 146. St. Marcel (Alps), glaucophane-eclo- gite from, v. St. Vincent (W.I.), Soufriére, i-i, ci. Saur, — (of Buxton), 105, 131. Samkoto Series, 274. Sandringham Sands, 239. Sandstones of S. Abyssinia, 502. Sandstone Series of Cumberland Coal- field, 2, 3 et seqg.; age of, 15-19. Santa Cruz Beds, 163, 178. Santa Cruz River (Patagonia), sect. at mouth of, descr. & fig., 161- 63. Saquala, Mt. (Abyssinia), phonolitic rocks of, 299-300. Scapolite in Tiree Marble, 100. Scolithus (4, fr. Desolation-Valley Glacier, c-ci. Scrivenor, J. B., the Granite & Greisen of Cligga Head (W. Corn- wall), 142-58 figs. & map; Notes on the Geology of Patagonia, 160- 79 figs. & pl. xiii (map). Sebungu Coalfield (Rhodesia), 272, 282. Secondary devitrification, 433-34, 440-42 ; secondary quartz in Cligga-Head rocks, 150, 154 55. Sedbury Cliff (Gloucest.), Rhetic & Lr. Lias of, 390-402 fig. & pl. xxiv (vert. sect.). Sepewick, A., quoted, 4, 15, 372. Seeds, fossil, wax-models exhibited, vii—vlil. Selenite-crystals in Ampthill Clay, 376 eruption of (0. Selkirk (Manitoba), carbon & nitro- gen in prairie-soil near, 138. Seiwyn, A. C., obituary of, lxi-lxiii. Semna Cataract or Rapid of the Nile, 65-79 figs. & pls. iti-iv. Sengwe Coalfield (Rhodesia), 281 ; Acrolepis & lamellibranchia from, 285-87 & pl. xx; plant-remains from, 289-90. Senhouse High Band (coal-seam), 5 et seqq. Septaria in Ampthill Clay, 375, 377, 380. Serpentines, assoc. w. magnetite nr. Cogne, 55 et seqq. Sesami Coalfield (Rhodesia), 281 ; sect. to Sinanombi gold-belt, fig. & deser., 270 & pl. xix. 478 Sewarp, A. C., on the Occurr. of Dictyozamites in’ England, w. Re- marks on Europ. & Eastern Meso- zoic Floras, 217-32 fig. & pl. xv. Shenley HiJl (Beds), brachiopoda from, ci; fossilif. band at top of Lr. Greensand, 234-6) figs. & pls. xvi-xvill. SHERBORN, C. D., x. SHOOLBRED, J. N., presents geol. map of Spain, vil. Shotley (Suffolk), well-section at, 45- 46 Shotover Hill (Oxon), disturbed strata at, 373, 374. SurvuBsoxy, O. A., on the Prob. Source of some of the Pebbles of the Triassic Pebble-Beds of S. Devon & of the Midland Counties, 311- 31 w. map & sect. Sierra Ventana (Patagonia), 166. Sigdlaria levigata, 8, 13. ovata, 8. —— scutellata, 8 & pl. i. ——- sp. (Sengwe Coalfield), 290. Sijarira Series, 278. Sikonyaula Basalt (Rhodesia), 270. Silicified trees in S. Rhodesia, 270, 281, 282-83. Silsila (Lr. Nubia), 75. Silver-Sands (Neocomian ?) of Shenley Hill, 287, 289-40. Sinanombi gold-belt (Rhodesia), sect. to Sesami Coalfield, fig. & deser., 270 & pl. xix. Sisi siding (Rhodesia) Glossopteris- shales at, 272, 277, 281, 288. Sxgats, E. W., Daniel-Pidgeon Fund Award to, cii. Slaughterbridge Beds, 418, 425-26. Smepuey, H. BH. H., exhib. wax-models of fossil seeds, vii—viii. Smith’s End, see Pinner’s Cross. Snaefellsnes (Iceland), 356-57, 360- 61. Sokotra I. (Indian Ocean), devitrified rocks from, 439 & pl. xxvi (micro- scop. sects.). Solenomorpha major, sp. nov., 334- 35 fig. minor, 335-36 fig. Solenopsis, see Solenomorpha. Solfataric phenomena, evidence of, in I. of Rum, 1938. Sotitas, W. J., receives Wollaston Medal for H. Rosenbusch, xxxix— xl; on the Figure of the Earth, 180- 87 figs. Soufriére of St. Vincent, eruption of, 1-li, ci. Spain, geol. map presented, vii. GENERAL INDEX. [Nov. 1903, Sphene in Semna augitite, 72, 73; in ‘Tiree marbles, 100; in Vole. Series of N. Cornwall, 415-16 fig. Sphenophyllum cuneifolium, 7, 12. Sphenopteris furcata, 13-14 & pl. ii. obtusiloba, 9,13 & pl. ii. Spherulitic crystallization, 429-31 e¢ seqg. & pl. xxvi (microscop. sects.). Spinel, bluish-green, in Tiree marbles, 101. Spirorbis-Limestone in Cumberland Coalfield, 3, 16 et seqq. Staines (Middlesex), fossil elk from near, 80-90 & pl. v. Standish Beacon (Gloucest.), Toar- cian, &c, of, 448; sect. to Bredon Hill, fig. & descr., 449-51. Stansfield (Suffolk), well-section at, 46-47. Staurolite in Bunter Beds, 333; in metamorph. rocks of N. Cornwall, 426, 428. Stenopora fibrosa, 809. Stephanospermum akeniotdes, vii. Srrpuens, F. J., Geol. Notes on the N.W. Provinces (Himalayan) of India, 64. Srrvenson, F., obituary of, lxiii—lxiv. Srnvenson, T., [anal. of Woodbridge well-water], 35-36. Stigmaria ficoides, 9, 13. Stinchcombe Hill (Gloucest.), Toar- cian, &e. of, 448. Stonyhurst (Lancs), from, 334-35 fig. Suffolk, well-sections in, 33-50. ‘Sunstone’ (=ophicalcite) of Iona, 102. Sus scrofa, remains at Youveney, 82. Sutton Stone of Glamorgan, age of, 406-407. ‘Swallets’ in Carb. Limest. nr. Bux- ton, &e., 107. Switzerland, Geol. Surv. maps pre- sented, vi ; topograph. map pre- sented, ci. Syenite-porphyry of Semna, 71-72 & pl. iv (microscop. sect.). Syncline in Carb. Limest. at Alsop- en-le-Dale, 341 & pl. xxii. Solenomorpha Tan-y-Maes (Caernarvon), devitrified rock from, 439 & pl. xxvi (micro- scop. sect.). Tea-green Marls, Keuper age of, 391, 395. ‘ Tea-leaf’ structure in clays, 373. Tray, J. J. H. [photogr. of disturbed Chalk, &e.], 364, 366. Téhuelche Pebble-Bed (Patagonia), 167-78. Terebratella hercynica, 257 & pl. xviii. Wok 59. ] Terebratella Menardi, var. pterygotos noy., 256 & pl. xviii. Terebratula biplicata, var. Dutem- pleana, 251 & pl. xvii; var. gi- gantea nov., 200-51 & pl. xvi. —— Boubei, 252 & pl. xvii. capillata, 249-50 & pl. xvi. —— depressa, var. shenleyensis nov., 251 & pl. xvii. —_— fimbria, range of, 386, 387, 388. Moutoniana, var., 251-52 & pl. xvii. —- ovata, 252-53 & pl. xvii. Terebratulina triangularis, 253 & pl. xvil. Terebrirostra lyra, var. incurvirostrum nov., 255-56 & pl. xviii. Tertiary intrusions in I. of Rum, 193, 196, 197 e¢ segg. See also Miocene, §c. Thaba ’Sinduna Series, 267. Thames Valley, December’ s.525.,5itpsehoceawdeerocess 2*—16 1904, Wednesday, Sanuary : sck-ht aa 390 32, Mr. Vaughan on the Lowest Beds of the Lower Lias at Sedbury Cliff......... 396 83. Mr. Tomes on Heterastr@a rh@tiea ioccciccecceccoscteccvoseccedesecceecsssccohine meinen 403 34, Mr. Parkinson on the Geology of the Tintagel and Davidstow District. (Plato AAV:) \cescnscscvnceaeeccncsinesscsaedupyses vay soenes Pol uneehaete oh Aee eee ae 408 [ No. 236 will be published next November. | [The Editor of the Quarterly Journal is directed to make it known to the Public that the Authors alone are responsible for the facts and opinions contained in their respective Papers. | *,* The Council request that all communications intended for publication by the Society shall be clearly and legibly written on one side of the paper only, with proper references, and in all respects in fit condition for being at once placed in the Print>r’s hands. Unless this is done, it will be in the discretion of the Officers to return the communication to the Author for revision. The Library and Museum at the Apartments of the Society are open every Weekday from Ten o'clock until Five, except during the fortnight commencing on the first Monday in September (this year, from the evening of Sept. 5th until the morning of Sept. 21st), when the Library is closed for the purpose of cleaning; the Library is also closed ~ on Saturdays at One p.m. during the months of August and September. It is open until Hight p.m. on the Days of Meeting for the loan of books, and from Hight p.m. until the close of each Meeting for _ conversational purposes only. LLL ELON LLL LO PL LLL LPL OSI I IOI SINS NILA L LOSS LLL TS LS SL SLO Vol. LIX. NOVEMBER 2nd, 1903. No. 236. : Parr 4, QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. EDITED BY THE ASSISTANT-SECRETARY. [With Three Plates, illustrating Papers by Prof. Bonney & Mr. Parkinson, and Mr. S. S. Buckman. | LONDON : LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. PARIS:—CHARLES KLINCKSIECK, 1 RUE DE LILLE, SOLD ALSO AT THE APARTMENTS OF THE SOCIETY. \<\\ on$ B % ‘ Sigh Price Five ene ea fi 3 ye ; ») ; 2 5 s 5 3 : 2 $ 5 2 > : 5 ») >) ») > >) $ 5 2 5 » 5 5 ) 5 5 > y) 5 5 ) ) 5 § 5 5 5 » 5 ) 5 ? ‘ ) ? , ) j ‘ ? 2 7 ? ; ) ? ) ) ; me LIST OF THE OFFICERS OF THE — GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. — nO OOOO OOO Elected February 20th, 1908. PY PrestVent. Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S. Gice-PBresivents. Sir Archibald Geikie, D.Sc., D.C.L., LL.D., | Edwin Tulley Newton, Esq., F.R.S. E.R.S. L. & E. J.J. Harris Teall, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. Prof. Henry Alexander Miers, M.A., F.R.S. | Decretaries, Robert Stansfield Herries, Esq., M.A. | Prof. W. W. Watts, M.A. Foreign Secretary. Sir John Evans, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., E.RB.S., F.S.A., F.L.S. Creasurer. — William Thomas Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S. COUNCIL. The Rt. Hon. the Lord Avebury, P.C.,| Percy Fry Kendall, Esq. D.O.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.L.S. Francis Arthur Bather, M.A., D.Sc. William Thomas Blanford, LL.D., F.R.S. Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S. Lieut.-General Charles Alexander Mc- Mahon, F.R.S. Sir John Evans, K.C.B., D.O.L., LL.D.,| John Edward Marr, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. F.RB.S., F.S.A., F.L.S. Prof. Henry Alexander Miers, M.A., F.R.S. Prof. Edmund Johnstone Garwood, M.A. | Horace Woollaston Monckton, Esq., F.L.S. Sir Archibald Geikie, D.Sc., D.C.L., LL.D.,| Edwin Tulley Newton, Hsq., F.R.S. ™ E.R.S. L. & E. Prof. Theodore Groom, M.A., D.Sc. Alfred Harker, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. Robert Stansfield Herries, Esq., M.A. Robert Logan Jack, LL.D. Prof. John W. Judd, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S. George Thurland Prior, Esq., M.A. Prof. Harry Govier Seeley, F'.R.S., F.L.S. Prof. William Johnson Sollas,M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S. L. & E. J. J. Harris Teall, Hsq., M.A., F.R.S. Prof. W. W. Watts, M.A. Assistant-Secretarp, Clerk, Librarian, anv Curator. L. L. Belinfante, M.Sc. Assistants tn @ffice, Library, and fHuseum. W. Rupert Jones. Clyde H. Black. Alec Field. EVENING MEETINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY TO BE HELD AT BURLINGTON HOUSE. Sresston 1903-1904. 1908. Wednesday, November ............scessccscecccesovs 4%*_]8* ‘ December |: 225 S340h Aare 2*—16 1904. Wednesday, January. $...215.5. s.sqeceatacnseteoeaene 6*—20* 3 February (Anniversary, Feb. 19th). 3*—24* b Miareh 2. os jacsas cgapeareossaecncsemestee g*— eS April ‘3.05, 2pesee een eee 13*—27 a Mialy..3. sctceiok 6, cseSeneetee eeeee eee aeeaen 11*—25 -e oD UNC wi ocs (ans ntcmede custoedebane een neneeee 8*—22* [Business will commence at Hight o’ Clock precisely each Evening. | The dates marked with an asterisk are those on which the Oouncil will meet. i 5.4 a . ih ete in 4 Se ADMISSION AND PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Every Candidate for admission as a Fellow must be proposed by three or more Fellows, who must sign a Certificate in his favour. The Proposer whose name stands first upon the Oertificate must have a personal knowledge of the Candidate. Fellows on election pay an Admission-Fee of Six Guineas. The Annual Contribu- tion paid by Fellows is Two Guineas, due on the Ist of January in every year, and payable in advance; but Fellows elected after the month of February are subject only to a proportionate part of the Contribution for the year in which they are elected, and Fellows elected in November or December pay no Contribution for the current year. The Annual Contribution may at any time be compounded for by a payment of Thirty-Five Pounds, The Fellows are entitled to receive gratuitously all the volumes or parts of volumes of the Quarterly Journal of the Society that may be published after their election, so long as their Annual Contributions are paid; and they may purchase any of the publications of the Society at a reduction of 25 per cent. under the selling-prices. The Library is open daily to the Fellows between the hours of 10 and 5 (except during the fortnight commencing on the first Monday in September; see also next page), and on Meeting-Days until 8 p.m. Under certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow books from the Library. Publications to be had of the Geological Society, Burlington House. Reduced Price Reduced Price TRANSACTIONS. tothe eee TRANSACTIONS. to the tie ES &. d. y 8. a. AG SLID Et io 18 0 Vols Viz) Rarti2icksccrccecdsacetewenvossiouiae 010 0 GLO ie) Bai yl he Bee eae ere cee 0 4 0 Vole Vill Part 4 sir icivcstucssts ocaesouedes 010 0 x Hav top ees) cots ceeaccases «ssesunese 04 0 QUARTERLY JOURNAL. (Vols. III to LIX, inclusive.) Price to Fellows, 13s. 6d. each (Vols. XV, XXITI, XXX, and XXXIV to LIX, 16s. 6d.), in cloth. CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE TRANSACTIONS, JOURNAL, &e., by G. W. OrmERoD, Esq. New Hdition, to the end of 1868, with First, Second, and Third Supplements to the end of 1889. Price 8s. 6d. To Fellows, 5s.6d. [Postage 5d.|—The First, Second, and Third Supplements may be purchased separately. GENERAL INDEX TO THE FIRST FIFTY VOLUMES OF THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL (1845-1894). Part I (A-La). Part II (La-Z). Price 5s. each. To Fellows 3s, 9d. each. [Postage 3d.] CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY, 1880. (620 pages 8vo.) Price 8s, To Fellows 5s. [Postage 6d.] GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE added to the Geological Society’s Library during the years ended December 31st, 1894-1902. Price 2s. each. To Fellows 1s. 6d. each. [Postage 24d. | LIST OF THE TYPE- AND FIGURED SPECIMENS RECOG- NIZED BY C. D. SHERBORN IN THE COLLECTION OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, verified and arranged, with additions, by the Rey. J. F. Buake. 1902. Price 3s. 6d. (bound in cloth), 3s. Od. (in paper wrappers). To Fellows 2s. 6d. and 2s. 0d. [Postage 3d. | HUTTON’S ‘THEORY OF THE EARTH,’ Vol. IIL, edited by Sir ArcuiBaLp Gerkis, D.C.L., F.R.S. Price 5s. 6d. To Fellows 2s. [Postage 4d.] THE GEOLOGY OF NEW ZEALAND. Translated by Dr. O. F. Fiscusr, from the works of MM. Hocusterrer & Perermann. With an Atlas of Six Maps. Fellows may purchase One Copy of this book at 2s.; additional copies will be charged 4s, [Postage 5d.]_ - OCA ts SE ne ae ays oh ake Nee SR oT STD ORR a ot ce De RL Ml ie Oey, BA Se aay, i Na bs eae oe ee art dah Ai i Bost it Nat : ate Ue P Kinserw tesa a CONTENTS. PAPERS READ. =) Page 35. Prof. Bonney & Mr. Parkinson on errata in oes Igneous Rocks. (Blate RCV 1.) aac kee leae eh veiuaed co MAee SSL cs ey eae a MAP ar w. 429 36. Mr. S. 8S. Buckman on the Toarcian of Bredon Hill.) 3. vas ates Nea 445 37. Mr. S. S. Buckman on two Toarcian Ammonites. (Plates XXVII & XXVIIL) eeelee cece ee ces ece POC ccescccccse OOo ree eeseocceccecreccecnbeseccccoene eecccccece e@ccocece 459 t (TiTLEPAGE, Contents, and InpEx to Vol. LIX.) (No. 237 will be published next February. | [The Editor of the Quarterly Journal is directed to make it known to the Public that the Authors alone are responsible for the facts and opinions contained in their respective Papers. | *,* The Council request that all communications intended for publication by the Society shall be clearly and legibly written on one side of the paper only, with proper references, and in all respects in fit condition for being ~ at once placed in the Printer’s hands. Unless this is done, it will be in the discretion of the Officers to returnthe communication to the Author for revision. The Library and Museum at the Apartments of the Society are open every Weekday from Ten o'clock until Five, except during the fortnight commencing on the first Monday in September, when the Library is closed for the purpose of cleaning; the Library is also closed on Saturdays at One p.m. during the ~ months of August and September. It is open until Hight p.m. on the Days of © 4 Meeting for the loan of books, and from Eight p.m. until the close of each | Meeting for conversational purposes only. Sas nap +9 7. 442 3 aha Sat a Ps. ! VS a fia io pyeaey H i Se) i ‘ ya oly i i { re % ane I io i 7 y Ls / i =) ‘ : pa t y 4 mi . 4 5 oO i* 2 1 aot | fp ‘ ish t a ier ty, Oe * ‘ 7 4h | bor » ' 5 . \ Lf 3 - =. f 3 f 4 - ; " z at) RB. ’ * - } * ; Fi j ‘ : > ( =f + i Pei shy Fears ~—? = ss E SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES | UML NONNIAIULME , 3.9088 01350 2042